Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 20 F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

 

 

Commission file number 1-31517

 

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

China Telecom Corporation Limited

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

People’s Republic of China

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

 

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District

Beijing, China 100032

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Mr. Pang Tie

China Telecom Corporation Limited

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District

Beijing, China 100032

Telephone: (+86-10) 5850 1501

Fax: (+86-10) 5850 1504

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange

On Which Registered

American depositary shares

H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 

 

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, each representing 100 H shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2007, 67,054,958,321 domestic shares and 13,877,410,000 H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share, were issued and outstanding. H shares are ordinary shares of the Company listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer   x             Accelerated Filer   ¨             Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

U.S. GAAP   ¨

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   x

Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Forward-Looking Statements

   2

Certain Definitions and Conventions

   3

PART I

   4

Item 1.

  

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

   4

Item 2.

  

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

   4

Item 3.

  

Key Information.

   4

Item 4.

  

Information on the Company.

   20

Item 5.

  

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

   51

Item 6.

  

Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

   66

Item 7.

  

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

   75

Item 8.

  

Financial Information.

   82

Item 9.

  

The Offer and Listing.

   82

Item 10.

  

Additional Information.

   83

Item 11.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

   91

Item 12.

  

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

   95

PART II

   96

Item 13.

  

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

   96

Item 14.

  

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

   96

Item 15.

  

Controls and Procedures.

   96

Item 16A.

  

Audit Committee Financial Expert.

   97

Item 16B.

  

Code of Ethics.

   98

Item 16C.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

   98

Item 16D.

  

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

   98

Item 16E.

  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

   98

PART III

   99

Item 17.

  

Financial Statements.

   99

Item 18.

  

Financial Statements.

   99

Item 19.

  

Exhibits.

   99

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

   

our business and operating strategies;

 

   

our network expansion and capital expenditure plans;

 

   

our operations and business prospects;

 

   

the expected benefit of any acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the expected impact of new services on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the future prospects of and our ability to integrate the acquired business;

 

   

the industry regulatory environment as well as the industry outlook generally; and

 

   

future developments in the telecommunications industry in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC.

The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “plan”, “seek”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify a number of these forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, the risk factors set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and the following:

 

   

any changes in the regulatory policies of the Ministry of Industry and Information (which was created by the State Council of the PRC in March 2008 to assume, among other things, the duties of the former Ministry of Information Industry) and other relevant government authorities relating to, among other matters:

 

   

the granting and approval of licenses;

 

   

tariff policies;

 

   

interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

   

capital investment priorities;

 

   

the provision of telephone services to rural areas in the PRC; and

 

   

numbering resources allocation;

 

   

the effects of competition on the demand for and price of our services;

 

   

any potential restructuring or consolidation of the PRC telecommunication industry;

 

   

the development of new technologies and applications or services affecting the PRC telecommunication industry and our current and future business;

 

   

changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in the PRC, including the Chinese government’s specific policies with respect to foreign investment in and entry by foreign companies

 

2


Table of Contents
 

into the PRC telecommunications industry, economic growth, inflation, foreign exchange and the availability of credit; and

 

   

changes in population growth and gross domestic product, growth and the impact of those changes on the demand for our services.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS

As used in this annual report, references to “us”, “we”, the “Company”, “our Company” and “China Telecom” are to China Telecom Corporation Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries except where we make clear that the term means China Telecom Corporation Limited or a particular subsidiary or business group only. References to matters relating to our H shares or American depositary shares, or ADSs, or matters of corporate governance are to the H shares, ADSs and corporate governance of China Telecom Corporation Limited. In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “us”, “we” and “China Telecom” are to the telecommunications business in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us. All references to “China Telecom Group” are to China Telecommunications Corporation, our controlling shareholder. Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of its subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information.

A. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected financial data. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the selected income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the selected income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our consolidated financial statements which are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS.

The selected financial data reflect the acquisitions in 2003, 2004 and 2007 described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Our Acquisitions in 2003 and in 2004” and “—Our Acquisitions in 2007”.

On December 31, 2003, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. On June 30, 2004, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. On June 30, 2007, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd., China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation”) from China Telecom Group. Because we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisitions of these acquired companies are accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of the acquired companies on a combined basis.

 

4


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2003
RMB
    2004
RMB
    2005
RMB
    2006
RMB
    2007
RMB
    2007
US$
 
     (in millions, except share numbers and per share and per ADS data)  

Income Statement Data:

            

Operating revenue

   151,922     161,436     169,859     175,616     178,656     24,492  

Operating expenses

   (119,154 )   (121,728 )   (131,008 )   (137,080 )   (141,645 )   (19,418 )

Operating income

   32,768     39,708     38,851     38,536     37,011     5,074  

Income before income tax

   14,580     33,152     34,019     34,083     30,251     4,147  

Income tax

   (467 )   (5,182 )   (6,155 )   (6,759 )   (6,452 )   (884 )

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Company

   14,057     27,917     27,822     27,241     23,702     3,249  

Basic earnings per share (1)

   0.19     0.35     0.34     0.34     0.29     0.04  

Basic earnings per ADS (1)

   18.59     35.41     34.38     33.66     29.29     4.01  

Cash dividends declared per share

   0.07     0.07     0.08     0.08     0.08     0.01  

Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   17,726     14,288     18,571     22,326     20,384     2.794  

Accounts receivable, net

   13,084     13,975     16,419     15,992     16,710     2,291  

Property, plant and equipment, net (2)

   309,959     320,245     328,371     328,379     326,123     44,707  

Total assets (2)

   409,444     413,626     421,084     418,871     408,004     55,932  

Short-term debt

   56,339     65,976     76,105     79,576     67,166     9,208  

Current portion of long-term debt

   13,957     11,842     8,963     8,242     3,811     522  

Accounts payable

   35,656     33,722     34,160     32,355     28,363     3,888  

Long-term obligations

   68,632     72,366     55,777     37,257     34,148     4,681  

Deferred revenues

   46,601     36,771     27,708     20,723     15,452     2,118  

Total liabilities

   252,374     252,291     234,906     211,222     185,632     25,448  

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

   155,801     159,922     184,734     206,201     220,921     30,286  

Cash Flow Data:

            

Net cash from operating activities

   60,812     66,261     68,904     74,802     74,876     10,265  

Net cash used in investing activities ( 3 )

   (51,820 )   (56,405 )   (52,507 )   (50,039 )   (46,209 )   (6,335 )

Capital expenditures ( 3 )

   (57,726 )   (56,486 )   (52,696 )   (50,491 )   (46,189 )   (6,332 )

Net cash used in financing activities

   (28,893 )   (13,331 )   (11,931 )   (20,710 )   (30,505 )   (4,182 )

 

(1) The basic earnings per share have been calculated based on the net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB14,057 million, RMB27,917 million, RMB27,822 million, RMB27,241 million and RMB23,702 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 respectively and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the relevant year of 75,614,186,503, 78,839,968,917, 80,932,368,321, 80,932,368,321 and 80,932,368,321 shares, respectively. The weighted average number of shares in issue for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflects the issuance of 5,318,181,818 new H shares in May 2004. Basic earnings per ADS have been computed as if all of our issued and outstanding shares, including domestic shares and H shares, are represented by ADSs during each of the years presented. Each ADS represents 100 H shares.

 

(2) Includes the effect of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment in connection with our historical acquisitions. It also includes the effect of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2004 and as of December 31, 2007, which were carried out in accordance with the Company’s accounting policies under IFRS. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

(3) Capital expenditures are part of and not an addition to net cash used in investing activities.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 29, 2007, a final dividend of RMB6,741 million (RMB0.083302 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2006 was declared, of which RMB6,273 million and RMB468 million were paid on June 15, 2007 and January 23, 2008, respectively. Holders of our ADRs received a dividend of USD$1.0868 per share in 2007 based on the exchange rate of HK$7.82 = US$1.00.

 

5


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of approximately RMB6,130 million (RMB0.075747 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared and paid on June 16, 2008. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Exchange Rate Information

Our financial statements are expressed in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar amounts into U.S. dollars and vice versa at RMB7.2946 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7984 = US$1.00, the respective Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2007. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi or Hong Kong dollar amounts could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates or at all.

The Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were RMB6.8821 = US$1.00 and HK$7.8061 = US$1.00, respectively, on June 18, 2008. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each month during the previous six months:

Noon Buying Rate

 

 

 

    RMB per
US$1.00
       HK$ per
US$1.00
    High   Low        High   Low

December 2007

  7.4120   7.2946    December 2007   7.8073   7.7879

January 2008

  7.2946   7.1818    January 2008   7.8107   7.7961

February 2008

  7.1973   7.1100    February 2008   7.8012   7.7807

March 2008

  7.1110   7.0105    March 2008   7.7897   7.7642

April 2008

  7.0185   6.9840    April 2008   7.7963   7.7863

May 2008

  7.0000   6.9377    May 2008   7.8060   7.7931

June 2008 (through June 18, 2008)

  6.9633   6.8821    June 2008 (through June 18, 2008)   7.8159   7.8037

The following table sets forth the average noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each of 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 calculated by averaging the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each of the relevant years.

Average Noon Buying Rate

 

 

 

     RMB per US$ 1.00    HK$ per US$1.00

2003

   8.2771    7.7864

2004

   8.2768    7.7899

2005

   8.1826    7.7755

2006

   7.9579    7.7685

2007

   7.6072    7.8020

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

6


Table of Contents

D. Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations.

The telecommunications industry in China is rapidly evolving. Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions and, as a result, we had a dominant market position in our service regions. We began to operate in a competitive market as the Chinese government started to implement a number of measures to restructure the telecommunications industry and encourage competition in the industry in the mid-1990s. In May 2008, in order to optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources in China and improve the competitive landscape, the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance announced a policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in China that encourage the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, by way of a series of restructuring transactions. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Competition”.

We currently face competition from other telecommunications service providers in China. In particular:

 

   

we face indirect competition in our local wireline telephone services from China’s two mobile telephone services providers, China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile, and China United Telecommunications Corporations, or China Unicom, and direct competition from China Railway Communications Co., Ltd., or China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile upon the completion of the proposed restructuring transactions set forth in Chinese government’s announcement in May 2008 and China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom upon the completion of proposed restructuring transactions set forth in Chinese government’s announcement in May 2008;

 

   

we face increasingly intense competition in our long distance telephone services from other providers of long distance services using public switched telephone networks, including China Unicom, China Railcom and China Netcom Group and other providers of long distance services using the voice-over-Internet-protocol, or VoIP, technology, including China Mobile, China Unicom, China Netcom Group and China Railcom;

 

   

we face increasingly intense competition in our Internet and value-added services from many competitors, including, primarily, China Unicom, China Netcom Group, China Mobile and China Railcom; and

 

   

we may face additional competition from new entrants or providers of new telecommunications services, such as telephone and Internet services offered over cable TV networks, and telephone services offered over broadband Internet.

In addition, the Chinese government’s policy initiative announced in May 2008 to further reform the telecommunications industry is expected to have a significant impact on the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in China, and competition from other telecommunications services providers may intensify. For example, under this policy initiative, China Netcom Group, one of our competitors in respect of fixed line telecommunications services, is expected to merge with China Unicom, and China Mobile, upon acquisition of China Railcom, is expected to become a new fixed line telecommunications services provider that would directly compete with us in this area, which may create more competitive pressure on us. In addition, upon the completion of proposed restructuring transactions and the formation of three telecommunications services providers encouraged by the policy initiative announced in May 2008, each of our Company, China Mobile and the entity that would result from the merger of China Unicom and China Netcom Group is expected to become a full-service telecommunications services provider that operates both fixed-line telecommunications networks and mobile telecommunications networks. However, we cannot predict at this point in time the precise impact that

 

7


Table of Contents

the formation of full-service telecommunications services providers may have on our business and prospects. While we are currently assessing the impact that the policy initiative announced in May 2008 may have on us, we cannot assure you that any potential change in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in China would not have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Moreover, in connection with China’s accession to the World Trade Organization, or the WTO, and the adoption of the Regulations on the Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises in January 2002, which implement China’s commitments to the WTO, the Chinese government agreed to gradually liberalize various segments and regions of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Licensing”. Both the percentage of ownership of Sino-foreign joint ventures offering telecommunications services in China and the regions where those joint ventures are permitted to offer telecommunications services were increased gradually until December 11, 2007. These and other potential new entrants into the Chinese telecommunications market may further increase the competitive pressure we face.

Our ability to compete effectively may be constrained by a number of factors. For example, under the Chinese government’s policy of promoting competition in the telecommunications industry, some competitors of ours, such as China Unicom and China Railcom, continue to enjoy preferential treatment from the Chinese government. Our competitors who enjoy this preferential treatment may be able to provide more competitive services than ours.

In this increasingly competitive environment, our customers may choose to use other providers’ services. Increased competition from other existing telecommunications services providers, including China Mobile, China Unicom and China Netcom Group, as well as increased competition from new and stronger competitors to be formed upon the completion of the proposed restructuring transactions could materially and adversely affect our business and prospect by, among other factors, forcing us to lower our tariffs to the extent permitted under relevant laws and regulations, reducing or reversing the growth of our customer base and reducing usage of our networks. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We may not be able to acquire the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from subsidiaries of China Unicom. If acquired, the CDMA business may not meet our expectations with respect to its performance.

In May 2008, the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly announced the policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in China that encourage the formation of three telecommunications services providers by way of a series of restructuring transactions, including the proposed acquisition by our Company of the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from China Unicom. On June 2, 2008, we entered into a framework agreement, or the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, with China Unicom Limited, or Unicom, and China Unicom Corporation Limited, or CUCL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom, in respect of certain key terms of our proposed acquisition of the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from Unicom and CUCL, or the Proposed CDMA Acquisition. However, the CDMA Business Framework Agreement does not contain all the necessary details in respect of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition. We expect to enter into additional transaction agreements that will set forth detailed terms of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition.

In addition, the completion of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions, including (i) approval by the Ministry of Industry and Information to allow us to operate mobile communications business and to use the relevant telecommunications resources such as CDMA bandwidth and telecom network numbers; (ii) approval by the shareholders of Unicom in respect of its sale of the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets; and (iii) any other regulatory or corporate approvals that are necessary for the completion of the proposed acquisition. For the list of conditions, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our

 

8


Table of Contents

Proposed Acquisition in 2008”. If any of the above conditions precedent is not satisfied or waived before December 31, 2008 or before any other date as agreed upon among the parties, the CDMA Business Framework Agreement will be terminated automatically. We cannot assure you that any of the conditions for the completion of the proposed acquisition will be satisfied, or that any of the conditions will be satisfied in the timeframe that we expect. If we or any other relevant parties are unable to satisfy any of the conditions for the completion of the proposed acquisition or satisfy these conditions in the timeframe that we expect, we may not be able to acquire the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from Unicom and CUCL.

Furthermore, the CDMA business and related assets, if acquired, may not meet our expectations with respect to their performance. In particular:

 

   

the future market competition may be beyond our expectation;

 

   

the synergy between our existing business and the CDMA mobile communications business, if acquired by us, may not be fully and timely realized to the extent of our expectation;

 

   

future regulation of the CDMA business may not be as favorable to us as we expect, and asymmetrical regulatory measures, which may be favorable to us, may not be adopted by the Chinese government and the effects of such measures, if adopted by the Chinese government, may not be favorable to us as we expect; and

 

   

the evolution of CDMA technology may not meet the requirements of the operation of our CDMA business.

The Proposed CDMA Acquisition may also expose us to uncertainties and risks, including uncertainties and risks associated with:

 

   

the management and development of the CDMA business in which we have no experience;

 

   

the integration of the CDMA business with our existing businesses;

 

   

unforeseen or hidden liabilities;

 

   

the diversion of financial or other resources from our existing businesses; and

 

   

potential loss of, or harm to, relationships with employees or customers.

Any of the above could significantly disrupt our ability to manage our business and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face uncertainties with respect to the future 3G license.

We are not currently permitted to provide mobile communications services. We have been actively seeking, through China Telecom Group, a license to provide mobile communications services in the PRC. In particular, we are seeking a third-generation mobile telecommunications technology, or 3G, license. In 2004, China Telecom Group conducted testing for CDMA 2000 and W-CDMA technologies in Guangzhou in Guangdong province and Shanghai. In 2006 and 2007, China Telecom Group conducted testing for TD-SCDMA technology in Baoding, Hebei province. China Telecom Group did not use any of our Company’s resources to conduct such testing.

In May 2008, the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly announced that three 3G licenses are expected to be granted to telecommunications services providers in China upon the completion of the proposed restructuring transactions. Nevertheless, it is uncertain when the 3G licenses will be issued, which 3G-based technology standard or standards will be adopted and whether and when we will be issued a 3G license. Even if we receive the necessary license and commence providing mobile communications services, we may compete with other telecommunications providers not only in our traditional wireline services, but also in mobile telecommunications services. We cannot assure you

 

9


Table of Contents

that we can compete effectively in the mobile telecommunications services industry due to different regulatory requirements in such industry and our limited experience in mobile telecommunications operations. In addition, the cost of implementing or responding to technological changes, including, among others, 3G, may also be significant, and there is no assurance that the services based on such technologies could receive market acceptance.

Our CDMA services may remain in a relatively disadvantageous market position as compared to GSM services in China.

We may be the only cellular operator offering CDMA services in China after the completion of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition. The majority of cellular subscribers in China today are subscribers to services based on the global system for mobile communications, or GSM. CDMA cellular services compete with GSM services for cellular subscribers, who may be reluctant to switch to CDMA cellular services because of the need to obtain a new CDMA handset and a new phone number. CDMA services are also perceived to have limitations in international roaming due to the lack of CDMA networks in many countries. In addition, CDMA handsets are generally more expensive than GSM handsets and are not compatible with GSM networks. As a result of the smaller subscriber base, the overall size of the supply chain for CDMA cellular services in China is still significantly smaller than the supply chain for GSM cellular services.

Whether our CDMA services can gain a more favorable market position will continue to be subject to a number of uncertainties, including, among others:

 

   

whether we can effectively retain the subscribers that we acquire from Unicom and attract sufficient new CDMA cellular subscribers; and

 

   

whether we can effectively utilize our CDMA marketing expenses to accelerate the revenue growth of our CDMA business.

Any of these uncertainties may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our CDMA cellular services and consequently our financial condition and results of operation.

We will continue to be controlled by China Telecom Group, which could cause us to take actions that may conflict with the best interests of our other shareholders.

China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, owned approximately 70.89% of our outstanding shares as of June 18, 2008. Accordingly, subject to our Articles of Association and applicable laws and regulations, China Telecom Group, as our controlling shareholder, will continue to be able to exercise significant influence over our management and policies by:

 

   

controlling the election of our directors and, in turn, indirectly controlling the selection of our senior management;

 

   

determining the timing and amount of our dividend payments;

 

   

approving our annual budgets;

 

   

deciding on increases or decreases in our share capital;

 

   

determining issuance of new securities;

 

   

approving mergers and acquisitions; and

 

   

amending our Articles of Association.

The interests of China Telecom Group as our controlling shareholder could conflict with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders. As a result, China Telecom Group may take actions with respect to our business that may not be in our or our other shareholders’ best interests.

 

10


Table of Contents

The letter of undertakings provided to us by China Telecom Group contains vague terms that may not be implemented as we expect.

China Telecom Group has provided us a letter of undertakings, under which it has undertaken to support us in our existing operations and future development in the following specific areas:

 

   

to treat us equally with any other operators of wireline telephone, Internet and managed data, leased line and other related telecommunications services that are controlled by China Telecom Group;

 

   

to give us the right to provide additional telecommunications services in our service regions that fall within the business scope of China Telecom Group; and

 

   

to give us the preferential right to acquire China Telecom Group’s interest in companies or other entities that provide telecommunications services.

The telecommunications services terms of the letter of undertakings do not obligate China Telecom Group to provide any financial support to us. The letter of undertakings may not be implemented as we expect due to the vagueness of its terms. Other than the letter of undertakings, we have not entered into any agreement with China Telecom Group to provide for potential allocation of business opportunities between China Telecom Group and us outside our service regions.

We face uncertainties associated with the process to implement our strategy to transform from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider.

Our business strategy is focused on transforming from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider. As part of the strategy, we plan to continue pursuing a license to provide mobile telecommunications services and seek to provide integrated information services to our customers. We will also pursue the development potential of rural telephony, value-added services, leased line and other services.

In addition, we have been actively participating in testing new telecommunications technologies. In 2007, the former Ministry of Information Industry requested China Telecom Group to continue the testing for PC—Phone VoIP in Shenzhen in Guangdong province and Shangrao in Jiangxi province. We performed this testing on behalf of China Telecom Group.

However, we cannot assure you that the implementation of our new business strategy will not be delayed, or that the strategy will ever be successfully implemented. In particular, if any new technologies are adopted in the PRC telecommunications industry, we cannot assure you that we will be granted licenses from national or local governments to provide services based on such new technologies. We also cannot assure you that we can develop the necessary technology to support new services. Even if our initiatives of transformation can be implemented, we cannot assure you that these initiatives will allow us to increase revenues from our existing service offerings or from new communications services. The success of our efforts in developing new service depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, receipt of necessary government approval, receipt of a 3G license, accurate identification of customer needs, successful development of technology, ability to manage cost and expenses, timely completion and introduction of new services, differentiation from offerings of competitors and market acceptance. The uncertainties associated with these factors could materially adversely affect our future business and results of operation.

We depend on China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries to provide certain services and facilities for which we currently have limited alternative sources of supply.

In addition to being our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, by itself and through its other subsidiaries, also provides us with services and facilities necessary for our business activities, including, but not limited to:

 

   

use of international gateway facilities;

 

   

provision of services in areas outside our service regions necessary to enable us to provide end-to-end services to our customers;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

use of nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers; and

 

   

lease of properties and assets, including lease of the capacity on the CDMA network upon completion of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition.

The interests of China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries as providers of these services and facilities may conflict with our interests. We currently have limited alternative sources of supply for these services and facilities. Therefore, we have limited leverage in negotiating with China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries over the terms for the provision of these services and facilities. Termination or adverse changes of the terms for the provisions of these services and facilities could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Proposed Acquisition in 2008” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a description of the services and facilities provided by China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries.

Since our services require interconnection with networks of other operators, disruption in interconnections with those networks could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Under the relevant telecommunications regulations, telecommunications operators are required to interconnect with networks of other operators. We have entered into interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators. Any disruption of our interconnection with the networks of those operators could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In particular, as a result of the restructuring of China’s wireline telecommunications sector, most wireline telecommunications assets except for the nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers, including the last-mile access network, formerly owned by China Telecom Group in ten northern provinces in China were allocated to China Netcom Group. Because we and China Telecom Group have limited local access facilities in those ten provinces, we will need to interconnect, indirectly through China Telecom Group, with China Netcom Group in order to provide end-to-end services to our customers with operations in the ten northern provinces. Any interruption in our interconnection with China Netcom Group could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient financing to fund our capital requirements, which could limit our growth potential and future prospects.

We believe that cash from operations, together with any necessary borrowings, will provide sufficient financial resources to meet our projected capital and other expenditure requirements. However, we may require additional funds to the extent we have underestimated our capital requirements or overestimated our future cash from operations. In addition, a significant feature of our business strategy is to explore opportunities to transform from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider, which may require additional capital resources. The cost of implementing new technologies, upgrading our networks or expanding capacity may also be significant. Furthermore, we expect to use cash from operations and any necessary external financing to pay for our Proposed CDMA Acquisition in connection with the CDMA Business Framework Agreement entered into among us, Unicom and CUCL on June 2, 2008. Additionally, in order for us to effectively respond to technological changes, including 3G-based technologies, and more intensive competition, we may be required to make substantial capital expenditures in the future. It is uncertain when the relevant government authority may issue 3G licenses, which 3G-based technology standard or standards will be adopted and whether and when we will be issued a 3G license. In the event that we are granted a 3G license by the relevant government authority, we may be required to make substantial capital expenditures in order to effectively respond to the 3G-based technologies and such capital expenditures’ requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

12


Table of Contents

Financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, any future issuance of equity securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable into or that represent the right to receive equity securities, may require approval from the relevant government authorities. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

general market conditions for financing activities by telecommunications companies; and

 

   

economic, political and other conditions in the markets where we operate.

We cannot assure you that we can obtain sufficient financing at commercially reasonable terms or at all. If adequate capital is not available on commercially reasonable terms, our growth potential and future prospects could be adversely affected.

If we are not able to respond successfully to technological or industry developments, our business may be adversely affected.

The telecommunications market is characterized by rapid advancements in technology, evolving industry standards and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to these developments. In addition, new services or technologies, such as 3G, may render our existing services or technologies less competitive. In the event we do take measures to respond to technological developments and changes in industry standards, the integration of new technology or industry standards or the upgrading of our networks may require substantial time, effort and capital investment. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in integrating these new technologies and industry standards or adapting our network and systems in a timely and cost-effective manner, or at all. Our inability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments may adversely affect our business, results of operations and competitiveness.

We face a number of risks relating to our Internet-related services.

We currently provide a range of Internet-related services, including dial-up and broadband Internet access and Internet-related applications. We face a number of risks in providing these services.

Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. We cannot assure you that the security measures we have implemented will not be circumvented or otherwise fail to protect the integrity of our network. Unauthorized access could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our customers’ computer systems. Eliminating computer viruses and other security problems may also require interruptions, delays or suspension of our services, cause us to incur costs and divert management attention.

In addition, because we provide connections to the Internet and host websites for customers and develop Internet content and applications, we may be perceived as being associated with the content carried over our network or displayed on websites that we host. We cannot and do not screen all of this content and may face litigation claims due to a perceived association with this content. These types of claims have been brought against other providers of online services in the past. Regardless of the merits of the lawsuits, these types of claims can be costly to defend, divert management resources and attention, and may damage our reputation.

Our Personal Handyphone System service may lose its competitiveness due to price fluctuation of mobile services and difficulties on further development of its technologies.

We currently provide Personal Handyphone System, or PHS, services in our service regions. PHS is a telecommunications technology that allows us to offer to our customers wireless local access services with mobility within an area with the same area code. Our ability to realize acceptable returns from our investment in PHS technology will depend on continued customer adoption of this technology. However, this market may not

 

13


Table of Contents

continue to develop. If China Mobile or China Unicom continues to reduce the tariffs for mobile telecommunications services, our existing and potential PHS customers may choose to use these services instead of our PHS services to take advantage of the less geographically restricted service scope and other features of mobile technology, or we may have to further reduce our PHS tariff. Our PHS is also facing difficulties in improving its technology. As a result, our PHS service may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we except that our Proposed CDMA Acquisition, if completed, may facilitate migration of certain PHS customers to our CDMA mobile telecommunications services. We are currently assessing the potential impact of our Proposed CDMA Acquisition upon our PHS services as well as the future development of our PHS services. We cannot exclude the possibility that the future development of our PHS services following the Proposed CDMA Acquisition, if completed, would not have an impact upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the new applications adopted by us do not perform as expected, or if we are unable to deliver commercially viable services based on these applications, our revenue and profitability may not grow as we expect.

We are pursuing a number of new growth opportunities in the broader telecommunications industry, including advanced data and broadband information and application services. These opportunities relate to new services for which there are no established markets in China. Our ability to deploy and deliver these new services depends, in many instances, on the development of new applications, which may not be developed successfully or may not perform as we expect.

In addition, the success of our broadband Internet services is substantially dependent on the availability of content, applications and devices provided by third-party developers. If we are unable to deliver commercially viable new services, our revenue and profitability will not grow as we expect and our competitiveness may be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China

Extensive government regulation of the telecommunications industry may limit our flexibility in responding to market conditions, competition or changes in our cost structure.

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation. The Ministry of Industry and Information, which is the primary telecommunications industry regulator under China’s State Council, regulates, among other things:

 

   

industry policies and regulations;

 

   

licensing;

 

   

tariffs;

 

   

competition;

 

   

telecommunications resource allocation;

 

   

service standards;

 

   

technical standards;

 

   

interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

   

enforcement of industry regulations;

 

   

universal service obligations;

 

   

network information security; and

 

   

network access license approval for telecom equipment and terminals.

 

14


Table of Contents

Other PRC governmental authorities also take part in regulating tariff policies, capital investment and foreign investment in the telecommunications industry. Major capital investments, including telecommunications network development projects, are subject to the approval of relevant Chinese government authorities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Capital Investment”. The regulatory framework within which we operate may constrain our ability to implement our business strategies and limit our flexibility to respond to market conditions or to changes in our cost structure.

Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the Chinese government.

We are subject to extensive government regulations on tariffs, especially those relating to our basic telecommunications services. On October 1, 2005, the former Ministry of Information Industry liberalized the tariff level by allowing telecommunication services providers to set tariffs for wireline local inter-district telephone services and all domestic and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services using public switched telephone networks provided the tariff levels are below certain tariff ceilings set by the government. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting”. We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from services that are subject to tariffs regulated by the PRC government. In the past, our revenues have been adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the PRC government. The PRC government has encouraged mobile telecommunications services providers to implement a caller-pays tariff regime and requested all new tariff packages for mobile telecommunications service to be based on such regime since March 2007. As a result, mobile telecommunications services providers, including China Mobile, have started to offer caller-pays service plans in most regions and our business, revenue, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that our business or results of operations will not be adversely affected by any government-mandated adjustments on tariff level in the future.

Future changes to the regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in China may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in China have experienced continuous changes in the past several years. Possible future changes to regulations and policies of the Chinese government governing the telecommunications industry could adversely affect our business and operations. For example, to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Chinese government is currently preparing a draft telecommunications law. If and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National Peoples’ Congress or its Standing Committee, it is expected to provide a new regulatory framework for telecommunications regulation in China. We cannot be certain how this law will affect our business and operations and whether it will contain more stringent regulatory requirements than the current telecommunications regulations.

The interpretation and enforcement of China’s WTO commitments regarding telecommunications services may also affect telecommunications regulations and the telecommunications industry in China. Any future regulatory changes, such as those relating to the issuance of additional telecommunications licenses, tariff setting, interconnection and settlement arrangements, competition, changes in technical and service standards, universal service obligations and spectrum and numbering resources allocations, may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The Chinese government may require us, along with other providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations promulgated by the State Council, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government. In 2007, the Chinese government continued to implement the

 

15


Table of Contents

“Village to Village” projects that require telecommunications operators to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in China as transitional measures prior to the official implementation of a universal service obligation framework. The Ministry of Industry and Information has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The Ministry of Industry and Information may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The Ministry of Industry and Information, together with other governmental authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. The Chinese government currently uses financial resources to compensate the expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects before the establishment of a universal service fund. In December 2006, the Ministry of Finance issued the Provisional Rules on Usage and Administration of Telecommunications Universal Service Fund, effective December 21, 2006, which provide a compensation scheme for certain expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects undertaken by telecommunications service providers. Under the compensation scheme, telecommunications operators may receive compensation from the Chinese government for the “Village to Village” projects. These rules provide for the application for the compensation, the method to calculate the amount, the approval process and the distribution of the compensation. However, the compensation from the Chinese government may not be sufficient to cover all of our expenses for providing the telecommunications services under the “Village to Village” projects.

We may not be able to realize adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those economically less developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks relating to the People’s Republic of China

Substantially all of our assets are located in China and substantially all of our revenue is derived from our operations in China. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal developments in China.

China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, could affect our business.

Substantially all of our business, assets and operations are located in China. The economy of China differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including without limitation:

 

   

government involvement;

 

   

level of development;

 

   

growth rate;

 

   

control of foreign exchange; and

 

   

allocation of resources.

While China’s economy has experienced significant growth in the past twenty years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of China, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations applicable to us.

The economy of China has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment

 

16


Table of Contents

of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the Chinese government. It also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. We cannot predict the purpose and effect of future economic policies of the PRC government or the impact of such economic policies on our business and operations. For example, China has experienced a period of high inflation since August 2007. High inflation have prompted and may continue to prompt the PRC government to tighten its monetary policy in an effort to moderate the growth in the economy. The PRC government raised interest rates six times and raised banks’ required reserve ratio ten times in 2007. It may continue these and other measures to reduce inflationary pressure and control economic growth. As a result, the demand for our services may decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies and taking other measures. In an effort to streamline decision-making and improve regulatory efficiency, the PRC National People’s Congress endorsed in March 2008 a State Council proposal for an institutional restructuring of the central government, which involves the establishment of five new ministries concerning energy, transport, industry, environmental protection and housing and urban-rural construction. As one of the five newly-established ministries, the Ministry of Industry and Information has been designated to assume all the functions of the former Ministry of Information Industry. As a result of such institutional restructuring, if the Ministry of Industry and Information is not able to effectively administer the functions of the former Ministry of Information Industry or administer these functions in a manner consistent with the practice of the former Ministry of Information Industry, or if the Ministry of Industry and Information introduces any significant regulatory initiatives, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our financial condition.

We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi, which currently is not a freely convertible currency. A portion of these revenues must be converted into other currencies to meet our foreign currency obligations. These foreign currency-denominated obligations include:

 

   

payment of interest and principal on foreign currency-denominated debt;

 

   

payment for equipment and materials purchased offshore; and

 

   

payment of dividends declared, if any, in respect of our H shares.

Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the Chinese government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs, if the Chinese government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities, if any, and principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities, if any, or to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

 

17


Table of Contents

Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We receive substantially all of our revenues, and our financial statements are presented, in Renminbi. The value of the Renminbi against U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s and international political and economic conditions. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, which are set daily based on the previous business day’s inter-bank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates on the world financial markets. From 1994 to July 20, 2005, the official exchange rate for the conversion of Renminbi to U.S. dollars was generally stable. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government introduced a managed floating exchange rate system to allow the value of the Renminbi to fluctuate within a regulated band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of currencies. On the same day, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. The PRC government has since made and in the future may make further adjustments to the exchange rate system. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into U.S. dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends payable on our H shares in foreign currency terms. Our financial condition and results of operations may also be affected by changes in the value of certain currencies other than the Renminbi, in which our obligations are denominated. For further information on our foreign exchange risks and certain exchange rates, see “Item 3. Key Information—A. Selected Financial Data—Exchange Rate Information” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk”. We cannot assure you that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The PRC legal system has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to you.

We were incorporated under the laws of the PRC and are governed by our Articles of Association. The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the Chinese government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties.

The ability of our shareholders to enforce their rights in respect of violations of corporate governance procedures may be limited. In this regard, our Articles of Association provide that most disputes between holders of H shares and our Company, directors, supervisors, officers or holders of domestic shares, arising out of our Articles of Association or the PRC Company Law and related regulations concerning the affairs of our Company, are to be resolved through arbitration by arbitration tribunal in Hong Kong or China, rather than by a court of law. Awards that are made by Chinese arbitral authorities recognized under the Arbitration Ordinance of Hong Kong can be enforced in Hong Kong. Hong Kong arbitration awards are also enforceable in China. However, to our knowledge, no action has been brought in China by any holder of H shares to enforce an arbitral award, and we are uncertain as to the outcome of any action, if brought in China to enforce an arbitral award made in favor of holders of H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Articles of Association”.

To our knowledge, there has not been any published report of judicial enforcement in China by holders of H shares of their rights under the Articles of Association of a PRC company or the PRC Company Law.

Unlike in the United States, the applicable laws of China did not specifically allow shareholders to sue the directors, supervisors, senior management or other shareholders on behalf of the corporation to enforce a claim against such party or parties that the corporation has failed to enforce itself until January 1, 2006, when the amendments to the PRC Company Law passed in October 27, 2005 became effective. Although the amended PRC Company Law provides that shareholders, under certain circumstances, may sue the directors, supervisors and senior management on behalf of the company, no detailed implementation rules or judicial interpretations

 

18


Table of Contents

have been issued in this regard. In addition, our minority shareholders may not be able to enjoy protections to the same extent afforded to shareholders of companies incorporated under the state laws of the United States.

Although we will be subject to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, or the Listing Rules, and the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases, or the Codes, the holders of H shares will not be able to bring actions on the basis of violations of the Listing Rules or the Codes, and must rely on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and The Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong to enforce the Listing Rules or the Codes, as the case may be.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our management.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, and substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries are located in China. In addition, most of our directors and officers reside within China, and substantially all of the assets of our directors and officers are located within China. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside China upon most of our directors or officers, including with respect to matters arising under applicable laws and regulations. Moreover, our Chinese counsel has advised us that China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States, the United Kingdom or most other Western countries. Our Hong Kong counsel has also advised us that Hong Kong has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States.

As a result, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in the United States and any of the other jurisdictions mentioned above in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

Holders of H shares may be subject to PRC taxation.

On March 16, 2007, the Fifth Plenary Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed the Corporate Income Tax Law of the PRC, or the New Tax Law, which took effect on January 1, 2008. On December 6, 2007, the State Council of the PRC enacted the Enterprise Income Tax Law Implementing Regulations, or the Implementing Regulations, which became effective on January 1, 2008. Prior to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, dividends paid by us to holders of our H shares who are enterprises outside the PRC were exempted from PRC income tax and gains realized by enterprises upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares were exempted form PRC capital gains tax. Under the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise” is subject to a 10% tax for its income derived from sources in China after January 1, 2008, unless reduced under an applicable double-taxation treaty. However, dividends received by such “non-resident enterprise” are not subject to the 10% tax if they are paid out of distributable profits accumulated before January 1, 2008. In addition, dividends paid by us to a resident enterprise, including a foreign enterprise whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are not subject to any PRC income tax. The capital gains realized by such resident enterprise are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax. The implementation of the New Tax Law in these respects remain uncertain, and we may be required to withhold taxes in the future when paying any dividends to our H shareholders who are non-resident enterprises. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China”.

Furthermore, under China’s current tax laws, regulations and rulings, dividends paid by us to holders of our H shares who are individuals outside the PRC are currently exempted from PRC income tax. In addition, gains realized by individuals upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares are temporarily exempted from PRC capital gains tax. If the exemptions are withdrawn in the future, holders of our H shares who are individuals may be required to pay withholding tax on dividends, which is currently imposed at the rate of 20%, or income tax, which may be imposed upon individuals at the rate of 20%, and holders of our H shares may be required to pay PRC capital gains tax upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China”.

 

19


Table of Contents

Natural disasters and health hazards in China may severely disrupt our business and operations and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In early 2008, parts of China, in particular its southern, central and eastern regions, experienced what was reportedly the most severe winter weather in the country in half a century, which resulted in significant and extensive damages to factories, power lines, homes, automobiles, crops and other properties, blackouts, transportation and communications disruptions and other losses in the affected areas. We incurred a loss of approximately RMB572 million in connections with the write-off of certain assets that were damaged due to these severe weather conditions. In addition, in May 2008, a major earthquake registering 8.0 on the Richter scale struck Sichuan province and certain other parts of China, devastating much of the affected areas and causing tens of thousands of deaths and widespread injuries. Our network equipment and other assets in the affected areas sustained extensive damages in the earthquake, leading to service stoppage and other disruptions in our operations in those areas. We are currently assessing damages to our equipment and other assets in the area affected by the earthquake. We expect that we will incur losses and our operating expenses and capital expenditure will increase as a result of the damages to our network equipment and other assets in the earthquake. However, we do not expect that the earthquake will have any significant impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, certain countries and regions, including China, have encountered incidents of the H5N1 strain of bird flu, or avian flu, as well as severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, over the past five years. We are unable to predict the effect, if any, that any future natural disasters and health hazards may have on our business. Any future natural disasters and health hazards may, among other things, significantly disrupt our ability to adequately staff our business, and may generally disrupt our operations. Furthermore, such natural disasters and health hazards may severely restrict the level of economic activity in affected areas, which may in turn materially and adversely affect our business and prospects. As a result, any natural disasters or health hazards in China may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company.

A. History and Development of the Company

Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering

We were incorporated under the laws of China on September 10, 2002 as a joint stock company with limited liability. As part of our initial restructuring, China Telecom Group’s telecommunications operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, together with the related assets and liabilities, were transferred to us. In consideration of the net assets related to the telecommunications operations transferred to us, which had a carrying amount of RMB97,485 million as of December 31, 2001, we issued 68,317,270,803 of our shares to China Telecom Group. Immediately prior to our initial public offering, China Telecom Group transferred to Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Financial Development Company 8.37%, 1.43% and 3.19%, respectively, of our outstanding shares. Under the relevant share transfer agreements, each of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Financial Development Company agreed not to sell, transfer or pledge any of our shares it obtained under the share transfer agreement during the three-year period after November 15, 2002, and following the expiry of the three-year period after November 15, 2002, not to sell or transfer more than 20% of our shares it obtained under the share transfer agreement during any six-month period for two years.

Following our restructuring, China Telecom Group continues to be the holder of the licenses required for operating our telecommunications business. In accordance with the approval of the Ministry of Industry and information (and prior to April 2008, the former Ministry of Information Industry), we derive our exclusive rights to operate our business from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, and China Telecom Group must hold and maintain all licenses received from the Ministry of Industry and Information (and prior to April 2008, the former Ministry of Information Industry) in connection with our business for our benefit. The government currently does not charge license fees for the telecommunications licenses held by China Telecom Group.

 

20


Table of Contents

In 2002, we successfully completed our initial public offering of H shares and raised approximately RMB10,659 million in aggregate net proceeds for us. Upon completion of our initial public offering, our shares became listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and ADSs representing our H shares are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE.

Under a non-competition agreement between us and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us, for so long as our shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or another exchange, and China Telecom Group holds over 30% of our issued share capital or is regarded as our controlling shareholder under the Listing Rules, China Telecom Group will not at any time, directly or indirectly, provide basic telecommunications services or specified value-added telecommunications services in our service regions that may compete with us.

Our Acquisitions in 2003 and in 2004

On December 31, 2003, we acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited and certain network management and research and development facilities (collectively, the “First Acquisition”).

The purchase price of the First Acquisition amounted to RMB46 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB11 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition. The remaining RMB35 billion is payable on December 31, 2013. We may prepay all or, from time to time, a part of the deferred consideration at any time without penalty. We will pay interest to China Telecom Group at semi-annual intervals on the actual amount of the deferred consideration remaining outstanding at an annual rate of 5.184% for the first five years after December 31, 2003. This rate will be adjusted on the fifth anniversary of the completion of the acquisition on December 31, 2003 based on the then current Renminbi lending rate of the Chinese commercial banks for loans with tenure of more than five years. In 2007, we paid China Telecom Group approximately RMB778 million interest on the deferred consideration for our acquisition in 2003. We repaid RMB10 billion of the deferred consideration to China Telecom Group in each of October 2005 and April 2006. No payment of deferred consideration was made in 2007.

In connection with this acquisition and for the purpose of paying consideration to People’s Government of Fujian province for acquiring the rural telecommunication assets in Fujian province, China Telecom Group agreed to transfer 969,317,182 of its shares in our Company to Fujian State-Owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd., a state-owned enterprise owned by the provincial government of the Fujian province to hold such transferred shares.

On December 31, 2003, our Company, together with our wholly owned subsidiary, Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd.

On June 30, 2004, we acquired from China Telecom Group its entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited (collectively, the “Second Acquisition”).

The purchase price of the Second Acquisition amounted to RMB27.8 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB8.34 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition. The remaining RMB19.46 billion is payable on June 30, 2014. We may prepay all or, from time to time, a part of the deferred consideration at any time without penalty. On June 30, 2004, we repaid RMB4.31 billion using the net proceeds from the issuance of new H shares in May 2004. From June 30, 2004, we will pay interest to China Telecom Group at semi-annual intervals on the actual amount of deferred consideration remaining outstanding at an

 

21


Table of Contents

annual rate of 5.184% for the first five years after June 30, 2004. This rate will be adjusted on June 30, 2009 based on the then current Renminbi lending rate of the Chinese commercial banks for loans of similar amount and tenure, less a 10% discount. In 2007, we paid China Telecom Group approximately RMB785 million interest on the deferred consideration for such acquisition.

Our Global Offering in 2004

In May 2004, we issued 4,466,693,018 H shares and 8,514,888 ADSs, each representing 100 H shares, at prices of HK$2.30 per H share and US$29.49 per ADS, respectively, by way of a global offering to Hong Kong and overseas investors. We raised net proceeds of RMB12,702 million from this issuance of new H shares and ADSs. On June 30, 2004, we used RMB12,650 million of the net proceeds from this issuance to make a cash payment for the Second Acquisition, including RMB8,340 million as the initial consideration and RMB4,310 million as part of the deferred consideration. As part of the global offering, 531,818,182 existing domestic shares of RMB1.00 each owned by China Telecom Group and our other domestic shareholders were converted into H shares and sold to Hong Kong and overseas investors.

Our Acquisitions in 2007

We entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement with China Telecom Group on June 15, 2007, pursuant to which China Telecom Group agreed to transfer, and cause its wholly owned subsidiary China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Development Center to transfer to us, 100% equity interest in each of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Company Limited, China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd. and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation”), (collectively, the “Third Acquisition”), for a total consideration of RMB1.408 billion in cash.

We obtained all necessary regulatory approvals of the transactions under the Equity Purchase Agreement from relevant governmental authorities including Ministry of Commerce and State-owned Assets Supervision and Administrative Commission of the State Council. The Third Acquisition was completed on June 30, 2007 and the consideration was fully paid in cash in July 2007 from our internal resources. As we and the three acquired companies are under the common control of China Telecom Group, the Third Acquisition has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests.

China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Company Limited is a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on February 25, 2000. It operates in the Asia Pacific region and its principal business is engaging in ChinaNet transit, international IP-VPN, international private leased circuits, cross-border transit connection and Internet data centre service in Asia. The target customers are Chinese companies that require telecommunications services in the Asia Pacific region and Asia-based companies and telecommunication operators doing business in China.

China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd. is a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC on September 13, 2001. It operates in China and the principal business is provision of system integration services, outsourcing services, development of software application as well as consultancy services in China. Its target customers primarily comprise telecommunication operators that require IT support, and companies and government agencies that require integration and outsourcing services.

China Telecom (Americas) Corporation is a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware, USA on November 22, 2001. It operates in North and South America. The principal business is engaging in ChinaNet transit, voice wholesale, international IP-VPN, international private leased circuits, cross-border transit connection and internet data center services. Its target customers comprise multinational corporations and Chinese companies with overseas businesses requiring telecommunications connections between Asia and the Americas.

 

22


Table of Contents

We expect that the acquisition of the three companies will help us to expand our service areas in certain countries in Asia Pacific region and South and North America, and extend our telecommunication business including leased line and other related services overseas. We also expect to exploit technological advantages and increase economies of scale benefits through acquisition of the three companies by reducing operational costs, consolidating business resources, improving network and services system.

In connection with our restructuring and acquisitions, we entered into various arrangements with China Telecom Group and a number of its provincial subsidiaries relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. These agreements include agreements for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing, IT services, comprehensive services and other services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a more detailed description of these arrangements.

Our Corporate Organization Restructuring in 2008

On January 10, 2008, we entered into merger agreements with certain of our wholly owned subsidiaries, including Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, Guangdong Telecom Company Limited, Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited, Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited, Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited, Sichuan Telecom Company Limited, Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited, or, collectively, the Merged Subsidiaries. Pursuant to these merger agreements, our Company will merge with the Merged Subsidiaries by way of absorption. As a result, the Merged Subsidiaries will be dissolved and all of their assets, businesses, liabilities, rights and obligations will be assumed by us. These merger agreements were approved by our shareholders in an extraordinary general meeting on February 25, 2008 and the mergers with all the Merged Subsidiaries had been completed by the end of March 2008. These mergers represent an internal reorganization which has no significant impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

The mergers with the Merged Subsidiaries are for the purpose of improving our existing organization structure by managing our businesses through branches instead of subsidiaries. Upon completion of the restructuring, our provincial branches will take over the responsibilities of managing and operating the business in these provinces. We expect that the resulting organization structure and management system will enhance the integration and allocation of our internal resources and further improve our management standard and overall efficiency.

Our Acquisition of Beijing Telecom in 2008

On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group, pursuant to which we agree to acquire, and China Telecom Group agrees to sell, the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, or Beijing Telecom, for a total consideration of RMB5.557 billion in cash.

The Acquisition Agreement was approved by our shareholders in the extraordinary general meeting held on May 30, 2008 and it will become effective upon obtaining the relevant governmental and regulatory authorities including the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, or SASAC. We propose to enter into a merger agreement with Beijing Telecom upon completion of the acquisition, pursuant to which Beijing Telecom will be dissolved and all of their assets, businesses, liabilities, rights and obligations will be assumed by us.

We expect the acquisition of Beijing Telecom to present an opportunity for us to provide better services to major corporate customers, enhance our market position and competitiveness, enjoy benefits from the increased demand for telecommunications services during the 2008 Olympic Games period and realize operating synergies.

 

23


Table of Contents

Beijing Telecom is a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC on July 16, 2002 and wholly owned by China Telecom Group. The principal business of Beijing Telecom is provision of telecommunications and information services, local fixed network services, domestic and international long distance services, broadband services, managed data services, leased line services and integrated information services in the Beijing municipality.

Industry Restructuring and Our Proposed Acquisition in 2008

On May 24, 2008, the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance issued a joint announcement relating to the further reform of the telecommunications industry in China. According to the joint announcement, the principal objectives of the reform include, among others: (i) supporting the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, in order to help optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources and foster market competition; (ii) promoting homegrown innovation by telecommunications services providers; and (iii) enhancing the service capabilities and quality of, and the regulatory framework governing, the telecommunications industry. To achieve these objectives, the three ministries are encouraging the following restructuring transactions: (a) the acquisition by our Company of the CDMA network (including both assets and subscriber base) currently owned by China Unicom; (b) the acquisition by China Telecom Group of the basic telecommunications services business currently operated by China Satellite Communications Corporation, or China Satellite; (c) the merger between China Unicom and China Netcom Group; and (d) the acquisition of China Railway by China Mobile. The detailed implementation plans relating to these restructuring transactions are expected to be formulated by the relevant parties involved, subject to, in each case, agreement on terms among the relevant parties and approvals by applicable Chinese government authorities, and carried out, as applicable, in accordance with customary practices in the domestic and international capital markets. In addition, according to the joint announcement, three 3G licenses are expected to be granted to telecommunications services providers in China after the completion of the restructuring transactions described above, although the timing, as well as the manner, of such issuances of 3G licenses is uncertain. Furthermore, to maintain a balanced development of the telecommunications industry, the Chinese government will adopt asymmetrical regulatory measures, as necessary, over a period of time following the completion of the above restructuring transactions. However, it is uncertain what asymmetrical regulatory measures will be adopted by the Chinese government and what impact these measures may have. The Chinese government also seeks to promote the integration of telecommunications services and networks of different services providers. In addition, the Chinese government will encourage software development, content application and other information integrated information services.

Our Proposed Acquisition of the CDMA Business from Unicom

On June 2, 2008, we, Unicom and CUCL entered into a framework agreement, or the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, pursuant to which, we will acquire from CUCL the entire CDMA telecommunications business, or the CDMA Business, owned and operated by CUCL as of the date of completing the proposed acquisition and related assets and liabilities. Unicom is a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose shares are listed in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and whose American depositary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

The consideration of the proposed acquisition pursuant to the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, or the Proposed CDMA Acquisition, is RMB43.8 billion, or the Preliminary Consideration. The final consideration, or the Final Consideration, will be determined in accordance with the following mechanism:

Final Consideration = Preliminary Consideration * A

 

24


Table of Contents

A shall be determined as follows:

(i) if R1/R2 plus 0.02 is equal to or more than 1, then A shall equal to 1; and

(ii) if R1/R2 plus 0.02 is less than 1, then A shall equal to R1/R2 plus 0.02.

Where

(i) R1 is the CDMA service revenue, or the CDMA Service Revenue, which is defined as the revenue generated by Unicom in the course of operating its CDMA telecommunications business minus the total revenue from the sale of telecommunication products, for the six months ended June 30, 2008 set forth in the 2008 interim report of Unicom; and

(ii) R2 is the CDMA Service Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2007 set forth in the 2007 interim report of Unicom.

The Final Consideration will be paid in three installments in cash. The first installment, which is 70% of the Final Consideration, will be paid by us on the completion date, or the Completion Date, which will be a day falling within three days after all the conditions precedent to the Proposed CDMA Acquisition have been satisfied or waived. The second installment, which is 20% of the Final Consideration, will be paid by us within three days after the date of substantial completion of the transfer of the CDMA Business from CUCL to our Company. The final installment, which is the remaining 10% of the Final Consideration, will be paid before March 31, 2009.

Pursuant to the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, CUCL will also transfer to us certain number of employees, which will be determined based upon the total number of employees who had employment agreements with CUCL as of December 31, 2007, multiplied by a percentage, the numerator of which is the CDMA Service Revenue for 2007 and the denominator of which is the total service revenue of Unicom for the same period. In determining the number of employees to be transferred from CUCL to our Company, we expect that employees whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business will be transferred to us. In addition, other employees whose responsibilities are to support the development and general management of the CDMA Business will also be transferred from CUCL to us, and the number of these employees will be determined by a separate agreement to be entered into by CUCL and us taking into consideration the differences in the businesses of the two companies in southern and northern China. We and CUCL agreed to finalize the list of employees to be transferred to us as soon as possible after the execution of the CDMA Business Framework Agreement. In addition, we expect to enter into separate agreements with CUCL to specify details of the arrangement with respect to the services, if any, to be provided to us by employees of third parties who are seconded to CUCL.

Related Transactions

Proposed Acquisition of the CDMA Network by China Telecom Group. We have been notified by China Telecom Group that China Telecom Group has agreed to acquire, and China Unicom and Unicom New Horizon Corporation Limited, or Unicom New Horizon, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom, have agreed to sell, the CDMA cellular telecommunications network constructed by Unicom New Horizon, or the CDMA Network, for a consideration of RMB66.2 billion, or the Proposed CDMA Network Acquisition. It is expected that the Proposed CDMA Network Acquisition will take place at the same time as the Proposed CDMA Acquisition.

Lease of Capacity on the CDMA Network by our Company from China Telecom Group. We expect to enter into a lease agreement with China Telecom Group, or the CDMA Network Lease Agreement, pursuant to which, we will lease the capacity on the CDMA Network from China Telecom Group at or around the time the detailed transaction agreements in respect of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition are entered into. China Telecom Group has indicated to us that it will discuss and negotiate with us the terms of the CDMA Network Lease Agreement with reference to the principles and framework set forth in the CDMA network lease agreement entered into by CUCL and certain other affiliates of China Unicom, or the Unicom CDMA Network Lease.

 

25


Table of Contents

Conditions for the Completion of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition

The CDMA Business Framework Agreement does not contain all the necessary details in respect of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition. We expect to enter into additional transaction agreements that will set forth detailed terms of the Proposed CMDA Acquisition.

Completion of the Proposed CDMA Acquisition will be conditional upon satisfaction or waiver of the following:

 

  (a) Unicom has obtained all necessary approvals in relation to the termination of the Unicom CDMA Network Lease, including the waiver of the option of CUCL to purchase the CDMA Network, and in relation to the Proposed CDMA Acquisition;

 

  (b) CUCL has obtained all approvals for the Proposed CDMA Acquisition in accordance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (c) China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, a company incorporated in China whose shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and which indirectly controls Unicom, has obtained all necessary approvals in relation to the termination of the Unicom CDMA Network Lease, including the waiver of the option of CUCL to purchase the CDMA Network, and in relation to the Proposed CDMA Acquisition;

 

  (d) the relevant government authorities have approved the sale of the CDMA Business and the CDMA Network;

 

  (e) there has been no material adverse change to the operations of the CDMA Business;

 

  (f) our Company has obtained all necessary approvals in relation to the proposed change of our business scope and necessary amendments to our articles of association;

 

  (g) our Company has obtained approval from our independent shareholders in relation to the CDMA Network Lease Agreement in such manner as required by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange;

 

  (h) the approval by the Ministry of Industry and Information has been obtained in respect of China Telecom Group’s authorization of our Company to operate mobile telecommunications business and to use the relevant telecommunications resources such as CDMA bandwidth and telecom network numbers;

 

  (i) the Proposed CDMA Network Acquisition has been completed simultaneous with the Proposed CDMA Acquisition;

 

  (j) CUCL has completed all necessary procedures as required under applicable laws or other contracts to which CUCL are subject; and

 

  (k) our Company, CUCL and Unicom have entered into detailed transaction agreements for the Proposed CDMA Acquisition, including any transitional arrangements.

We, Unicom and CUCL will use reasonable endeavors to procure the satisfaction or waiver of the above conditions as soon as practicable before September 30, 2008. If the conditions are not satisfied or waived before December 31, 2008 or before any other date as agreed upon among the parties, the CDMA Business Framework Agreement will be terminated automatically.

 

26


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

Set out below is our corporate structure as of June 18, 2008:

LOGO

In addition, our Company has a branch in each of Shanghai municipality, Guangdong province, Jiangsu province, Zhejiang province, Anhui province, Fujian province, Jiangxi province, Guangxi Zhuang autonomous region, Chongqing municipality, Sichuan province, Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province, Ningxia Hui autonomous region and Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region in China following our corporate organization restructuring in 2008. See “—Our Corporate Organization Restructuring in 2008” included elsewhere under this Item.

We entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group to acquire its entire equity interest in Beijing Telecom on March 31, 2008. We are currently in the process of obtaining approvals for the acquisition from the relevant governmental and regulatory authorities, upon completion of which process Beijing Telecom will become our subsidiary. We also propose to enter into a merger agreement with Beijing Telecom upon completion of the acquisition, pursuant to which Beijing Telecom will be dissolved. See “—Our Acquisition of Beijing Telecom in 2008” included elsewhere under this Item.

Issuance and Proposed Issuance of Commercial Paper in 2008

On April 22, 2008, we issued three-year medium-term notes in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion with an annual interest rate of 5.30%. The notes were placed through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value.

At the annual general meeting held on May 30, 2008, our shareholders approved the proposal for our Company to issue debentures. Pursuant to the resolutions passed at the annual general meeting, we may issue debentures denominated in local or foreign currencies, in one or more tranches, including, but not limited to, short-term commercial paper, company bonds, corporate debts and asset securitization products and asset-backed notes, from the date of the annual general meeting until the date on which the annual general meeting of the Company for the year ended 2008 is held, with a maximum outstanding repayment amount of RMB60 billion.

Our Company does not have any definitive plan to issue any debentures at this time.

 

27


Table of Contents

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032 and our telephone number is (+86-10) 6642-8166. Our website address is www.chinatelecom-h.com. The information on our web site is not a part of this annual report. We have appointed CT Corporation System at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as our agent for service of process in the United States.

B. Business Overview

We are the leading provider of wireline telecommunications services in Shanghai municipality, Guangdong province, Jiangsu province, Zhejiang province, Anhui province, Fujian province, Jiangxi province, Guangxi Zhuang autonomous region, Chongqing municipality, Sichuan province, Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province, Ningxia Hui autonomous region and Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region in China. On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group to acquire the entire equity interest in its wholly owned subsidiary, Beijing Telecom, for the purpose of further expanding our services in Beijing. Our scope of business includes:

(1) operating a variety of domestic wireline telecommunications networks and facilities (including wireless local loops);

(2) providing voice, data, image, multimedia telecommunications and information services based on the wireline networks;

(3) providing international services and conducting accounts settlement with overseas operators in accordance with state regulations; and

(4) providing telecommunications and information-related system integration, advertising, technological development, technical services, information consulting, and conducting design, manufacture, sales and installation of telecommunications equipment.

In 2007, we continued to implement our business strategy of transformation from a traditional voice services provider to a modern integrated information services provider. Our business continued to grow in 2007 and we have gradually shifted our operational focus from voice services such as local and long distance services to non-voice services, including our Internet access and value-added services. Our non-voice services have become an important driver for our revenue growth.

Our total operating revenue increased from RMB175,616 million in 2006 to RMB178,656 million, or by approximately 1.7%, in 2007. Revenue from our non-voice services, including Internet access services, value-added and integrated information application services and leased line and other services increased while revenue from our voice services, including local telephone services, long distance telephone services and interconnections services decreased. The increase in revenue from our non-voice services in 2007 is the result of our continued efforts in implementing business transformation strategy by shifting our operation focus from voice services to non-voice services, which offset the decrease in revenue from our voice services in the same period.

With the introduction of new technology and the launch of various new services by the telecommunications service providers, the market competition among telecommunications service providers has intensified. In order to respond to such intensified competition, we will continue to focus on transforming from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider and explore new growth areas to assure the sustainable growth of our Company.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our operating revenue depends largely on the size of our customer base, usage volume and the level and structure of our tariffs. The following table shows our selected operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,
         2005            2006            2007    

Local Telephone:

        

Access lines in service (in millions)

   210.1    223.0    220.3

Total pulses (in billions) (1)

   474.7    438.2    420.3

Domestic Long Distance:

        

Total outgoing call minutes carried (in billions) (2)

   93.8    95.6    98.3

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance:

        

Total outgoing call minutes carried (in billions) (3)

   1.71    1.60    1.59

Interconnection

        

Volume of inbound local call minutes (in billions)

   102.7    124.5    135.4

Broadband Access:

        

Number of subscribers (in millions)

   21.0    28.3    35.7

Leased Digital Circuits:

        

Total bandwidth (x2Mbps) (bandwidth leased in thousands)

   197.4    228.2    312.4

Value-added Services

        

Caller ID service subscribers (in millions)

   131.5    145.7    146.7

Color Ring Tone subscribers (in millions) (4)

   18.2    36.7    63.2

SMS usage volume (messages in billions) (4)

   17.3    23.3    23.3

 

(1) Pulses are the billing units for calculating local telephone usage fees.

 

(2) Includes calls originated by mobile subscribers that are carried over our long distance networks.

 

(3) Includes calls originated by subscribers of other operators that are carried through the international gateways of China Telecom Group.

 

(4) The Color Ring Tone and “Short Message Service over Personal Handyphone System, or SMS over PHS” services were launched in 2004, and we started to collect operating data for these two new services from 2005.

The number of our local access lines in service decreased by approximately 1.2% from 223.0 million in 2006 to 220.3 million in 2007 primarily due to the increasing substitution of wireline telephone services by mobile telephone services. The total usage of our local telephone services decreased by approximately 4.1% from 438.2 billion pulses in 2006 to 420.3 billion pulses in 2007. Subscribers for our broadband access services grew from 28.3 million as of December 31, 2006 to 35.7 million as of December 31, 2007. We experienced significant growth in value-added services in 2007. The number of subscribers to our caller ID services was 146.7 million in 2007. The number of subscribers to Color Ring Tone services was 63.2 million as of December 31, 2007 and increased by approximately 72.2% compared to 2006. The usage volume of our short message services, or SMS, was 23.3 billion messages in 2007. We expect our broadband services and value-added services to continue to be key drivers of our growth in the future.

 

29


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our operating revenue for 2005, 2006 and 2007:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007

Wireline telephone services (1)

        

Local

        

Installation fees

   2,970    2,913    2,735

Monthly fees

   30,351    28,973    25,346

Local usage fees

   47,624    46,188    42,343
              

Sub-total

   80,945    78,074    70,424

Domestic long distance

   25,993    25,517    24,127

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance

   3,474    3,225    2,882

Interconnections

   12,838    14,095    13,879

Upfront connection fees

   6,781    4,971    3,294
              

Sub-total

   130,031    125,882    114,606

Internet access and Value-added service

   27,890    37,927    50,571

Managed data

   2,990    3,080    3,013

Leased line services and Others (2)

   8,948    8,727    10,466
              

Total operating revenue

   169,859    175,616    178,656
              

 

(1) Includes revenue from our registered subscribers, public telephones and prepaid calling cards services.

 

(2) Other revenue includes primarily revenue from sales, repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment, construction of telecommunications network and infrastructure for customers.

Wireline Telephone Services

Our telephone services consist of local telephone, domestic long distance, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance and interconnection.

Wireline telephone services are our main services, generating 64.1% (including upfront connection fees) of our total operating revenue in 2007, compared to 71.7% (including upfront connection fees) in 2006. Revenue generated by these services decreased by approximately 9.0% from 125,882 million in 2006 to RMB114,606 million in 2007 due to the increasing substitution of wireline telephone services by mobile telephone services and the diversification of the means of communication. We expect that our wireline telephone services will continue to provide a significant revenue source to our overall business.

Local Telephone Services

Our local telephone services provide the largest revenue source for our wireline telephone services. In 2007, revenue from local telephone services decreased by approximately 9.8% from RMB78,074 million in 2006 to RMB70,424 million in 2007 as a consequence of the continuing decrease in the difference between tariffs for mobile services and for wireline telephone services and intensified mobile substitution for wireline telephone subscribers and local voice usage. To further the development of our local telephone services, we have adopted initiatives to differentiate our subscribers and services plans, offered “voice + Internet access” plans to enhance customer loyalty, developed value-added services such as Color Ring Tone and Best Tone to add more value to the wireline telephone services, and promoted services such as Super Cordless and Smart Cordless that combine the services provided by wireline and the Personal Handyphone System, or PHS. In addition, we focused our efforts to optimize the coverage of our wireless local access network for the regions that have the most customers to improve our service quality.

 

30


Table of Contents

In 2007, the total number of wireline telephone subscribers recorded a negative growth for the first time. Such decrease was attributable to the reduction in domestic mobile tariffs and the popularization of mobile voice communication. Our local telephone subscribers numbered 220.3 million at the end of 2007, which represents a decrease of 2.7 million, or approximately 1.2% from 2006. As of the end of 2007, wireless local access service subscribers numbered 58.0 million, which represents a decrease of 4.7 million, or approximately 7.5%, from 2006. Public telephone service subscribers reached 15.7 million as of the end of 2007, which represents a slight increase of 0.2 million, or approximately 1.3%, from 2006.

Access lines. The following table sets forth selected information regarding our local telephone subscribers as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,
         2005            2006            2007    
     (in millions)

Residential

   118.0    122.3    121.8

Enterprise

   20.9    22.5    24.8

Public telephones

   14.1    15.5    15.7

Wireless local access

   57.1    62.7    58.0
              

Total

   210.1    223.0    220.3

Service usage. The following table sets forth certain usage information regarding our local telephone services for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
         2005            2006             2007    
     (in billions)

Total pulses of usage: (1)

       

Local voice usage

   449.4    422.6     406.3

Dial-up Internet services

   25.3    15.7     14.0
               

Total

   474.7    438.2 (2)   420.3

 

(1) Pulses are the billing units for calculating local telephone usage fees.

 

(2) Local voice usage and dial-up Internet services may not add up to total pulses of usage due to rounding discrepancies.

Local voice usage was 406.3 billion pulses in 2007, a decrease of approximately 3.9% from 2006. As customers of our dial-up Internet services continued to shift to our broadband Internet services, dial-up Internet usage, including dial-up usage of customers of other Internet service providers, decreased by 10.8% from 15.7 billion pulses in 2006 to 14.0 billion pulses in 2007. Tariffs for dial-up Internet access were much lower than the usage fees for voice services.

Tariffs. For our local telephone services, we charge a fixed monthly fee and usage fees based on call usage in terms of pulses. The tariffs are regulated by the Chinese government. The local call usage fees are either intra-district or inter-district, depending upon whether a call is within a single service district or between service districts. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item. In addition, we also charge installation fees for installing telephone for our subscribers. We charge the installation fee based on the actual cost of the installation.

 

31


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the tariffs we charge for local telephone services for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005   2006   2007
    (RMB)

Monthly fee: (1)

     

Residential customers

  10.0 – 25.0   10.0 – 25.0   10.0 – 25.0

Enterprise customers

  15.0 – 35.0   15.0 – 35.0   15.0 – 35.0

Usage fee:

     

Intra-district

  0.18 – 0.22 for the first
three minutes or less

and 0.09 – 0.11 for
each additional minute

  0.18 – 0.22 for the first
three minutes or less and

0.09 – 0.11 for each
additional minute

  0.18 – 0.22 for the first
three minutes or less

and 0.09 – 0.11 for
each additional minute

Inter-district

  0.20 – 0.50 per minute (2)   0.20 – 0.50 per minute (2)   0.20 – 0.50 per minute (2)

Communications fee:

     

Internet dial-up

  0.02 per minute   0.02 per minute   0.02 per minute

 

(1) Monthly fees for customers vary depending on whether a subscriber is located in the provincial capital city, other cities, a county or rural areas.

 

(2) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for inter-district local telephone services set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for public switched telephone networks services provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.

Domestic Long Distance Services

In order to stabilize our revenue in the increasingly competitive market environment for our long distance services market, we have responded to market changes by adopting flexible operating strategies such as differentiating our customers and offering service plans that meet the needs of different subscribers in the market.

In 2007, revenue from domestic long distance services was RMB24,127 million, representing a decrease of approximately 5.4% from 2006. Total revenue from our domestic long distance services represented approximately 13.5% of our total operating revenue in 2007, compared to approximately 14.5% in 2006.

Service usage. The following table shows the total minutes of domestic long distance calls carried through our long distance network for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Total minutes of usage (1)

   93,817    95,567    98,251

 

(1) Includes calls originated by mobile subscribers that are carried over our long distance networks.

Total domestic long distance usage was 98,251 million minutes in 2007, representing an annual growth rate of approximately 2.8% from 2006.

Tariffs. Currently, all domestic long distance services using public switched telephone networks are charged at the unified rate of RMB0.07 per six seconds, with a discount rate of up to 40% applicable to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 12:00 am to 7:00 am every day.

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the tariffs for our domestic long distance telephone services which are based on state tariff rates:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2005   2006   2007
     (in millions)

Public switched telephone networks services (1)

 

 

  

 

All at the unified rate of
RMB0.07 per six
seconds
(2)

 

 

All at the unified rate of
RMB0.07 per six
seconds
(2)

 

 

All at the unified rate of
RMB0.07 per six
seconds
(2)

VoIP services (3)

   Not regulated (4)   Not regulated (4)   Not regulated (4)

 

(1) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for domestic long distance services using public switched telephone networks set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for public switched telephone networks services provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.

 

(2) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 12:00 am to 7:00 am every day.

 

(3) A separate usage fees for local services is charged when a VoIP long distance call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.

 

(4) Although we are permitted to set the tariffs for VoIP services, the tariffs are subject to certain filing and approval requirements of the regulatory authorities.

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services

In 2007, competition in international and Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services further intensified. Diversion of customers to service based on technologies such as Instant Message and IP telephony had increased. Revenue from our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services amounted to RMB2,882 million in 2007, representing a decrease of approximately 10.6% from 2006. Our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services contributed approximately 1.6% to our total operating revenue in 2007, compared to approximately 1.8% in 2006.

In order to maintain our revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services, we launched a number of service discounts plans to address various needs of different customer segments. In 2007, we focused our marketing and advertising effort to promote the public awareness of the tariff discount plans for our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services.

Service usage. The following table sets forth certain information related to the usage of our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services, including usage of international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services by mobile subscribers, for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Total outgoing call minutes (1)

   1,711    1,601    1,588

 

(1) Includes calls originated by subscribers of other operators that are carried through the international gateways of China Telecom Group.

Usage in 2007 was 1,588 million minutes, representing a decrease of approximately 0.8% from 2006.

 

33


Table of Contents

Tariffs. The following table sets forth our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance tariffs for the years indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2005   2006   2007

Public switched telephone networks services (1) :

      

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

   RMB0.20 per six seconds   RMB0.20 per six seconds   RMB0.20 per six seconds

To all international destinations

   RMB0.80 per six seconds (2)   RMB0.80 per six seconds (2)   RMB0.80 per six seconds (2)

VoIP services: (3)

      

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

   Not regulated   Not regulated   Not regulated

To all international destinations

   Not regulated   Not regulated   Not regulated

 

(1) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services using public switched telephone networks set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for public switched telephone networks services provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.

 

(2) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours.

 

(3) A separate usage fee for local services is charged when a VoIP long distance call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.

We offer international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services through the international gateways of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group negotiates bilateral settlement arrangements and rates based on the international settlement standards in the telecommunications industry, and we follow those settlement arrangements and rates.

Interconnection

Revenue from interconnection decreased by approximately 1.5% from RMB14,095 million in 2006 to RMB13,879 million in 2007, representing approximately 7.8% of our total operating revenue in 2007. As the number of mobile subscribers continued to grow, the volume of inbound local calls reached 135,447 million minutes in 2007, representing an increase of approximately 8.8% from 2006.

Under relevant regulations, we are exempt from any interconnection payment for outbound local traffic to mobile operators. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” for tariff details.

We have interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators, including China Telecom Group, China Netcom Group, China Mobile and China Unicom. All interconnection and settlement arrangements among public wireline telephone, mobile, and Internet networks in China are governed by the Telecommunications Regulations and the rules on interconnection arrangements and settlement promulgated by the former Ministry of Information Industry. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” included elsewhere under this Item.

China Telecom Group entered into interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, prior to our incorporation in 2002, with other telecommunications service providers in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, prior to our acquisition in 2003 and with other telecommunications service providers in Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province,

 

34


Table of Contents

Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region prior to our acquisition in 2004. These agreements provide for interconnection settlement with respect to local calls and domestic and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance calls involving our networks. In connection with our initial public offering in 2002 and the acquisitions in 2003 and 2004, China Telecom Group has assigned to us, and we have assumed, its rights and obligations under these agreements in relation to our service regions. We also entered into an interconnection agreement with China Telecom Group. The economic terms and the settlement procedures under that agreement are in accordance with the standards set forth in the interconnection rules and regulations, which are described in more detail under “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” included elsewhere under this item. See also “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Interconnection Agreement”.

Internet Access and Value-added Services

In addition to basic local and long distance voice services, we offer Internet access and value-added services. In 2007, these services continued to grow rapidly and were an important revenue growth driver. Revenue from our Internet access and value-added services increased by 33.3% from RMB37,927 million in 2006 to RMB50,571 million in 2007, representing 28.3% of our operating revenue.

Internet Access Services

In 2007, revenue from Internet access services became increasingly important in our revenue structure. In 2007, our broadband subscribers increased by 26.1% from 28.3 million to 35.7 million. We also focused on segmentation of the broadband subscribers and differentiation of our broadband products to provide various services in terms of quality, application contents and prices to different customer groups. We also optimized our network in order to provide high-end subscribers with broadband products that offer more applications and better quality.

The following table sets forth selected information regarding our broadband access services for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2005        2006        2007  
     (in millions)

Total broadband access services subscribers

   21.0    28.3    35.7

Value-added Services

Our value-added services comprise primarily wireline value-added services, Internet value-added services and integrated information value-added services.

Caller ID services, short messaging services, telephone information services and “Color Ring Tone” services are wireline value-added services. “Color Ring Tone” refers to a service where subscribers can customize the answer ring tone heard by the caller from a wide selection of songs, melodies, sound effects or voice recordings to replace the monotonous ring connecting tone. SMS usage volume was 23.3 billion messages and there were 63.2 million subscribers for the “Color Ring Tone” service in 2007.

Internet value-added services include “ChinaVNet” services, IPTV, Internet through TV services, collaborative communication services and music gateway services. “ChinaVNet” services refer to products and applications, such as music, video, software and recharge of online game cards, provided through broadband access and operated on a nationwide basis.

“Best Tone” services, “BizNavigator” services and IT services and applications are our integrated information value-added services. “Best Tone” service is an integrated information enquiries service. It provides our customers with phone number storage, enquiry and call transfer services, as well as various information

 

35


Table of Contents

needed in daily life. In 2007, we launched a nationwide campaign for the promotion of our “Best Tone BizTravel” services, which comprise a series of services in relation to ticket booking and hotel reservation, making it an attractive product of the “Best Tone” services. In 2007, we continued to promote “BizNavigator” and “One Home” as our major customer brands and improved the recognition of such brands among our customers. The “BizNavigator” and “One Home” targets government and corporate customers and middle-to-high-end household customers, respectively, and provide tailored application solutions to satisfy the different information and IT needs of such customers. Customers of “BizNavigator” and “One Home” reached 1.88 million and 10.54 million in 2007, respectively.

Tariffs. Internet and value-added services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. We determine tariffs for our Internet and value-added services according to market conditions. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

Managed Data

In 2007, revenue from managed data decreased by approximately 2.2% from RMB3,080 million in 2006 to RMB3,013 million in 2007, representing approximately 1.7% of our total operating revenue in 2007.

Our managed data services include Digital Data Network, or DDN, frame relay, or FR, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode, or ATM, services. In 2007, we continued to focus on government, financial and large enterprise customers. Our marketing efforts focused on providing global one-stop shop, tailored services and comprehensive solutions to these customers. Our customers can enjoy a full range of consulting, trouble-shooting, billing and collection, and technical support services by contacting any designated account manager in our Company.

We offer managed data services as part of our total telecommunications solutions to large enterprise customers, including government agencies, large corporations and institutions. Many of these customers choose FR and ATM services to form virtual private networks, or VPNs, and link their local area networks at different locations. We also collaborate with a number of international telecommunications service providers to build global communications networks for multinational corporations.

Tariffs. We determine most of the tariffs for our data services within a price range set by the Chinese government. We generally charge a fee for installation and testing for our data services and a fixed monthly fee. We offer various promotion discounts for our customers who wish to upgrade to higher bandwidth services. These promotion discounts have stimulated demand for our managed data services in recent years.

The following table sets forth the monthly fees for DDN services at the bandwidth of 64Kbps and 2Mbps for the years indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (RMB)

64Kbps

        

Intra-district

   1,500    1,500    1,500

Inter-district

   2,000    2,000    2,000

Intra-provincial

   3,500    3,500    3,500

Inter-provincial

   3,500    3,500    3,500

2Mbps

        

Intra-district

   6,000    6,000    6,000

Inter-district

   8,000    8,000    8,000

Intra-provincial

   12,000    12,000    12,000

Inter-provincial

   12,000    12,000    12,000

 

36


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the monthly fees in 2005, 2006 and 2007 for FR and ATM services, which include monthly fees for port access and permanent virtual circuits, or PVCs:

 

     Monthly Fee for Port Access

Bandwidth

   2Mbps    10Mbps    100Mbps    155Mbps
     (RMB)

Monthly fees

   1,000    5,000    9,000    10,000

PVC monthly fees (RMB): (1)

           

 

     PVC Monthly Fees

Bandwidth

   Intra-District    Inter-District    Domestic Long
Distance
     (RMB)

256Kbps

   800    1,150    2,200

2Mbps

   1,500    2,200    4,000

10Mbps

   5,000    11,500    15,500

155Mbps

   14,500    39,000    130,000

 

(1) One-way tariff for PVC circuits of ATM services.

Leased Line and Other Services

In 2007, revenue from leased line services and other services increased by approximately 19.9% from RMB8,727 million in 2006 to RMB10,466 million in 2007, representing 5.9% of our total operating revenue in 2007.

Leased Line Services

The following table sets forth the total amounts of bandwidth of our leased line service as of the end of the year indicated:

 

Leased Digital Circuits

   2005    2006    2007

Total bandwidth (x2Mbps) (thousand)

   197.4    228.2    312.4

Tariffs. The leased line tariff rates are set by the Chinese government based on bandwidth and whether the leased line is local or long distance. Leased line providers are permitted to charge monthly fees for leased lines on a discount basis and leased line tariffs have generally decreased in recent years. We provide different discounts to our customers on a case by case basis. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

The following table sets forth the tariffs for 2Mbps and 155Mbps digital circuits for the years indicated as set by the Chinese government:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (RMB)

2Mbps

        

Intra-district

   2,000    2,000    2,000

Inter-district

   4,000    4,000    4,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   6,000    6,000    6,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   6,000    6,000    6,000

155Mbps

        

Intra-district

   44,000    44,000    44,000

Inter-district

   88,000    88,000    88,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   132,000    132,000    132,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   132,000    132,000    132,000

 

(1) Does not include the tariffs for local digital circuits and access lines.

 

37


Table of Contents

Other Services

Our other services primarily include sales, repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment and construction of telecommunications network and infrastructure for customers.

Marketing, Distribution and Customer Services

Marketing Initiatives

We market all of our telecommunications services under the “China Telecom” brand name, which is one of the best known brand names in China. We have devoted substantial efforts in advertisements to promote recognition of and loyalty to our products and services. In order to respond to migration of our subscribers to mobile services and motivate our customers to continue to use our services, we have also packaged certain of our local and long distance services, differentiated price for one or more products and combined certain products into one integrated service plan to targeted customers to address their telecommunications needs.

For example, we offer certain of our products and services as a package under the brand name “BizNavigator” and “One Home”, respectively. In 2007, we continued to promote “BizNavigator” as our brand targeting government and corporate customers and “One Home” as our brand targeting household customers. We have introduced three editions of “BizNavigator”, namely, Communication Edition, Information Edition and Industry Edition, each offering a different combination of our products and services to meet the different demands of our customers. The marketing of these major brand names have improved their recognition among our customers and have helped to change the public image of our Company from a traditional wireline operator to an integrated information services provider.

In addition, rural areas have become one of our major target markets due to the increasing demand for telecommunication services in these areas. We have enhanced our product and service offerings in the rural market and increased our customer base by introducing “Info Farm” in rural areas in 2007. “Info Farm” is an integrated service brand, under which we offer to customers services such as those relating to voice, broadband and distance education.

Furthermore, we have adopted various marketing approaches and initiatives, such as customer experience, short messaging services, telesales, packaged sales and joint promotion with our business partners such as Internet portal companies and software development companies, to promote our products and services, in particular our value-added services.

Sales, Distribution and Customer Services

In 2007, we continued to implement our dedicated service system, standardize and expand our business outlets, strengthen and promote our customer service hotlines, and improve our online customer services. By gradually integrating the dedicated service channel, electronic-based service channel, business outlet service channel and the agency service channel, we aim to provide our customers with more effective and efficient services.

Dedicated service channel. We have implemented a dedicated service channel comprising customer managers specifically assigned to market our services to large enterprises, communities and rural areas. We designed and customized products based on the various needs of our customers, and promote these products through our dedicated customer managers. We conduct periodic performance reviews and evaluations of the performance of these dedicated customer managers based on several factors, including revenue growth, customer satisfaction, business promotion and customer retention.

Electronic-based service channel. We provide customer services through our customer service hotlines with the access number of “10000” and online service centers. Our customer service hotlines handle service inquiries, service applications, customers’ complaints and promote our products and services. Our online service centers provide all the customers with service inquiry, service application and other services. We maintain and enhance our communications with our customers through the electronic-based service channel.

 

38


Table of Contents

Business outlet channel. Through our own business outlets as well as agents and business outlets set up with third parties, we provide our customers with better service experience, promote our corporate image and new products.

Agency service channel. We have established guidelines to supervise and cooperate with our agencies and distributors and develop our business, expand our customer base and provide better customer services.

Network System

We have been able to realize significant economies of scale as a result of the extensive coverage and scale of our network. Our network employs a variety of advanced technologies and suitable architecture and can be efficiently migrated to the next generation of network technology. Our network system is managed and operated by our experienced network management and maintenance teams and offers flexible functionality and reliable operation. It supports a comprehensive range of end-to-end wireline telecommunications services and enables customized products to be delivered for a variety of telecommunications needs. Our networks and services are supported by our strong research and development capabilities. We have formulated viable plans in light of future advances in technology to migrate our network system smoothly to the next generation of network technology in order to protect our existing investments.

Network Architecture

Our network system consists of local access networks, transport networks, core networks, service platform and support networks.

 

   

Local access networks: Local access networks are directly connected to customers.

 

   

Transport networks: Transport networks provide the transport functions of voice and data signals for all of our services.

 

   

Core networks: Core networks include our wireline telephone network, basic data networks and Internet network, and support our basic telecommunications services.

 

   

Service platform: The service platform provides the platform for a variety of applications and services such as SMS, Color Ring Tone, IPTV, video conferencing and information search services.

 

   

Support networks: Support networks include signaling networks, digital synchronous networks and network management systems and support the reliable and effective operation of our networks at all levels.

Network Capacity and Technology

Local access networks . We own extensive local access networks in our service regions. As of December 31, 2007, our local access networks covered all cities, counties and most rural villages in our service regions. In order to optimize our network and improve utilization, in addition to expanding our broadband local access networks utilizing our existing copper line resources, we are vigorously connecting additional large office buildings, business centers and residential buildings with fiber optic access. We also developed wireless LANs in certain business areas in major cities, including hotels, airports, exhibit centers and office buildings to provide business travelers with broadband access services.

Transport network . Our transport system is based on an advanced, high-speed, large-capacity, secure and reliable fiber optic network throughout our service regions. Our fiber optic transport network is also supplemented by satellite transmissions and digital microwave links.

Wireline telephone networks . In 2007, after completing the upgrade of our wireline network by applying softswitch technology, we expanded the application of softswitch technology and optimized our telephone network system. The softswitch technology has been applied nationwide, and we have generally not constructed any new public switched telephone network, or PSTN, switchboard since then.

 

39


Table of Contents

Internet and managed data networks . We have developed a large-capacity, high-quality, reliable and extensive Internet and managed data network system in our service regions. Our Internet and managed data networks allow us to provide services both at the network layer, such as Internet access, managed data and VPN services, and at the application layer, such as Internet data center, content distribution and video-on-demand services.

Our data network system includes a DDN network, an FR network and an ATM network. These networks cover all cities and counties in our service regions. Our ATM network allows multi-service access and flexible bandwidth management and provides high-quality, integrated end-to-end services.

CHINANET, our Internet network, deploys mainstream advanced routers as the main network technology. Most of its backbone routes allow high-speed transmission with the use of several 10Gbps circuits.

China Telecom Next Carrying Network, or CN2, is our next generation core multi-service carrier platform and has been fully implemented. It is capable of supporting voice, managed data, and video services at the same time. It covers most of our local networks and nine overseas cities. As the carrier network within the telecommunications network, CN2 is capable of carrying softswitch network, 3G mobile network, video-on-demand service, CHINANET and other important services. In addition, as a high-quality Internet network, CN2 provides Multi-protocol Label Switch Virtual Private Network service and Internet access service.

Support networks . The operation of our wireline telephone, Internet and managed data networks depends on various support networks, including a signaling network based on a signaling technology known as Signaling System No. 7 protocol, a digital synchronous network and network management systems for various networks and services.

Equipment procurement . We purchase most of our network equipment from leading international and domestic suppliers. We purchase a variety of network equipment from domestic suppliers, such as transport equipment and local switches. We make most of our purchases through competitive tenders primarily based on product and service quality, system compatibility and price.

Purchases from our five largest suppliers of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 31.4% of our total amount of annual purchases for 2007. Purchases from our largest supplier of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 15.5% of our total amount of annual purchases for 2007.

Information Technology Systems

Our strategic goal is to establish a new comprehensive information technology platform, CTG-MBOSS, in the next three to five years along with our strategic transformation from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider. CTG-MBOSS will include business support systems, or BSS, to support marketing and customer services, operation support systems, or OSS, to support network operation and resource allocation, management support systems, or MSS, to support management, enterprise and data architecture, or EDA, for data management, operation analysis and decision making, and the related information organization and control systems. Adoption of the enterprise application integration, technology has allowed for interconnection among all major systems of our Company, enabling information sharing within our Company.

We have set up three phases for developing our information technology system. First, we plan to enable organized information sharing within our Company. To satisfy the operational needs of our Company, we plan to provide data upon request in a timely manner. Second, we plan to improve the operation and management efficiency, lower operation and information technology supporting cost by providing effective and organized information technology support. Third, we plan to apply for proprietary rights for our intellectual properties, train our dedicated IT supporting staff. In addition, by gaining experience through improving our own information technology system, we expect to provide third parties with more sophisticated IT services and make CTG-MBOSS a new growth driver.

 

   

Our BSS include our customer relationship management system, billing and settlement system and marketing analysis system. Based on our customer segmentation, the customer relationship management system provides comprehensive and integrated service.

 

40


Table of Contents
   

Our OSS include service activation and maintenance, network management, inter-specialty network monitoring and specialized network management systems, which can enable us to enhance network management capabilities, promptly correct network errors and improve resource utilization and network reliability.

 

   

Our MSS include financial information, projects, human resources, managerial and information management systems. These systems gather and process various operational and financial data for the implementation, management, and decision-making purposes. We are in the process of further improving our MSS and incorporating them into our enterprise resource planning system.

 

   

Our EDA include operational data storage and enterprise data warehouse systems. These systems complete the collection, process, storage application and recording of the core system data.

Competition

We compete with other telecommunications service providers in our wireline telephone, Internet, managed data and leased line services. All of our principal competitors are wholly or majority owned by the Chinese government. Currently, providers of basic telecommunications services must apply for a license from the Ministry of Industry and Information. Only a limited number of providers have obtained licenses to provide basic telecommunications services in China. In China, there are currently two licensed mobile telecommunications service providers, China Mobile and China Unicom, and four wireline service providers, China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, China Unicom, China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, and us. We face direct and indirect competition from our competitors in all of our services within our service regions.

In May 2008, in order to optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources in China and improve the competitive landscape, the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance announced the policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in China that encourage the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, by way of a series of restructuring transactions. These proposed restructuring transactions include the acquisition by our Company of the CDMA network (including both assets and subscriber base) currently owned by China Unicom, the merger between China Unicom and China Netcom Group, the acquisition by China Telecom Group of the basic telecommunications services business currently operated by China Satellite and the acquisition by China Mobile of China Railcom. Upon completion of the proposed restructuring transactions and formation of three telecommunications services providers encouraged by the policy initiative announced in May 2008, each of our Company, China Mobile and the entity that combines China Unicom and China Netcom Group is expected to become full-service telecommunications services providers that operate both fixed-line telecommunications networks and mobile telecommunications networks. We can not predict at this point in time the precise impact that the formation of full-service telecommunications services providers may have on our business and prospects. To the extent we are licensed to engage in mobile telecommunications services by the Chinese regulatory authorities in the future, we cannot assure you that we would be able to develop our full-service capabilities quickly enough or at all, in part due to our lack of prior experience and expertise in these other telecommunications services, to be able to effectively compete with China Mobile and the entity that combines China Unicom and China Netcom Group. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business and prospects in the telecommunications industry in China. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations” and “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Licensing” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

41


Table of Contents

Competition in Wireline Telephone Services

Local telephone services . Mobile service substitution for our wireline telephone services has been the principal competition to our local telephone services in recent years. Currently, compared with mobile service providers, our wireline telephone services continue to offer better voice quality, higher communication consistency, reliability and lower cost, and our wireless local access services also offer mobility within limited local areas. Mobile service providers, however, have a competitive advantage by providing unrestricted mobility and roaming capability.

Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole licensed wireline local telephone services provider in our service regions. Our local telephone services currently compete with the wireline services offered by China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, and China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, which have been licensed to provide local telephone services in our service regions. We compete with these operators primarily on the basis of brand name, network coverage, service quality and service offerings. In addition, we have a large customer base, which allows us to compete through economies of scale and to cross-sell our services to our existing customers.

Long distance telephone services . We compete with China Unicom, China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, and China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, with respect to long distance telephone services using public switched telephone networks in our service regions. Mobile telecommunications services have diverted some of the traffic from our long distance telephone services. We compete with these service providers on the basis of customer base, brand name, network resources, quality of service and marketing and distribution strength. Access to our long distance services does not require the dialing of any pre-set access number or password.

China Mobile, China Netcom Group, which is expected to be merged with China Unicom, China Unicom, China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, and China Satellite, whose basic telecommunications business is expected to be acquired by China Telecom Group, provide VoIP services that compete with our public switched telephone network and VoIP long distance services. We compete with these VoIP service providers on the basis of customer base, reliability, quality and coverage of networks and general service quality.

Competition in Internet Service

We compete with China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, China Mobile, China Unicom and China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, with respect to Internet access services on the basis of customer base, brand name, coverage of access networks and cooperation with the providers of Internet content and applications.

Competition in Managed Data Services

We compete with China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, and China Unicom for managed data services. We compete on the basis of end-to-end connectivity, network coverage, service quality and scale efficiency.

Competition in Leased Line Services

We compete with China Netcom Group, which is expected to merge with China Unicom, China Unicom, and China Railcom, which is expected to be acquired by China Mobile, in leased line services. We compete with them on the basis of the coverage and quality of networks, ability to provide end-to-end connectivity, quality of network management and customer services.

 

42


Table of Contents

Competitive Implications of China’s Accession to WTO

Since China’s accession to the WTO, foreign operators have been permitted to gradually increase their investments in the telecommunications industry in China. Like domestic service providers, foreign operators are subject to the licensing requirements of the Ministry of Industry and Information. In addition, investments by foreign operators may not exceed limits set forth in the relevant laws and regulations with respect to the amount of investment and percentage of total ownership interests that foreign operators are permitted to make in telecommunications enterprises in China. For example, the foreign ownership percentage in basic telecommunications services will be subject to a maximum limit of 49%. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Licensing” included elsewhere under this Item.

Foreign operators may have competitive advantages over us in terms of financial and management resources, network management and technical expertise. On the other hand, because foreign operators currently are prohibited from establishing wholly owned subsidiaries in the telecommunications industry in China, we believe that we are well positioned to establish strategic alliances with strong global operators in this respect. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations”.

Trademarks

We conduct our business under the “China Telecom” brand name and logo. Currently, China Telecom Group owns certain trademarks in China, some of which have been registered with the Trademark Office of the PRC State General Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the Trademark Office, and some of which are in the process of being registered with the Trademark Office. China Telecom Group has executed a trademark license agreement with us. Under this agreement, China Telecom Group agreed to grant to us and our subsidiaries the right to use these trademarks upon the completion of the registration on a royalty-free basis until December 31, 2009, which is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Trademark License Agreements”.

Regulatory and Related Matters

Overview

The telecommunications industry in China is subject to extensive government regulation. A number of central government authorities have regulatory responsibilities for various aspects of the telecommunications industry. These authorities primarily include:

 

   

The Ministry of Industry and Information, which is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations as well as technical standards;

 

   

granting telecommunications service licenses;

 

   

supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers;

 

   

allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and numbers;

 

   

together with other relevant regulatory authorities, including National Development and Reform Commission, formulating tariff standards and tariff charging mechanisms for telecommunications services;

 

   

formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks; and

 

   

maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.

 

43


Table of Contents
   

Provincial communications administrations under the Ministry of Industry and Information, which oversee the implementation of the Ministry’s regulations and exercise regulatory authorities delegated by the Ministry within their respective provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities.

 

   

The National Development and Reform Commission, which, together with the Ministry of Industry and Information, sets government fixed tariffs and government guidance tariffs for certain telecommunications services. The actual tariffs charged by providers of telecommunications services are determined by provincial communications administrations, together with the price bureaus of the provinces, autonomous regions or centrally administered municipalities where those providers operate. See “—Tariff Setting” below. It also approves investment and finance projects exceeding certain capital expenditure amounts as well as foreign investment projects exceeding certain investment amounts.

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework to encourage the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Chinese government is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law. We expect that, if and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress or its Standing Committee, the highest state legislative body in China, it will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide a regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry in China.

Telecommunications Regulations

China’s State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000. The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to streamline and clarify, the then existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunication Regulations provide the primary regulatory framework for China’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law.

The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to encourage fair and orderly competition and development in the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of telecommunications operations, including, among others, entry into the telecommunications industry, network interconnection, telecommunications resource allocation, tariffs and service standards.

Licensing

The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value-added telecommunications services, which are subject to different licensing requirements. Basic telecommunications services include, among others, wireline local and domestic long distance telephone services, international telecommunications services, mobile communications services (such as 900/1800MHz GSM, 800MHz CDMA and 3G mobile communications services), satellite communications services, paging services, data communications services (such as Internet data transmission services, international data communications services), trunking services, network access services and domestic and international telecommunications facility services. Value-added telecommunications services include, among others, value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks (e.g., telephone information, call center, voice mail and video conferencing services), value-added services provided over mobile networks, value-added services provided over Internet networks (e.g., Internet data center and Internet access and content services) and value-added services provided over other data networks (e.g., computer information, e-mail and electronic data interchange services).

Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value-added services in two or more provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities in China must apply for licenses from the Ministry of Industry and Information. In accordance with the approval of the Ministry of Industry and Information, we derive our exclusive rights to operate our business from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, which holds the licenses required for operating our telecommunications business.

 

44


Table of Contents

China’s State Council has promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, which became effective on January 1, 2002. According to those regulations, enterprises with foreign investment may operate basic and value-added telecommunications services subject to the approval of the Ministry of Industry and Information and the Ministry of Commerce (formerly the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation). Certain limitations have been placed on the total registered capital of, and maximum foreign shareholdings in, such enterprises.

The table below summarizes the foreign ownership and geographic restrictions for telecommunications joint ventures in China:

Foreign Ownership Percentage and Geographic Restrictions

for Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises

 

     As of December 31,

Sector

   2002    2003    2004    2005    2006    2007   2008

Wireline

         25%       35%    49%   49%
         (3 cities) (1)       (17 cities) (2)    (nationwide)   (nationwide)

Mobile

   35%       49%       49%     
   (17 cities)       (17 cities) (2)       (nationwide)     

Value-added

   49%    50%              
   (17 cities) ( 2)    (nationwide)              

Paging

   49%    50%              
   (17 cities) (2)    (nationwide)              

 

(1) The initial three cities are Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou.

 

(2) The 17 cities are Beijing, Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shanghai, Shenyang, Shenzhen, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan.

The Ministry of Information Industry has promulgated the Measures on Administration of Telecommunication Business Licenses, which became effective on January 1, 2002. Those regulations apply to the application for, and examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in China.

The Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance indicated in their joint announcement of the proposed restructuring initiatives relating to the telecommunications industry in China that three 3G licenses are expected to be granted to telecommunications services providers in China upon the completion of the restructuring transactions as proposed in the announcement. However, the timing, as well as the manner, of such issuance of 3G licenses is uncertain.

Tariff Setting

The levels and categorization of most of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into government fixed tariffs, government guidance tariffs and market based tariffs. The telecommunications providers are permitted to set tariffs for certain services provided the tariff levels are below the tariff ceilings set by the Ministry of Industry and Information and the National Development and Reform Commission.

The Chinese government retains the ultimate authority to adopt changes to tariffs. However, the Telecommunications Regulations require the government to hold public hearings before setting or changing fixed

 

45


Table of Contents

or guidance tariff rates, which should be attended by, among others, telecommunications operators and consumers. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China—Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the Chinese government”.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, cost is the primary basis for tariff setting. In addition, the tariff level should also take into account social and economic development, the development of the telecommunications industry and consumers’ ability to afford the services.

The Ministry of Industry and Information has gradually liberalized the tariff level by allowing telecommunications provider to set tariffs below certain tariff ceilings and permitting them to package their products and services, which could essentially lower the actual price for certain products and services included in the package. Effective October 1, 2005, the Ministry of Industry and Information and the National Development and Reform Commission set the tariff ceiling for wireline local inter-district telephone services, domestic long distance telephone services, and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services. With respect to the tariffs for domestic and international long distance telephone services, telecommunications service providers are required to file the tariffs with the Ministry of Industry and Information and the National Development and Reform Commission for record purpose, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus. With respect to the tariffs for wireline local inter-district telephone services, filings of the tariffs with the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus for record purpose are required. With respect to service discounts plans, filings with the Ministry of Industry and Information or, if service discounts plans are provided by the provincial subsidiaries of the telecommunications operator, with the relevant provincial communications administrations, are required. Currently, the Ministry of Industry and Information allows tariffs for VoIP, Internet access services and certain value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks to be set by service providers.

Interconnection

Under the Telecommunications Regulations and the Administrative Rules on Interconnection between the Public Telecommunications Networks promulgated by the former Ministry of Information Industry in May 2001, major telecommunications operators in China cannot refuse requests for interconnection and must enter into interconnection agreements upon request by other service providers. Interconnection agreements must be filed with the Ministry of Industry and Information. Interconnection agreements may not be terminated unilaterally without prior approval by the Ministry of Industry and Information.

The Telecommunications Regulations further provide that the technical standards and settlement methods for network interconnections be formulated by the Ministry of Industry and Information. In accordance with these regulations, China Telecom Group has entered into various interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers, including China Mobile, China Unicom, China Netcom Group and China Railcom.

 

46


Table of Contents

In October 2005, the former Ministry of Information Industry issued the Notice on Adjustment to Settlement Standards for Interconnection Fees of Wireline Local Telephone Networks, which provides for a new settlement arrangement standards for wireline local telephone operators. In January 2007, the former Ministry of Information Industry issued a second notice, which provides for a further adjustment of the settlement standards for wireline local telephone operators. The following table sets forth selected interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for local calls:

 

Network from Which

Calls Originated

 

Network at Which

Calls Terminated

  

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement

Mobile operator   Wireline local operator   

(1) Mobile operator collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers

 

(2) Mobile operator pays RMB0.06 per minute to wireline operator

Wireline local operator   Mobile operator    No revenue sharing or settlement
Wireline local operator A   Wireline local operator B   

(1) Operator A collects the usage charge from its subscribers

 

(2) In the case of local calls from operator A not using operator B’s local inter-district trunk circuit, operator A pays 50% of usage charge to operator B.

 

(3) In the case of local inter-district calls from operator A using operator B’s local inter-district trunk circuit, operator A pays no more than RMB0.15 per minute to operator B.

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for public switched telephone network domestic long distance calls:

 

Network from Which

Calls Originated

  

Network at Which

Calls Terminated

  

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement

Wireline local or mobile operator A

   Wireline local or mobile operator B, through the long distance network of operator C   

(1) Operator C collects the tariff from its subscribers

 

(2) Operator C pays RMB0.06 per minute to operator A, RMB0.06 per minute to operator B, and gets the rest of the long distance tariff

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for public switched telephone network international long distance calls, including calls originated from and terminated in Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan:

 

Network from Which

Calls Originated

  

Network at Which

Calls Terminated

  

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement

Domestic wireline local or mobile operator A

  

Without using the carrier identity code of operator B, through the domestic and international long distance network of operator B

 

Using the carrier identity code of operator B, through the domestic and international long distance network of operator B

  

(1) Operator A collects the tariff from the subscribers

 

(2) Operator A retains RMB0.06 per minute, and operator B gets the rest of the international long distance tariff.

 

(1) Operator B collects the tariff from the subscribers

 

(2) Operator B pays operator A RMB0.06 per minute

International long distance operator

  

Operator B through domestic long distance network of operator C and

international gateway of domestic operator A

   (1) Operator A pays not more than RMB0.54 per minute to operator C, operator C pays not more than RMB0.06 per minute to operator B, where operator A and operator C, or operator B and operator C can be the same operator

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for IP long distance calls:

 

Network from Which

Calls Originated

  

Network at Which

Calls Terminated

  

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement

Wireline or mobile network A

  

Wireline local or mobile operator B

through the IP long distance network of operator C

  

(1) Operator C collects the IP long distance charges from its subscribers

 

(2) Operator C pays RMB0.06 per minute to operator B on the terminating end

 

(3) No settlement between operator C and operator A on the originating end

Technical Standards

The Ministry of Industry and Information sets industry technical standards for telecommunications terminal and interconnection related equipment used in the public telecommunications networks. A network access license from the Ministry of Industry and Information and other relevant regulatory authorities is required for all such equipment. Most of the standards set by the Ministry of Industry and Information conform to standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations.

 

48


Table of Contents

Capital Investment

On July 16, 2004, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Reform of Investment System, or the Investment Reform Decision, which significantly modified the government approval process for major investment projects in China. The Investment Reform Decision eliminated the government approval requirements for investment projects that do not involve direct government funding unless the investment projects are in the restricted sectors specified in the annually adjusted catalogue released by the State Council. The 2004 catalogue, which was attached as an annex to the Investment Reform Decision, sets forth approval requirements for individual investment projects in restricted sectors. Within the telecommunications sector, some investment projects, such as domestic backbone transmission network, require the National Development and Reform Commission’s approval.

The Investment Reform Decision grants large enterprises more power of decision-making on investment. Where a large enterprise which has established modern corporate governance invests in any of the projects in the restricted sectors specified in the 2004 catalogue, it may apply for approval on individual project basis, or make medium and long-term development and construction plan, which, if approved by the State Council or the competent governmental authority, no specific approval is required for the projects contemplated in the plan. In this case, the enterprise is only required to go through the registration process and report to the relevant governmental authority, on a timely basis, the construction process of the project.

Telecommunications Resources

The Ministry of Industry and Information is responsible for the administration and allocation of telecommunications resources in China, including radio frequencies and telecommunications network numbers. The use of these resources by telecommunications service providers is subject to the approval of the Ministry of Industry and Information or the relevant provincial communications administrations and a usage fee payable to the Chinese government.

The former Ministry of Information Industry, the Ministry of Finance and the National Development and Reform Commission promulgated the Interim Measures on Collection of Usage Fees of Telecommunications Network Numbers, or the Interim Measures, effective January 1, 2005. The Interim Measures provide for the standards and collection of usage fees of telecommunications network numbers. In accordance with the Interim Measures, telecommunications services providers, including us, shall pay the usage fees of telecommunications network numbers. In 2007, the usage fees for the telecommunications network numbers we currently use are approximately RMB112 million.

Quality of Service

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, the Ministry of Industry and Information and the relevant provincial communications administration have the responsibility of supervising and monitoring the quality of services provided by telecommunications service providers in China. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, customers of telecommunications service providers have the right to submit complaints to the Ministry of Industry and Information and the relevant provincial communications administration or other relevant government authorities.

On March 13, 2005, the former Ministry of Information Industry promulgated the Telecommunications Services Standards. The Telecommunications Services Standards aim to protect the rights of the customers of telecommunications services and sets forth minimum quality requirements for telecommunications services provided by telecommunications operators.

The former Ministry of Information Industry promulgated the Measures on the Supervision and Administration of Quality of Service of the Public Telecommunications Networks, or the Measures on Quality of Service, effective August 1, 2005. The Measures on Quality of Service provide the supervision and administration of services of

 

49


Table of Contents

public telecommunications networks, including, among others, wireline local telephone networks, domestic long distance telephone networks, international telephone networks, and IP telephone networks. Under the Measures on Quality of Service, telecommunications operators are required to set up a unit which is responsible for solving the problems with respect to the public telecommunications network services.

Under the Consumer Protection Law of China, Consumers’ Associations can participate in the inspection and examination of goods and services by relevant governmental authorities; and customers can lodge their complaints with Consumers’ Associations, which can investigate the goods or services involved in the complaints, and mediate the complaints.

Universal Services

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the Ministry of Industry and Information has been given authority by the Chinese government to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations. The Ministry of Industry and Information may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The Ministry of Industry and Information, together with other regulatory authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. The Chinese government currently uses financial resources to compensate the expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects before the establishment of a universal service fund. In December 2006, the Ministry of Finance issued the Provisional Rules on Usage and Administration of Telecommunications Universal Service Fund, effective December 21, 2006, which provide a compensation scheme for certain expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects undertaken by telecommunications service providers. Under the compensation scheme, telecommunications operators may receive compensation from the Chinese government for the “Village to Village” projects. These rules provide for the application for the compensation, the method to calculate the amount, the approval process and the distribution of the compensation. However, the compensation from the Chinese government may not be sufficient to cover all of our expenses for providing the telecommunications services under the “Village to Village” projects.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, all Chinese telecommunications operators shall provide universal services, but the formal timetable for the establishment of the systems to implement universal services has not been set up. Once the universal service regulatory framework is finalized, we expect to perform our duties thereunder accordingly. Currently, the Chinese government implements the “Village to Village” projects which require telecommunications operators to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in China as transitional measures prior to the official implementation of a universal service obligation framework. Accordingly, China Telecom Group has initiated “Village to Village” projects and invested in the construction of network facilities in certain remote villages of Shaanxi province, Jiangxi province and Gansu province in 2005 and 2006, and in more villages in Shaanxi province in 2007. We have been requested by China Telecom Group to operate and maintain such network facilities from 2006 onwards, and China Telecom Group will compensate us for all the related expenses. We believe the expenses for such operation and maintenance will not have a material effect on our financial condition.

State-Owned Assets Supervision

Under the PRC Company Law, Interim Measures for the Supervision and Administration of State-Owned Assets of the Enterprises, and other administrative regulations, the SASAC, among others, supervises the preservation of the value of state-owned assets, guides the reform and restructuring of state-owned enterprises, and evaluates the performances of management executives of state-owned enterprises through legal procedures. Our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, is a wholly state-owned enterprise and subject to the SASAC’s supervision.

 

50


Table of Contents

C. Organization Structure

See “—A. History and Development of the Company—Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering” included elsewhere under this Item.

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Properties

Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located in Beijing and we obtained the right to occupy and use these offices pursuant to an agreement we entered into with China Telecom Group in September 2002 and supplemental agreements on October 26, 2003, April 13, 2004, December 15, 2005, December 26, 2007 and March 31, 2008. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Centralized Services Agreements”.

Properties

We conduct our business on land and premises either owned by ourselves or leased from China Telecom Group and/or its affiliates and third parties. As to our owned properties, although a majority of the land and building titles to these properties have been registered in our name after they were acquired by us as part of our restructuring, certain land and building titles to these properties are still registered in the name of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group has agreed to indemnify us against any loss or damage incurred by us caused by or arising from any challenge of, or interference with, our right to use these properties. As to our leased properties, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us that it will indemnify us against any loss or damage caused by or arising from any challenge to, or interference with, such right. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Property Leasing Framework Agreement”.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and our selected financial data, in each case included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. On June 30, 2007, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd., China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation”), collectively the “Third Acquired Group”, from China Telecom Group. Because we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisitions of these companies have been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of the acquired companies on a combined basis. Unless otherwise indicated in this section, our financial data for periods prior to the acquisitions are presented based on those restated amounts.

Overview

We are the leading provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions in China. Our service regions consist of Anhui Province, Chongqing Municipality, Fujian Province, Gansu Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Guizhou Province, Hainan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Jiangsu Province, Jiangxi Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai Province, Shaanxi

 

51


Table of Contents

Province, Shanghai Municipality, Sichuan Province, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Yunnan Province and Zhejiang Province. On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group to acquire the entire equity interest in its wholly owned subsidiary, Beijing Telecom, for the purpose of expanding our telecommunication business in Beijing.

Following our acquisition of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Company Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation pursuant to an Equity Purchase Agreement we entered into with China Telecom Group on June 15, 2007, we began to offer leased line and related services in certain countries in the Asia Pacific region and North and South America.

Financial Overview

Our total operating revenue increased by approximately 1.7%, from RMB175,616 million in 2006 to RMB178,656 million in 2007. Our total operating expenses increased by approximately 3.3%, from RMB137,080 million in 2006 to RMB141,645 million in 2007. The table below sets forth a breakdown of our operating revenue in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
Operating Revenue:    Amount    Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount    Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount    Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Wireline telephone services: (1)

               

Local:

               

Installation fees

   2,970    1.7 %   2,913    1.7 %   2,735    1.5 %

Monthly fees

   30,351    17.9 %   28,973    16.5 %   25,346    14.2 %

Local usage fees

   47,624    28.0 %   46,188    26.3 %   42,343    23.7 %

Sub-total

   80,945    47.7 %   78,074    44.5 %   70,424    39.4 %

Domestic long distance (2)

   25,993    15.3 %   25,517    14.5 %   24,127    13.5 %

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance (2)

   3,474    2.0 %   3,225    1.8 %   2,882    1.6 %

Interconnection (3)

   12,838    7.6 %   14,095    8.0 %   13,879    7.8 %

Upfront connection fees

   6,781    4.0 %   4,971    2.8 %   3,294    1.8 %

Sub-total

   130,031    76.6 %   125,882    71.7 %   114,606    64.1 %

Internet access (4) and value-added services

   27,890    16.4 %   37,927    21.6 %   50,571    28.3 %

Managed data services (5)

   2,990    1.8 %   3,080    1.8 %   3,013    1.7 %

Leased line and other services (6)

   8,948    5.3 %   8,727    5.0 %   10,466    5.9 %

Total operating revenue

   169,859    100.0 %   175,616    100.0 %   178,656    100.0 %

 

(1) Includes revenue from our registered subscribers, public telephones and prepaid calling card services. Revenue from prepaid calling card services is recognized as the services are provided to our customers.

 

(2) Includes revenue from our VoIP long distance services.

 

(3) Includes charges to domestic and foreign telecommunications operators for delivery of voice and data traffic connecting to our wireline telecommunications networks.

 

(4) Includes revenue from dial-up and broadband Internet access services.

 

(5) Includes revenue from DDN, frame relay and ATM services.

 

(6) Revenue from other services includes revenue from sales, repairs and maintenance of certain customer-end equipment, construction of telecommunications network and infrastructure for customers.

Our total operating revenue increased from RMB175,616 million in 2006 to RMB178,656 million in 2007, or approximately 1.7%, in 2007. Revenue from our Internet access and value-added services and leased line and other services increased while revenue from local telephone services, long distance telephone services, interconnection and managed data services decreased.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our operating expenses in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007  
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
 
    (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating Expenses:

           

Depreciation and amortization

  49,678   29.2 %   51,301   29.2 %   52,257   29.3 %

Network operations and support expenses (1)

  30,792   18.1 %   31,055   17.7 %   31,622   17.7 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses (1)

  19,919   11.7 %   22,259   12.7 %   23,667   13.2 %

Personnel expenses

  25,101   14.8 %   26,210   14.9 %   27,242   15.2 %

Interconnection charges and other expenses

  5,518   3.2 %   6,255   3.6 %   6,857   3.8 %

Total operating expenses

  131,008   77.1 %   137,080   78.1 %   141,645   79.3 %

 

(1) Excluding related personnel expenses.

Our total operating expenses increased by approximately 3.3% from RMB137,080 million in 2006 to RMB141,645 million in 2007. Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased approximately by 1.9% in 2007. Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 1.8% in 2007. Our selling, general and administrative expenses, our personnel expenses and our interconnection and other operating expenses increased approximately 6.3%, 3.9% and 9.6% respectively. Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to additional sales and marketing expenses in relation to brand management, subscriber base retention and strategic development of our business. Our personnel expenses increased due to the maintenance of our Company’s effective incentive scheme and the recruitment of professional personnel for intellectual property, information technology and information services operations which are in line with our strategic development needs. Our interconnection charges and other operating expenses increased due to the growth in long-distance voice and SMS interconnections. As a percentage of total operating revenue, total operating expenses remained stable at approximately 79.3% in 2007 compared to 78.1% in 2006.

Our operating income decreased by approximately 4.0%, from RMB38,536 million in 2006 to RMB37,011 million in 2007.

The following table sets forth our total operating revenue, operating expenses, operating income and net income attributable to equity holders of the Company in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue, and cash flows from operating activities for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007  
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
    Amount   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue
 
    (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating revenue

  169,859   100.0 %   175,616   100.0 %   178,656   100.0 %

Operating expenses

  131,008   77.1 %   137,080   78.1 %   141,645   79.3 %

Operating income

  38,851   22.9 %   38,536   21.9 %   37,011   20.7 %

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Company

  27,822   16.4 %   27,241   15.5 %   23,702   13.3 %

Net cash from operating activities

  68,904   —       74,802   —       74,876   —    

In January and February 2008, certain provinces in China experienced severe snowstorms or other adverse weather conditions, as a result of which, our Company incurred a loss of approximately RMB572 million in

 

53


Table of Contents

connection with the write-off of certain assets that were damaged during the snowstorms or under other adverse weather conditions. We estimate that additional capital expenditure of approximately RMB960 million may be incurred. We have implemented or are in the process of implementing various measures to mitigate the impact of the snowstorms and other adverse weather conditions upon our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in May 2008, a major earthquake registering 8.0 on the Richter scale struck Sichuan province and certain other parts of China, devastating much of the affected areas and causing tens of thousands of deaths and widespread injuries. Our network equipment and other assets in the affected areas sustained extensive damages in the earthquake, leading to service stoppage and other disruptions in our operations in those areas. We are currently assessing damages to our equipment and other assets in the area affected by the earthquake. We expect that we will incur losses and our operating expenses and capital expenditure will increase as a result of the damages to our network equipment and other assets in the earthquake. However, we do not expect that the earthquake will have any significant impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China—Natural disasters and health hazards in China may severely disrupt our business and operations and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations”.

In addition, we expect the proposed restructuring of the telecommunications industry in China jointly announced by the Ministry of Industry and Information, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance in May 2008, among other things, to have a significant impact on the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in China, and competition from other telecommunications services providers may intensify. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations”, “—We may not be able to acquire the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from subsidiaries of China Unicom. If acquired, the CDMA business may not meet our expectations with respect to its performance”, “—We face uncertainties with respect to the future 3G license”, and “—Our CDMA services may remain a relatively disadvantageous market position as compared to GSM services in China”.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contained elsewhere in this annual report are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of our financial statements. We base our assumptions and estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable and which form the basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, our management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our financial statements. Our principal accounting policies are set forth in detail in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Accounting for Long-lived Assets

Depreciation . Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account their estimated residual value. The following estimated useful lives are used for depreciation purpose. These estimated useful lives are based on our historical experience with similar assets and take into account anticipated technological changes.

 

     Depreciable lives primarily
range from

Buildings and improvements

   8 – 30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 – 10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   4 – 10 years

We review the estimated useful lives of the assets regularly in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates. There have been no significant changes to the estimated useful lives in any of the three years ended December 31, 2007.

Impairment . The carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amounts have declined below the carrying amounts. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a decline has occurred, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. The amount of impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amounts of the assets and their recoverable amounts. The recoverable amount is the greater of the net selling price and the value in use. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash generating unit). In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value, which requires significant judgment in terms of projection of cash flows for future years and the assumption on the pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, we recognized impairment losses of RMB163 million, nil and nil, respectively. Such losses are classified as network operations and support expenses in our consolidated statement of income.

Revaluation . As required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations, our property, plant and equipment were revalued in connection with our incorporation and the acquisitions made in 2003 and 2004. These revaluations were carried out for each asset class by independent valuers on a depreciated replacement cost basis. Subsequent to the revaluation, property, plant and equipment are carried at the revalued amount, being the fair value as of the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. We revalued our property, plant and equipment on a depreciated replacement cost basis as of December 31, 2007. The property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2007 was revalued at RMB326,123 million. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB4,809 million was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB2,755 million was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. The results of subsequent revaluations may have an impact on our future results to the extent the fair values of our property, plant and equipment change significantly.

Revenue Recognition for Upfront Connection and Installation Fees

We defer the recognition of upfront customer connection and installation fees and amortize them over the expected customer relationship period of ten years. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs (including direct costs of installation) are also deferred and amortized over the same expected customer relationship period. We estimate the expected customer relationship period based on our historical customer

 

55


Table of Contents

retention experience and factoring in the expected level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence to our services, technological innovation, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. If our estimate of the expected customer relationship period changes as a result of increased competition, changes in telecommunications technology or other factors, the amount and timing of recognition of our deferred revenue would change for future periods. There have been no changes to the estimated customer relationship period in any of the three years ended December 31, 2007.

Impairment Losses for Bad and Doubtful Debts

We estimate impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts resulting from the inability of our customers to make the required payments. We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, and historical write-off experience. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, actual write-offs might be higher than expected.

Amounts due from the provision of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers are due within 30 days from the date of billing. Customers who have accounts overdue by more than 90 days will have their services disconnected.

The following table summarizes the changes in the provision for impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
     (RMB in millions)  

At beginning of year

   1,682     1,507     1,500  

Impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts

   1,275     1,224     1,361  

Accounts receivable written off

   (1,450 )   (1,231 )   (1,427 )
                  

At end of year

   1,507     1,500     1,434  
                  

Recently Issued International Financial Reporting Standards

Up to the date of issue of our 2007 financial statements, the International Accounting Standards Board has issued the following amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the annual accounting period ended December 31, 2007 and which we have not adopted:

 

     Effective for accounting
period beginning on or
after

IFRS 8, “Operating segments”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 1(September 2007), “Presentation of financial statements”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 23 (March 2007), “Borrowing costs”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 11, “IFRS 2—Group and treasury share transactions”

   March 1, 2007

IFRIC 12, “Service concession arrangements”

   January 1, 2008

IFRIC 13, “Customer loyalty programmes”

   July 1, 2008

IFRIC 14, “IAS19—The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction”

   January 1, 2008

We are in the process of making an assessment of the expected impact of these amendments, new standards and new interpretations in the period of initial application. We believe that IFRIC 11, IFRIC 12 and IFRIC 14 are not applicable to any of our operations and that the adoption of the rest of the above amendments, new standards and new interpretations is unlikely to have a significant impact on our results of operations and financial position.

 

56


Table of Contents

A. Operating Results

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Operating Revenue

Our operating revenue grew by RMB3,040 million, or approximately 1.7%, from RMB175,616 million in 2006 to RMB178,656 million in 2007. This increase primarily reflected the revenue growth from Internet access service, value-added and integrated information application services and leased line and other services, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue from local telephone services, domestic long distance services, and International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services.

Local Telephone Services. Revenue from our local wireline telephone services decreased by approximately 9.8%, from RMB78,074 million in 2006 to RMB70,424 million in 2007. The decrease in revenue was primarily the result of the fact that mobile service has further exacerbated the diversion from wireline services due to the continued decline in tariffs for mobile services. Revenue from local telephone services accounted for 39.4% of our total operating revenue in 2007, compared to approximately 44.5% in 2006. As of December 31, 2007, the total number of our local telephone access lines decreased by 2.7 million, or approximately 1.2%, from 223.0 million in 2006 to 220.3 million in 2007 primarily due to the increasing substitution of wireline telephone services by mobile telephone services.

 

   

Installation Fees. Installation fees received from customers are deferred and amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Revenue from the amortized amount of upfront installation fees decreased by approximately 6.1%, from RMB2,913 million in 2006 to RMB2,735 million in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the addition of new subscribers in 2007.

 

   

Monthly Fees. Monthly fee revenue decreased by approximately 12.5%, from RMB28,973 million in 2006 to RMB25,346 million in 2007 primarily due to the reduction or exemption in monthly fee rate in response to market competition.

 

   

Local Usage Fees. Revenue from local usage fees decreased from RMB46,188 million in 2006 to RMB42,343 million in 2007. Local voice usage volume decreased by approximately 3.9% to 406.3 billion pulses in 2007 from 422.6 billion pulses in 2006. Due to the intensifying mobile substitution, diversification of means of communication and the decline in average fees, revenue contribution by traditional voice usage declined in 2007.

Domestic Long Distance Services. Domestic long distance revenue decreased by approximately 5.4%, from RMB25,517 million in 2006 to RMB24,127 million in 2007, while domestic long distance telephone usage volume increased by approximately 2.8% from 95,567 million minutes in 2006, to 98,251 million minutes in 2007. The decrease in domestic long distance revenue was due to a decrease in average unit price from RMB0.27 per minute in 2006 to RMB0.25 per minute in 2007, as a result of the increasingly competitive market environment. The average unit price is largely affected by the intensity of competition with other domestic telecommunications operators. We cannot assure you that the trend of decreasing average unit price will not continue in the future.

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services. Revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services decreased by approximately 10.6%, from RMB3,225 million in 2006 to RMB2,882 million in 2007, while the usage volume of our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services decreased by approximately 0.8%, from 1,601 million minutes in 2006 to 1,588 million minutes in 2007. The decrease in revenue was mainly attributable to a reduction in average unit price from RMB2.01 per minute in 2006 to RMB1.81 per minute in 2007. We cannot assure you that the trends in declining usage and average unit price will not continue.

Interconnection Services. Revenue from interconnection fees decreased by approximately 1.5%, from RMB14,095 million in 2006 to RMB13,879 million in 2007. This decrease was primarily due to the Calling-Party-Pays scheme offered by mobile operators and the increasing diversion of voice usage volume to growing mobile

 

57


Table of Contents

networks. In 2007, our net interconnection income (interconnection revenue less interconnection expenses) was RMB7,119 million, representing a decrease of approximately 9.7% compared to RMB7,883 million in 2006.

Upfront Connection Fees. Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Due to a regulation change effective on July 1, 2001 that cancels all surcharges in relation to telecommunication services, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 33.7%, from RMB4,971 million in 2006 to RMB3,294 million in 2007.

Internet Access and Value-Added Services. Revenue from our Internet access and value-added services increased by 33.3% from RMB37,927 million in 2006 to RMB50,571 million in 2007, representing 28.3% of our operating revenue. The increase in the Internet access service was primarily due to the continued expansion of our broadband subscriber base. The number of our broadband subscribers increased from 28.3 million as of December 31, 2006 to 35.7 million as of December 31, 2007. The increase in revenue derived from value-added service was primarily due to the rapid development of our caller ID service, Color Ring Tone, Internet value-added services, IT services and applications.

Managed Data Services. Revenue from managed data services decreased by approximately 2.2%, from RMB3,080 million in 2006 to RMB3,013 million in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in demand of subscribers for such services.

Leased Line and Other Services. Revenue from leased line and other services increased by approximately 19.9%, from RMB8,727 million in 2006 to RMB10,466 million in 2007 primarily due to an increase in demand of customers for network resources.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 3.3%, from RMB137,080 million in 2006 to RMB141,645 million in 2007.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by approximately 1.9%, from RMB51,301 million in 2006 to RMB52,257 million in 2007, mainly due to the increase in the depreciation base of our property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue remained at 29.3%.

Network Operations and Support Expenses. Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 1.8%, from RMB31,055 million in 2006 to RMB31,622 million in 2007, which was primarily attributable to the increase in electricity prices and increase in costs in our transforming business, or the Transforming Business, such as value-added services including IT services and applications.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 6.3% to RMB23,667 million in 2007 from RMB22,259 million in 2006. The increase was primarily due to additional sales and marketing expenses in relation to brand management, retaining subscriber base, and strategic development of our business.

Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses increased by approximately 3.9%, from RMB26,210 million in 2006 to RMB27,242 million in 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the maintenance of our effective incentive scheme and our recruitment of more professional personnel for intellectual property, information technology and information services operations which are in line with our strategic transformation needs.

Interconnection Charges and Other Expenses. Interconnection and other expenses increased by approximately 9.6%, from RMB6,255 million in 2006 to RMB6,857 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase in long distance voice interconnections driven by Calling-Party-Pays scheme of mobile services.

 

58


Table of Contents

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

We conduct re-valuation of our property, plant and equipment at least once every three years. The property, plant and equipment of our Company as of December 31, 2007 were revalued for each asset class on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2007 was revalued at RMB326,123 million. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment in a total amount of RMB4,809 million was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment in a total amount of RMB2,755 million was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. The surplus was mainly attributable to an increase in the prices of properties. The deficit was mainly due to a decrease in the prices of equipment resulting from the technological advancement.

Net Finance Costs

In 2007, our net finance costs decreased by 4.2% from RMB4,489 million in 2006 to RMB4,300 million in 2007. Our interest expense decreased by 10.2%, or RMB594 million, from RMB5,808 million in 2006 to RMB5,214 million in 2007 due to our repayment of maturing interest-bearing debts.

Among the components of net finance costs, we recorded a net exchange gain of RMB105 million in 2007, as compared to a net exchange gain of RMB101 million in 2006 due to appreciation in Renminbi in 2007. According to the exchange rates published by the People’s Bank of China on December 28, 2007, the exchange rates of Renminbi to US dollars and Japanese Yen increased by 6.5% and 2.4%, respectively, from December 29, 2006.

Income Tax

Our statutory income tax rate is 33%. In 2007, our income tax expense was RMB6,452 million, representing an effective tax rate of 21.3%, as compared to 19.8% in 2006. The difference between the statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue, and the preferential income tax rate of 15% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones in China. Another reason for our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was that some of our subsidiaries received tax credits in the aggregate of RMB1,319 million on their purchases of domestic equipment in 2007. See Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 33%.

According to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, the corporate income tax rate for entities other than certain high-tech enterprises and small enterprises earning a “small profit”, as defined in the New Tax Law, will be revised to 25%. In addition, entities that are currently taxed at preferential rates will be subject to a five-year transition period during which the tax rates will gradually be increased to the unified rate of 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on the New Tax Law, the income tax rate applicable to our Company and certain of our subsidiaries which were previously taxed at 33% is reduced to 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on a tax notice issued by the State Council on December 26, 2007, the applicable tax rates for entities operating in special economic zones, which were previously taxed at the preferential rate of 15%, are 18%, 20%, 22%, 24% and 25% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. According to the same notice, the applicable tax rate for entities operating in the western region of the PRC which were granted a preferential tax rate 15% from 2004 to 2010, remains at 15% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and will be increased to 25% from January 1, 2011. Further, the tax authorities will no longer assess and approve any tax credit for domestic equipment purchases from 2008 onwards. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously credited or charged to profit and loss upon initial recognition, the overall effect of change in tax rate amounting to RMB112 million was charged to the consolidated income statement. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which previously credited or charged to equity, the overall effect of change in the tax rate amounting to RMB1,577 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The enactment of the New Tax Law does not have any financial effect on the amounts accrued in the balance sheet in respect of current tax payable.

 

59


Table of Contents

Net Income Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

The net income attributable to equity holders of the Company reached RMB23,702 million in 2007, with net margin of approximately 13.3%, compared to net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB27,241 million with net margin of approximately 15.5% in 2006.

Inflation

In 2007, China experienced significant inflation, and thus inflation had a significant effect on our business during the past year. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, China’s overall national inflation rate, as represented by the general consumer price index, was approximately 1.8%, 1.5% and 4.8% in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Impact

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk”.

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Operating Revenue

Our operating revenue grew by RMB5,757 million, or approximately 3.4%, from RMB169,859 million in 2005 to RMB175,616 million in 2006. This increase primarily reflected the revenue growth from Internet access service, value-added services and interconnection services, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue from local telephone services, domestic long distance services, and International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services.

Local Telephone Services . Revenue from our local wireline telephone services decreased by approximately 3.5%, from RMB80,945 million in 2005 to RMB78,074 million in 2006. The decrease in revenue was primarily due to the fact that the declining tariffs for mobile telephone services have narrowed the gap between mobile service tariffs and wireline service tariffs and that mobile operations have further exacerbated the diversion from wireline services, causing a drop in our local voice average revenue per user. Revenue from local telephone services accounted for 44.5% of our total operating revenue in 2006, compared to approximately 47.7% in 2005. As of December 31, 2006, the total number of our local telephone access lines increased by 12.9 million, or approximately 6.2%, from 210.1 million in 2005 to 223.0 million in 2006.

 

   

Installation Fees . Installation fees received from customers are deferred and amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Revenue from the amortized amount of upfront installation fees decreased by approximately 1.9%, from RMB2,970 million in 2005 to RMB2,913 million in 2006. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of the addition of new subscribers in 2006.

 

   

Monthly Fees . Monthly fee revenue decreased by approximately 4.5%, from RMB30,351 million in 2005 to RMB28,973 million in 2006.

 

   

Local Usage Fees . Revenue from local usage fees decreased from RMB47,624 million in 2005 to RMB46,188 million in 2006. Local voice usage volume decreased by approximately 6.0% to 422.6 billion pulses in 2006 from 449.4 billion pulses in 2005. Due to the intensifying mobile substitution and the diversification of means of communication, revenue contribution by traditional voice usage had dropped in 2006.

Domestic Long Distance Services . Domestic long distance revenue decreased by approximately 1.8%, from RMB25,993 million in 2005 to RMB25,517 million in 2006, while domestic long distance telephone usage volume increased from 93,817 million minutes in 2005 by approximately 1.9%, to 95,567 million minutes in 2006. The

 

60


Table of Contents

decrease in domestic long distance revenue was due to a decrease in average unit price from RMB0.28 per minute in 2005 to RMB0.27 per minute in 2006, as a result of increasingly competitive market environment. The average unit price is largely affected by the intensity of competition with other domestic telecommunications operators.

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services . Revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services decreased by approximately 7.2%, from RMB3,474 million in 2005 to RMB3,225 million in 2006. This decrease was mainly attributable to a decrease in the usage volume of our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services by approximately 6.4%, from 1,711 million minutes in 2005 to 1,601 million minutes in 2006.

Interconnection Services . Revenue from interconnection fees increased by approximately 9.8%, from RMB12,838 million in 2005 to RMB14,095 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interconnection volume resulting from the expansion of the domestic telecommunications services subscriber base and the traffic volume expansion in the telecommunications market. In 2006, our net interconnection income (interconnection revenue less interconnection expenses) was RMB7,883 million, representing an increase of approximately 7.0% compared to RMB7,365 million in 2005.

Upfront Connection Fees . Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Due to the regulation change effective on July 1, 2001, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 26.7%, from RMB6,781 million in 2005 to RMB4,971 million in 2006.

Internet Access and Value-Added Services . Revenue from our Internet access and value-added services increased by 36.0% from RMB27,890 million in 2005 to RMB37,927 million in 2006, representing 21.6% of our operating revenue. The increase in the Internet access service was primarily due to the continuous expansion of our broadband subscriber base in recent years. The number of our broadband subscribers increased from 21.0 million as of December 31, 2005 to 28.3 million as of December 31, 2006. The increase in value-added service was primarily due to the rapid development of comprehensive information application services, SMS, caller ID service, Color Ring Tone and telephone information services.

Managed Data Services . Revenue from managed data services increased by approximately 3.0%, from RMB2,990 million in 2005 to RMB3,080 million in 2006. The increase was primarily due to increased demand of subscribers for network resources.

Leased Line and Other Services . Revenue from leased line and other services decreased by approximately 2.5%, from RMB8,948 million in 2005 to RMB8,727 million in 2006.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 4.6%, from RMB131,008 million in 2005 to RMB137,080 million in 2006.

Depreciation and Amortization . Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by approximately 3.3%, from RMB49,678 million in 2005 to RMB51,301 million in 2006, mainly due to an increase in property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue remained at 29.2% in 2006.

Network Operations and Support Expenses . Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 0.9%, from RMB30,792 million in 2005 to RMB31,055 million in 2006.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 11.7% to RMB22,259 million in 2006 from RMB19,919 million in 2005. The increase was primarily

 

61


Table of Contents

due to our increased advertisement and promotion expenses in retaining and expanding our subscriber base and promoting our corporate brand and customer brand to bring our business in line with our strategic transformation. We also launched advertising and promotion campaigns in tandem with various marketing initiatives.

Personnel Expenses . Personnel expenses increased by approximately 4.4%, from RMB25,101 million in 2005 to RMB26,210 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in rewards to employees with good performance in order to provide sufficient incentive and motivation to our employees.

Interconnection Charges and Other Expenses . Interconnection and other expenses increased by approximately 13.4%, from RMB5,518 million in 2005 to RMB6,255 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to the significant growth in long-distance voice and the SMS interconnections.

Net Finance Costs

In 2006, our net finance costs decreased by 8.1% from RMB4,886 million in 2005 to RMB4,489 million in 2006. Our interest expense decreased by 14.1%, or RMB955 million, from RMB6,763 million in 2005 to RMB5,808 million in 2006 due to the repayment of borrowing, and reduction in average interest rate through various measures including the issuance of short term commercial paper. On April, 2006, our Company issued short term commercial paper in the aggregate principal amount of RMB20 billion due in one year with an annual interest rate of 3.05%. The short term commercial paper was issued through a book-building and centralized placing process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at a slight discount to its par value. We consider that substituting other financing with short term commercial paper has enabled us to lower our finance costs.

Among the components of net finance costs, we recorded a net exchange gain of RMB101 million in 2006, as compared to a net exchange gain of RMB548 million in 2005 due to the decrease in magnitude of appreciation of Renminbi against U.S. Dollar and Japanese Yen in 2006. According to the exchange rates published by the People’s Bank of China on December 29, 2006, the exchange rates of Renminbi to US dollars and Japanese Yen increased by 3.3% and 4.7%, respectively, from December 30, 2005.

Income Tax

Our statutory income tax rate is 33%. In 2006, our income tax expense was RMB6,759 million, representing an effective tax rate of 19.8%, as compared to 18.1% in 2005. The increase of the effective tax rate was primarily due to the decrease in upfront connection fees which were non-taxable. The difference between the statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue, and the preferential income tax rate of 15% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones in China. Another reason for our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was that some of our subsidiaries received tax credits of RMB1,413 million on the purchases of domestic equipment in 2006. As the tax credit on purchases of domestic equipment is subject to review and approval from regulatory authorities, we cannot assure you regarding their impact on the effective tax rate in future years. See Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 33%.

Net Income Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

The net income attributable to equity holders of the Company reached RMB27,241 million in 2006, with net margin of approximately 15.5%, compared to net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB27,822 million with net margin of approximately 16.4% in 2005.

 

62


Table of Contents

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows and Working Capital

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
     (RMB in millions)  

Net cash from operating activities

   68,904     74,802     74,876  

Net cash used in investing activities

   (52,507 )   (50,039 )   (46,209 )

Net cash used in financing activities

   (11,931 )   (20,710 )   (30,505 )
                  

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   4,466     4,053     (1,838 )

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by approximately 8.7%, from RMB22,326 million as of December 31, 2006 to RMB20,384 million as of December 31, 2007. Our net cash outflow was RMB1,838 million in 2007, as compared with a net cash inflow of RMB4,053 million in 2006.

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities, which reached RMB74,876 million in 2007, an increase of RMB74 million from RMB74,802 million in 2006. A primary factor affecting our operating cash flows continues to be the timing when we receive payments from our customers and when we pay our suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Our operating revenue, excluding upfront connection fees, increased by 2.8% from RMB170,645 million in 2006 to RMB175,362 million in 2007 and our net income, excluding upfront connection fees, deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment and related deferred tax, increased by 1.2% from RMB22,353 million in 2006 to RMB22,614 million in 2007. In contrast to the increase in our operating revenue and net income in 2007 compared to 2006, the slight increase in our net cash from operating activities was primarily because we made more payments to suppliers in 2007 compared to 2006.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by RMB50,039 million from 2006 to RMB46,209 million in 2007 due to a further decrease in capital expenditure, which was primarily due to effective control over the scale of capital expenditure and reduction in capital expenditure in connection with traditional fixed line voice business and telecommunications infrastructure.

Net cash used in financing activities was RMB30,505 million in 2007 compared to RMB20,710 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to the net cash used in repaying borrowings (the difference between the cash used to repay borrowings and the cash received from borrowings) increased from RMB15,009 million in 2006 to RMB19,846 million in 2007 and the cash used for the acquisition of the Third Acquired Group amounting to RMB1,408 million in 2007.

Our working capital (defined as current assets minus current liabilities) was a deficit of RMB95,857 million as of December 31, 2007, compared to a deficit of RMB113,423 million as of December 31, 2006.

We estimate that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with our existing credit facilities from domestic commercial banks, cash flows from operating activities, as well as funds available from short-term and long-term bank borrowings and commercial paper, will be sufficient to satisfy our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures through the end of 2008. We have established and maintained high credit ratings with our principal domestic commercial lenders, which have facilitated our ability to obtain short-term and long-term credit on favorable terms to meet our financing requirements. As of December 31, 2007, we had available credit facilities of RMB36,823 million from which we can draw upon.

On April 22, 2008, we issued three-year medium-term notes in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion with an annual interest rate of 5.30%. The notes were placed through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value.

 

63


Table of Contents

On June 2, 2008, we entered into the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, with Unicom and CUCL in respect of certain key terms of our proposed acquisition of the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from Unicom and CUCL. The consideration of the proposed acquisition is RMB43,800 million, subject to a price adjustment. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Proposed Acquisition in 2008.” We expect that the cash generated from our operating activities as well as from bank and other borrowings will be sufficient to fund the proposed acquisition.

Indebtedness

Our indebtedness as of the dates indicated was as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (RMB in millions)

Short-term debt

   76,105    79,576    67,166

Current portion of long-term debt

   8,963    8,242    3,811

Current portion of finance lease obligations

   108    48    24

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   55,777    37,257    34,148

Finance lease obligations, excluding current portion

   52    —      5
              

Total debt

   141,005    125,123    105,154

We finance a significant portion of our business operations with short-term loans obtained from commercial banks in China. Our short-term debt constituted approximately 36.2% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2007. The weighted average interest rate of our short-term debt was 4.4% as of December 31, 2007, representing an increase of 0.7% from that as of December 31, 2006.

Our total debt decreased by RMB19,969 million from RMB125,123 million as of December 31, 2006 to RMB105,154 million as of December 31, 2007, primarily due to our repayment of certain borrowings with cash flow from operating activities. Consequently, our debt-to-asset ratio (total debt divided by total assets) decreased from approximately 29.9% in 2006 to approximately 25.8% in 2007. We believe that our Company has maintained a solid capital structure.

Excluding the deferred consideration for the acquisitions of RMB30,150 million (2006: RMB30,150 million), our long-term debt (including current portion) decreased from RMB15,349 million as of December 31, 2006 to RMB7,809 million as of December 31, 2007. In addition, our short-term debt decreased from RMB79,576 million as of December 31, 2006 to RMB67,166 million as of December 31, 2007.

Of our total debt as of December 31, 2007, approximately 96.5%, 1.7%, 1.0% and 0.8% were denominated in Renminbi, Japanese yen, U.S. dollars and Euros, respectively.

Our short-term and long-term debt does not contain any financial covenants which materially restrict our operations.

Capital Expenditure

The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated. Actual future capital expenditures for the periods after December 31, 2007 may differ from the amounts indicated below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
(Planned)
     (RMB in millions)

Total capital expenditure

   49,116    45,558    45,000

 

64


Table of Contents

In 2007, we continued our prudent policy on capital expenditure. Our capital expenditure decreased by 7.2%, from RMB49,116 million in 2006 to RMB45,558 million in 2007. In accordance with our strategic transformation, we further optimized our capital expenditure structure and significantly reduced the capital expenditure in connection with traditional fixed line voice business and telecommunications infrastructure and increased our investment in Internet access and data network.

Capital Resources

The main sources of our capital expenditure are cash generated from operating activities, bank borrowings and other indebtedness. We expect that we will have sufficient funding sources to meet our capital expenditure requirements in future.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Our emphasis on research and development has contributed to the development of our advanced network, system, and the rollout of our new applications and services. Our researchers focus on network planning and support, new technology trials, market evaluation, investment-related financial analysis and other key areas. Specific areas of research include fiber optic transmission technology, mobile communications technology, next generation networks, broadband access, data communications, operation and service support systems and development of value-added services.

D. Trend Information.

Please also refer to our discussion in each section of “—Overview” and “—A. Operating Result” included elsewhere under this Item.

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2007, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

F. Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Payable in
     Total    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    After
2012
     (RMB in millions)

Contractual Obligations (1) :

                    

Short-term debt

   67,166    67,166    —      —      —      —      —  

Long-term debt

   37,959    3,811    699    983    190    196    32,080

Interest payable

   12,043    3,206    1,708    1,617    1,596    1,596    2,320

Operating lease commitments

   2,021    552    369    302    231    184    383

Finance lease obligations

   29    24    5    —      —      —      —  

Capital commitments

   3,573    3,573    —      —      —      —      —  

Total contractual obligations

   122,791    78,332    2,781    2,902    2,017    1,976    34,783

 

(1) See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for the contractual obligations relating to interest payments. See Note 30 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the contractual obligations relating to the post employment benefit plans.

 

65


Table of Contents
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

A. Directors and Senior Management

Directors and Senior Officers

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our directors must be elected by our shareholders at a general meeting. Our directors are generally elected for a term of three years and may serve consecutive terms if re-elected. On September 9, 2005, election of new members and re-election of current members of the Board of Directors was conducted which resulted in the second session of the Board of Directors, consisting of fifteen directors with nine executive directors, one non- executive director, and five independent non-executive directors, each having a period of office of three years. Currently, our Board of Directors consists of fourteen directors with eight executive directors, one non- executive director, and five independent non-executive directors.

In July 2007, Ms. Huang Wenlin submitted her resignation from the position of executive director of our Company. Our Company has appointed Mr. Zhang Chenshuang to assume the position of executive director of our Company, with term expiring on September 9, 2008. The above resignation and appointment became effective after approval in an extraordinary general meeting on August 31, 2007.

The term of the current session of the Board of Directors will expire in September 2008. We expect to hold a board meeting in July 2008 to review the qualifications of individuals for directorships as recommended by the Nomination Committee. Election of members of the Board of Directors for the next session is expected to be conducted at a shareholders meeting to be held in September 2008.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Wang Xiaochu

   50    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Leng Rongquan

   59    Executive Director, President and Chief Operational Officer

Wu Andi

   53   

Executive Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Zhang Jiping

   52    Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Zhang Chenshuang

   56    Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Li Ping

   54    Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Yang Jie

   46    Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Sun Kangmin

   51    Executive Director and Executive Vice President

Li Jinming

   56    Non-executive Director

Zhang Youcai

   67    Independent Non-executive Director

Lo Hong Sui, Vincent

   60    Independent Non-executive Director

Shi Wanpeng

   71    Independent Non-executive Director

Xu Erming

   58    Independent Non-executive Director

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius

   60    Independent Non-executive Director

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky

   45   

Assistant Chief Financial Officer, Qualified Accountant and Company Secretary

Wang Qi

   53    Financial Controller

Wang Xiaochu , age 50, is Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of our Company. Mr. Wang served as Director General and Deputy Director General of the Hangzhou Telecommunications Bureau in Zhejiang province, Director General of the Tianjin Posts and Telecommunications Administration, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, and Vice President of China Mobile Communications Corporation. He is also President of China Telecommunications Corporation. He was

 

66


Table of Contents

responsible for the development of China Telecom’s telephone network management systems and various other information technology projects and as a result, received the Third-Class Award from the State Scientific and Technological Progress Award and the First-Class Award from the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Scientific and Technological Progress Award. He graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1989 and received a doctorate degree in business administration from The Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. Mr. Wang has over 27 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

Leng Rongquan , age 59, is Executive Director, President and Chief Operational Officer of our Company. Mr. Leng is a professor-level senior engineer. He graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a master degree in engineering science. Mr. Leng served as Chief Engineer of the Beijing Long-Distance Telephone Office, Deputy Chief Engineer of the Directorate General of Telecommunications, or the DGT, of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, or the MPT, Deputy Director General of the DGT of the MPT, Deputy General Manager of China Telecommunications Corporation, Deputy General Manager of China Network Communications Group Corporation, Vice Chairman of China Netcom Group Corporation (Hong Kong) Limited. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Leng has 32 years of operational management experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Wu Andi , age 53, is Executive Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of our Company. She is responsible for the financial management of our Company. Madam Wu is a senior accountant. She graduated from the Beijing Institute of Economics with a bachelor degree in finance and trading in 1983, and studied in a postgraduate program in business economics management at the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences from 1996 to 1998. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, she served as Director General of the Department of Economic Adjustment and Communication Settlement of the Ministry of Information Industry, and Director General, Deputy Director General and Director of the Department of Finance of the MPT. She is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Ms. Wu has 26 years of economic and financial management experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Zhang Jiping , age 52, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Zhang is a professor-level senior engineer. He graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a bachelor degree in radio telecommunications engineering in 1982, studied in a postgraduate program in applied computer engineering at Northeastern Industrial University from 1986 to 1988, and received a Doctor of Business Administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2004. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, he served as Deputy Director General of DGT of MPT, a Deputy Director General and Director of the Network Management Center of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Liaoning Province. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang has 26 years of experience in network operation and management in the telecommunications industry in China.

Zhang Chenshuang , age 56, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Zhang served as Executive Director and Vice President of China Mobile Limited, Vice President of China Mobile Communications Corporation, Director of China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd., Assistant to the President of China Mobile Communications Corporation, Director General of the Neimenggu Posts and Telecommunications Administration, Deputy Director General of the Office of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang graduated from the Party School of the Communist Party of China and received an MBA degree from Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Mr. Zhang is a senior economist with over 28 years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

Li Ping , age 54, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Li is a senior engineer. He graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in radio telecommunications in 1976 and received an MBA degree from the State University of New York at Buffalo,

 

67


Table of Contents

U.S.A. in 1989. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in August 2000, he served as Chairman and President of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, Deputy Director General of the DGT of the MPT. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation, and Chairman of the Board of Directors and an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. Mr. Li has extensive experience in managing public companies and 32 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Yang Jie , age 46, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. He is a professor-level senior engineer. He graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in radio engineering in 1984, and subsequently obtained a master degree of telecommunications and information management at the Norwegian School of Management. Mr. Yang served as Deputy Director General of Shanxi Posts and Telecommunications Administration, General Manager of Shanxi Telecommunications Corporation, Vice President of China Telecom Beijing Research Institute and General Manager of the Business Department of the Northern Telecom of China Telecommunications Corporation. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Yang has 24 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Sun Kangmin , age 51, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. He is a senior engineer. He holds an MBA degree from the University of Hong Kong. Mr. Sun served as the Head of the Information Industry Department of Sichuan Province, Director General of the Communications Bureau of Sichuan Province, and Chairman and General Manager of Sichuan Telecom Company Limited. Mr. Sun has 24 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Li Jinming , age 56, is Non-Executive Director of our Company, Chairman of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd. (one of the domestic shareholders of the Company) and Chairman of Shenzhen Zhongjin Lingnan Nonfemet Company Limited. Mr. Li graduated from Guangdong Radio and TV University, and holds an EMBA degree from Lingnan College, Zhong Shan University after the completion of his study in the postgraduate programme of international economics and industrial commerce management. Mr. Li served as Chief and Deputy Director General of the Guangdong Provincial Discipline Inspection Commission, and Director and Deputy General Manager of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd. Mr. Li has extensive experience in enterprise management.

Zhang Youcai , age 67, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. He graduated from Nanjing Institute of Chemical Technology with a major in inorganic chemistry in 1965. Mr. Zhang served as Vice Minister of the Chinese Ministry of Finance and was responsible for the formulation and implementation of the Chinese government’s financial and accounting policies. He has contributed to the improvement and reform of the financial and accounting systems of China for more than ten years. Prior to serving at the Ministry of Finance, he served as Deputy Director of the Planning Commission of Nantong City, and Deputy Mayor and Mayor of Nantong City in Jiangsu Province. Mr. Zhang is also Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Committee of China Petroleum & Chemical Corporation. Mr. Zhang has over 40 years of experience in managing Chinese state-owned enterprises and financial management.

Lo Hong Sui , Vincent , age 60, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. Mr. Lo is the Chairman of the Shui On Group which he founded in 1971. He is also the Chairman of Shui On Construction and Materials Limited, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Shui On Land Limited, and the Chairman of China Central Properties Limited. Mr. Lo is a Member of The Eleventh National Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference, Honorary Life President of Business and Professionals Federation of Hong Kong, President of Shanghai-Hong Kong Council for the Promotion and Development of Yangtze, Economic Adviser to the Chongqing Municipal Government, Vice Chairman of the Shanghai Chamber of International Commerce, Director of Great Eagle Holdings Ltd, Non-Executive Director of Hang Seng Bank Ltd, and a Court Member of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, among other public service positions. He was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star in 1998 and appointed Justice of the Peace in 1999 by the

 

68


Table of Contents

Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. He was made an Honorary Citizen of Shanghai in 1999 and was named Businessman of the Year by the Hong Kong Business Awards in 2001. He also won the Director of the Year Award from the Hong Kong Institute of Directors in 2002 and was awarded Chevalier des Arts et des Lettres by the French government in 2005.

Shi Wanpeng , age 71, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. Mr. Shi graduated from Northern Jiaotong University with a major in railway transportation management in 1960. He is a professor-level senior engineer. Mr. Shi served as Deputy Director General of the Department of Transportation, Director General of the Department of Economy & Technology Cooperation of State Economy & Trade Commission, Director General of the Department of Production Planning of the State Development Planning Commission, Deputy Secretary of the Production Office of the State Council, President (minister-level) of China Textile General Association, Deputy Director (minister-level) and Deputy Director of Economic and Trade Office of the State Council, a member of the Standing Committee of the Tenth Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference, and Vice-Chairman of the Economics Affairs Committee. Mr. Shi is also President of China Packaging Federation and Independent Non-Executive Director of China Petroleum & Chemical Corporation. Mr. Shi has been working in the areas of economic and management, and has over 40 years of macroeconomic and managerial experience in state-owned enterprises reform and state-owned assets development in China.

Xu Erming , age 58, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. He is Deputy Dean, Professor, and Ph.D. supervisor of the Graduate School at the Remin University of China, Deputy Secretary-General of the Tenth Session of the Academic Committee, and a member of the Third Session of the University Affairs Committee of the Remin University of China, Associate Convener of the Fifth Session of the Business Administration Academic Appraisal Group of the Academic Degree Committee of the State Council, a member of China’s National MBA Education Advisory Committee, Deputy Chairman of the Chinese Enterprise Management Research Association, and Chairman of Beijing Contemporary Enterprise Research Association. He is also entitled to the State Council’s special government allowances. In addition, Mr. Xu was granted both the first prize for Excellence in Higher Educational Publication and the second prize for the National Teaching Award by the Ministry of Education. He previously lectured at the State University of New York at Buffalo, Pennsylvania State University at Scranton, the University of Technology in Sydney, the Kyushu University in Japan and Hong Kong Polytechnic University.

Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius , age 60, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. Mr. Tse is currently an Independent Non-executive Director of CNOOC Limited, China Construction Bank Corporation, Wing Hang Bank Limited, Linmark Group Limited and Sinofert Holdings Limited and is the Chairman of the International Advisory Council of the People’s Municipal Government of Wuhan. Mr. Tse is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or the HKICPA. Mr. Tse is a past president of the HKICPA. He joined KPMG in 1976, became a partner in 1984 and retired in March 2003. Mr. Tse was a non-executive Chairman of KPMG’s operations in China and a member of the KPMG China advisory board from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Tse is a graduate of the University of Hong Kong.

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky , age 45, is the Assistant Chief Financial Officer, qualified accountant and Company Secretary of our Company. Mr. Yung is a fellow member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants, a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants of United Kingdom, and a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia. Mr. Yung has over 20 years of experience in auditing, company secretary and senior financial management of listed companies.

Wang Qi , age 53, is the financial controller of our Company. Mr. Wang is a senior accountant. He graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications and the Australian National University. He holds a Master degree in international management. He served as a Deputy Director General of Anhui Posts and Telecommunications Administration and a Deputy General Manager of China Telecom Group Anhui Corporation prior to his relocation to the headquarters of China Telecom Group in 2000. Mr. Wang is also Managing Director of the Finance Department of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Wang has 33 years of managerial and accounting experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

69


Table of Contents

There is no family relationship between any of our directors or executive officers.

Supervisors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our supervisors.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Xiao Jinxue

   44    Supervisor

Zhu Lihao

   67    Independent Supervisor

Xu Cailiao

   44    Supervisor

Ma Yuzhu

   54    Supervisor (Employee Representative)

Wang Haiyun

   44    Supervisor

Xiao Jinxue , age 44, is Chairman of the Supervisor Committee and General Manager of Xinjiang branch of our Company. Mr. Xiao graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1987 with a Master degree in engineering management. Mr. Xiao served as Assistant Dean and Officer at the Corporate Management Faculty of the Institute of Cadre Management under the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, and an executive deputy managing director of the Beijing Research Institute of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Xiao is a professor-level senior engineer and has 21 years of managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

Zhu Lihao , age 67, is an independent Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company. Ms. Zhu is a senior accountant and a Chinese Certified Public Accountant. She graduated from Beijing Graduate School of Mining and Technology with major in engineering economics in 1963. Ms. Zhu served as a Deputy Director General, Director General, Director and Deputy Director of the Department of Industry and Communications of the National Audit Bureau of China, and the Director General of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Foreign-related Auditing of the Audit Bureau. Ms. Zhu has over 40 years of experience in management and auditing.

Xu Cailiao , age 44, is a Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company. He is a Director of the Corporate Strategic Department of our Company. He graduated from the Law School of Peking University with a Master degree in law in 1987. He served as a Director of the State Commission for Economic Restructuring and Managing Director of the Hong Kong branch of Irico Group. He was qualified to practise law in China in 1988. Mr. Xu is highly experienced in respect of corporate governance, organizational development and process management.

Ma Yuzhu , age 54, is an Employee Representative Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company, a Director of the Corporate Culture Department of the Company and the Vice Chairman of the Trade Union of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Ma graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in telecommunications in 1982. Mr. Ma studied part-time in Australian National University in 2000 and obtained a Master degree in International Business Administration in 2001. Mr. Ma served as Director General in China International Telecommunication Construction 1st Engineering Bureau, Director of the department of General Engineering of DGT. Mr. Ma is a senior Engineer and has over 30 years of telecommunications construction and operational management experience in the telecommunications industry.

Wang Haiyun , age 44, is a Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee and the Deputy Director of the Audit Department of our Company. Ms. Wang graduated with a Bachelor degree in Business Financial Accounting from Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics in 1985. Prior to her current position, she worked in finance-related jobs serving at the Research Institute for Fiscal Science of Ministry of Finance, Zhong Zhou CPA Co. Ltd., and the Directorate General of Telecommunications of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. She is a senior accountant and has 23 years of finance and audit experience.

 

70


Table of Contents

In March 2007, Ms. Zhang Xiuqin resigned from the position of Supervisor and chairperson of the Supervisory Committee and Mr. Li Jian resigned from the position of Supervisor. Our Company has elected Mr. Xiao Jinxue and Ms. Wang Haiyun as the Supervisors of the Company. The above resignations and appointments became effective after approval in the 2006 annual general meeting held on May 29, 2007.

B. Compensation

Compensation of Executive Directors and Supervisors

Our directors and supervisors receive compensation in the form of salaries, allowances and benefits in kind, including our contribution to the pension plans for our directors and supervisors. For supervisors who are not employed by us, they will receive fees from us. The aggregate amount of compensation we paid to our directors and supervisors as a group for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately RMB 19.8 million. The following table sets forth the compensation received or receivable by our Company’s directors and supervisors:

 

     Directors’/
supervisors’
fees
   Salaries,
allowances
and
benefits in
kind
   Discretionary
bonuses
   Share-
based
payments
   Retirement
scheme
contributions
   Total
     RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands

2007

                 

Executive directors

                 

Wang Xiaochu

   —      324    1,080    513    66    1,983

Leng Rongquan

   —      292    972    410    60    1,734

Wu Andi

   —      276    1,127    331    56    1,790

Zhang Jiping

   —      276    1,127    331    55    1,789

Huang Wenlin (1)

   —      161    1,013    1,962    33    3,169

Zhang Chenshuang

   —      115    115    —      —      230

Li Ping

   —      276    1,127    331    56    1,790

Yang Jie

   —      276    1,052    410    54    1,792

Sun Kangmin

   —      276    1,052    410    55    1,793

Independent non-executive directors

                 

Zhang Youcai

   150    —      —      —      —      150

Lo Hong Sui

   200    —      —      —      —      200

Shi Wanpeng

   150    —      —      —      —      150

Xu Erming

   150    —      —      —      —      150

Tse Hau Yin

   500    —      —      —      —      500

Supervisors

                 

Xiao Jinxue

   —      91    202    276    30    599

Wang Haiyun

   —      50    56    —      20    126

Zhang Xiuqin (2)

   —      15    147    —      —      162

Li Jian (2)

   —      62    212    —      19    293

Xu Cailiao

   —      116    230    152    38    536

Ma Yuzhu

   —      184    349    249    52    834

Independent supervisor

                 

Zhu Lihao

   75    —      —      —      —      75
   1,225    2,790    9,861    5,375    594    19,845

 

(1) Ms Huang Wenlin resigned as an executive director of the Company, which became effective on August 31, 2007.

 

(2) Ms Zhang Xinqin and Mr Li Jian resigned as supervisors on May 29, 2007.

 

71


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights

We implemented a plan of stock appreciation rights for members of our senior management in order to provide further incentives to these employees. The plan, effective from November 15, 2002, is designed to link the financial interests of our senior management with our future results of operations and the performance of our H shares. The number of stock appreciation right units granted to a person may also be adjusted in accordance with the result of his or her performance evaluation. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights were granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in Renminbi, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of our Company’s H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise.

In March 2003, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 276.5 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$1.48 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In April 2005, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 560.0 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.78 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In January 2006, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 837.3 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from the date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.85 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, 70 million, 67 million and 204 million stock appreciation right units were exercised, respectively.

We recognize compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period. Changes in our payment obligation under the stock appreciation rights plan resulting from changes in fair value of our H shares for the period subsequent to the vesting period through the date of the exercise are also reflected in our earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense recognized in respect of stock appreciation rights was RMB81 million, RMB514 million and RMB689 million, respectively.

C. Board Practices

General

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our directors must be elected by our shareholders at a general meeting. Our directors are generally elected for a term of three years and may serve consecutive terms if re-elected. On September 9, 2005, election of new members and re-election of current members of the Board of Directors was conducted and generated the second session of the Board of Directors consisting of fifteen directors with nine executive directors, one non-executive director, and five independent non-executive

 

72


Table of Contents

directors, each having a period of office of three years. In July 2007, Ms. Huang Wenlin submitted her resignation from the position of executive director. Our Company has appointed Mr. Zhang Chenshuang to assume the position of executive director of our Company, with term expiring on September 9, 2008. The above resignation and appointment became effective after approval in the extraordinary general meeting on August 31, 2007. Currently, our Board of Directors consists of fourteen directors with eight executive directors, one non- executive director, and five independent non-executive directors.

The PRC Company Law requires a joint stock company with limited liability to establish a supervisory committee. Our supervisory committee consists of five supervisors. One member of our supervisory committee must be an employee representative elected by our employees. The remaining members must be appointed by shareholders at a general meeting. The term of office of our supervisors is three years, which is renewable upon re-election or re-appointment. None of the service contracts with our directors provide benefits to them upon termination.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in 2002, and currently consists of four members, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Shi Wanpeng, Mr. Xu Erming and Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius. They are all independent non-executive directors. The Audit Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it periodically. The Committee meets at least twice each year. The Charter of the Audit Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005, pursuant to which the principal responsibilities of our Audit Committee include supervision of our Company to ensure authenticity and completeness of our financial statements and effectiveness and integration of the internal control system. The Audit Committee also supervises our internal audit department, and is responsible for the review and consideration of the qualification and appointment of independent auditors, and approval of services provided by the independent auditors. The Audit Committee has established a mechanism for receiving and handling complaints or anonymous reports in respect of our accounting, internal financial control and audit matters.

In 2007, the Audit Committee held four meetings, at which it considered matters within its responsibilities, including our Company’s annual and interim financial statements, related party transactions and implementation reports, the appointment and fees of independent auditors, the assessment report of our internal control, report on the internal audit and comprehensive risk management.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee was established in 2003, and currently consists of four members, Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, Mr. Shi Wanpeng, Mr. Lo Hong Sui, Vincent and Mr. Xu Erming, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The Remuneration Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it on its work periodically. The Remuneration Committee meets when necessary. The Charter of the Remuneration Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005, pursuant to which its principal responsibilities include making recommendations to the Board of Directors on our overall remuneration policies and structure relating to compensation of directors and senior management, determining the specific remuneration packages of all executive directors and senior management and reviewing and approving performance-based compensation.

In 2007, the Remuneration Committee held one meeting, at which it reviewed the remuneration of executive directors and matters relating to valuation of their performance. Each member of the Remuneration Committee declared that there was no conflict between the proposal and his personal interest in his review of such proposal.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee was established in 2005. It currently consists of four members, Mr. Shi Wanpeng, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Xu Erming and Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The Nomination Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and regularly

 

73


Table of Contents

reports to it on its work. The Nomination Committee meets when necessary. The Charter of the Nomination Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in September 2005, pursuant to which its principal responsibilities include reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the board on a regular basis and making recommendations to the board regarding any proposed changes; identifying individuals suitably qualified to become board members and selecting or making recommendations to the board on the selection of individuals nominated for directorships; assessing the independence of independent non-executive directors; and making recommendations to the board on relevant matters relating to the appointment or re-appointment of directors and succession planning for directors, in particular, for the chairman and chief executive officer.

In 2007, the Nomination Committee held one meeting, at which it evaluated the structure and composition of our Board and confirmed the independence of all five of our independent directors.

Independent Director Committee

The Independent Director Committee was established on August 30, 2006 to review the Engineering Framework Agreement and the transactions thereunder, the Interconnection Settlement Agreement and the transactions thereunder, and the Strategic Agreement with China Communications Services Corporation Limited. It consisted of five independent directors, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Lo Hong Sui, Vincent, Mr. Shi Wanpeng, Mr. Xu Erming and Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius.

On June 15, 2007, the Independent Directors Committee convened a meeting during which it reviewed the supplemental agreement in relation to the strategic alliance of our Company with China Communications Services Corporation Limited, reviewed and approved the letters issued by the independent financial advisor to independent shareholders and confirmed that the supplemental agreement in relation to the strategic alliance is in the interests of the Company as a whole and is fair and reasonable to independent shareholders. The Independent Directors Committee also submitted recommendations on these matters to independent shareholders.

D. Employees

General

As of December 31, 2007, we had 285,105 employees. The table below sets forth the numbers of our employees by their functions as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:

 

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005   2006   2007
    Number of
Employees
  Percentage
of Total
  Number of
Employees
  Percentage
of Total
  Number of
Employees
  Percentage
of Total

Management, finance and administrative

  38,975   15.9   38,899   16.0   42,211   14.8

Sales and marketing

  113,329   46.3   113,342   46.6   147,878   51.8

Operations and maintenance

  91,443   37.3   89,728   36.9   93,731   32.9

Others

  1,120   0.5   1,103   0.5   1,285   0.5

Total

  244,867   100.0   243,072   100.0   285,105   100.0

The total number of our employees increased to 285,105 as of December 31, 2007 from 243,072 as of December 31, 2006, primarily due to a change to our human resource management practices in connection with our efforts to improve and reform our human resource management. As a result of the reform, we hired more than 40,000 employees from staffs who had been seconded by third parties and worked in certain areas of our Transforming Business, and terminated the secondment arrangements with the remaining staffs who worked in the areas that can be contracted to third parties.

 

74


Table of Contents

We have implemented a short-term and long-term combined incentive remuneration scheme. The primary components of an employee’s remuneration include basic salary, a performance based bonus, compensation based on seniority and stock appreciation rights (stock appreciation rights are exclusively for managerial staff and senior engineers). In addition, we also emphasize the importance of employee training and use various means of training to improve the quality and capability of our key employees. We have not been subjected to any strikes or other labor disturbances that have interfered with our operations, and we believe that the relationship between our management and the labor union of our Company is good.

E. Share Ownership

As of December 31, 2007, none of our directors, supervisors or senior managers is a legal or beneficial owner of any shares of our share capital.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

A. Major Shareholders

The table below sets forth information regarding the ownership of our share capital as of June 18, 2008 by all persons who are known to us to be the beneficial owners of 5% or more of each class of our voting securities.

 

Title of Shares

  

Identity of Person or Group

   Amount Owned    Percentage of the
Respective Type of
Shares
    Percentage
of Total

Shares
 
          

Domestic shares

   China Telecom Group    57,377,053,317    85.57 %   70.89 %

Domestic shares

   Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.    5,614,082,653    8.37 %   6.94 %

H shares

   Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft    1,922,537,988    13.85 %   2.37 %

H shares

   RFS Holdings B.V.    2,087,518,664    15.05 %   2.58 %

H shares

   Societe Generale    1,775,492,719    12.79 %   2.19 %

H shares

   JPMorgan Chase & Co.    890,552,643    6.42 %   1.10 %

China Telecom Group, located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032, is our controlling shareholder and is a wholly state-owned enterprise regulated by the State Council. Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., located at Kai Xuan Hua Mei Da Hotel, 15/F, No. 9, 1 Ming Yue Yi Road, Dongshan District, Guangzhou, Guangdong province, China, is a state-owned enterprise owned and controlled by the provincial governments in Guangdong province. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft is located at Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60468 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. RFS Holdings B.V. is located at Strawinskylaan 3105, 1077 ZX, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Societe Generale is located at 29, Boulevard Haussmann 75009 Paris, France. JPMorgan Chase & Co. is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA.

Based solely on information contained in a Schedule 13G, or the FRI Schedule 13G, jointly filed with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, on February 5, 2008 by Franklin Resources, Inc., or FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., 1,472,353,370 H shares of our Company, or the FRI Shares, representing approximately 10.6% of the total number of our H shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007, were beneficially owned either by investment companies that were direct and indirect subsidiaries of FRI or by other managed accounts that were investment management clients of investment managers that were direct and indirect subsidiaries of FRI. These subsidiaries of FRI were generally granted all investment and/or voting power over the FRI Shares owned and, as a result, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the FRI Shares for the purposes of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. Each of Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., owned in excess of 10% of the outstanding common stock of FRI and was a principal shareholder of FRI. Each of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., could be deemed a beneficial owner of securities held by persons and entities for whom or for which the subsidiaries of FRI provided investment management services. However, each

 

75


Table of Contents

of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the FRI Shares. The principle place of business of each of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., is One Franklin Parkway, San Mateo, CA 94403-1906, USA. The above disclosure is based solely on the information contained in the FRI Schedule 13G. For the numbers of our H shares that each of the subsidiaries of FRI has sole power to vote or to direct the voting of, or sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of, or shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of, and other details of the FRI Schedule 13G, please see the Schedule 13G jointly filed with the SEC by FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr. on February 5, 2008.

None of our major shareholders has voting rights that differ from the voting rights of other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of our Company.

B. Related Party Transactions

As of June 18, 2008, China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, directly owned and controlled 70.89% of our issued share capital. Accordingly, transactions between China Telecom Group and us constitute connected transactions under the Listing Rules.

In connection with our restructuring in 2001 and our acquisitions of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group on December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively, we have entered into various agreements with China Telecom Group and a number of its subsidiaries relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. Such agreements include those for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing and other services.

Our independent non-executive directors have confirmed that all connected transactions for the year ended December 31, 2007 to which our Company was a party:

 

   

had been entered into, and the agreements governing those transactions were entered into, by our Company in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

   

had been entered into either:

 

  on normal commercial terms; or

 

  where there was no available comparison to determine whether they are on normal commercial terms, on terms no less favorable than those available to or from independent third parties, as applicable; and

 

   

had been entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable so far as the overall interest of the independent shareholders of our Company are concerned.

The details of the related party arrangements are described below.

Arrangements Relating to the Acquisitions

Indemnification

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian

 

76


Table of Contents

Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited for any loss or damages suffered by those companies as a result of, or related to, the reorganization of those companies under which China Telecom Group transferred to those companies the telecommunications operations of China Telecom Group in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, and for any loss or damages suffered by those companies in connection with events preceding such reorganization.

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified us against any loss or liability suffered by us or any acquired company including, but not limited to, any diminution in the value of the assets of or shares in any acquired company, any payment made or required to be made by us or any acquired company and any costs and expenses incurred as a result of or in connection with any claim falling on any acquired company resulting from or by reference to any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the date of the acquisition or any event on or before the date of the acquisition whether alone or in conjunction with other circumstances and whether or not such taxation is chargeable against or attributable to any other person, firm or company.

Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group

On September 10, 2002, we entered into various agreements with China Telecom Group, effective as of January 1, 2002, relating to the provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province. On October 26, 2003, we entered into various supplemental agreements with China Telecom Group, effective December 31, 2003, relating to the provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services in all of our service regions.

On April 13, 2004, our Company and China Telecom Group entered into Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, and Supplemental Agreement Regarding Non-competition Agreement, Centralized Service Agreement, Interconnection Settlement Agreement, Provincial Optic Cable Line Leasing Agreement, effective from June 30, 2004. Also on April 13, 2004, our Company and China Telecom Group entered into Comprehensive Service Agreement, effective from January 1, 2004. On December 26, 2007, the Centralized Services Agreement, the Comprehensive Services Agreement, the Property Leasing Agreements, the IT Services Agreements, and the Equipment Procurement Agreements were renewed for further periods of one year from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008.

After our restructuring in connection with our initial public offering in 2002 and our acquisitions of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group on December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, certain ancillary and mostly non-telecommunications related business and assets within our service regions are operated or held by certain subsidiaries of China Telecom Group. On August 30, 2006, our Company and China Telecom Group entered into a number of agreements to replace the Property Leasing Framework Agreements, the IT Services Framework Agreements, the Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreements, the Engineering Framework Agreements, the Community Services Framework Agreements and the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreements that were entered into between our subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group. Under the new agreements, the parties to the above related party transactions are changed to our Company and China Telecom Group. The other terms and conditions in the above related party transactions agreements remain unchanged.

Trademark License Agreements

China Telecom Group has registered a number of trademarks, and is in the process of registering other trademarks with the State Trademark Office under the PRC State General Administration for Industry and

 

77


Table of Contents

Commerce. Under the trademark license agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental trademark license agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, China Telecom Group has granted to our Company and our subsidiaries a right to use its registered trademarks and its trademarks pending registration on a royalty-free basis. The license granted under the trademark license agreement and the supplemental trademark license agreements will expire on December 31, 2009 and is automatically renewable for further periods of three years at our option.

Centralized Services Agreements

The Centralized Services Agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. The aggregate costs incurred by China Telecom Group and us for the provision of management services relating to the operation of the business support centre and the network management centre, the costs of headquarters and certain network support premises and related facilities (including labor costs, depreciation of equipment and premises, daily expenses, costs relating to maintenance and research) and certain large corporate customers of the headquarters of China Telecom Group, will be apportioned on a pro rata basis between China Telecom Group and us according to the revenues generated by each party. In relation to the use of the international telecommunications facilities, we and China Telecom Group have agreed to apportion the costs associated with operating such assets on a pro rata basis according to the aggregate volume of the inbound international calls terminated by, and outbound international calls originated from, China Telecom Group and us, respectively.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplemental agreement in relation to the Centralized Services Agreement on December 15, 2005, to amend the scope of the centralized services by including in the Centralized Services Agreement the management and operation services provided by us to China Telecom Group, and amended the Centralized Services Agreement to make it, in addition to being applicable to both parties, also applicable to the subsidiaries and branches of the parties as well as any entities controlled by them. Except for the abovementioned amendments, other material terms and conditions of the original Centralized Services Agreement remain unchanged.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplemental agreement in relation to the Centralized Services Agreement on December 26, 2007. Pursuant to the Supplemental Agreement, we shall pay premises usage fees to China Telecom Group on a pro rata basis according to the area actually allocated to us when we use any premises provided by China Telecom Group. The premises usage fees shall be determined through negotiation between the parties based on comparable market rates. Except for this amendment, other material terms and conditions of the original Centralized Services Agreement remain unchanged.

We and China Telecom Group entered into another supplemental agreement in relation to the Centralized Services Agreement on March 31, 2008, to amend certain terms of the Centralized Services Agreement to adjust the pricing basis for the use of international telecommunications facilities in view of market conditions and the state of the international telecommunications facilities. Under the amended terms of the Centralized Services Agreement, pricing for the use of facilities of Telecom Group will be based on negotiation and determination by the parties by reference to comparable market price, while the pricing for the use of facilities provided by independent third parties will remain unchanged. Except for this amendment, the material terms and conditions of the original Centralized Services Agreement remain unchanged.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our portion of the revenue in respect of the use of international telecommunications facilities and the costs in respect of the use of other centralized services were RMB144 million and RMB394 million, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

Interconnection Agreement

China Telecom Group entered into interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers in various provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the central government prior to our acquisitions in 2003 and in 2004. In connection with our initial public offering in 2002 and the acquisitions in 2003 and 2004, China Telecom Group has assigned to us, and we have assumed, its rights and obligations under these agreements in relation to our service regions. We entered into an interconnection agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental connected transactions agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004 with China Telecom Group, which allow our domestic telephone networks to interconnect with China Telecom Group’s domestic networks outside our service regions. This agreement will expire on December 31, 2008 and can be extended for three years with no time limit unless we give China Telecom Group written notice to terminate three months before the expiration date. The interconnection agreement does not provide for early termination or non-renewal by China Telecom Group. Interconnection settlement charges between China Telecom Group’s networks and our networks are based on fees prescribed by the Ministry of Industry and Information from time to time, which is currently RMB0.06 per minute. The formula for settlement is based on the net volume of telephone calls originating from us to China Telecom Group or originating from China Telecom Group to us multiplied by the Ministry of Industry and Information’s prescribed settlement fees. The interconnection agreement stipulates that the settlement be made between us and China Telecom Group on a monthly basis, with the operator that has originated more calls paying the net amount to the operator that has terminated more calls.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the net settlement payment made by us to China Telecom Group pursuant to the interconnection agreement was RMB681 million.

Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement

We lease from China Telecom Group the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, which our telecommunications services are dependent upon, under an optic fiber leasing agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental connected transactions agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, respectively. The optic fiber leasing agreement will expire on December 31, 2009 and is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. The amount payable from us to China Telecom Group to lease the relevant parts of the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers will be based on the depreciation charge for the optic fibers within those regions, calculated on the basis of the carrying value of the optic fibers. In addition, we agreed to be responsible for the maintenance of these optic fibers within those service regions.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the total amount we paid to China Telecom Group with respect to the leasing of optic fibers was RMB79 million.

Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement

The Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement between China Telecom Group and our Company was renewed on December 26, 2007. This agreement will be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration on December 31, 2008.

This agreement governs the terms and conditions of transactions on two levels: (i) between our Company and certain associates held by China Telecom Group as long-term investments; and (ii) between our Company and certain subsidiaries of China Telecom Group operating in other provinces, or the Provincial Subsisting Companies. Such transactions include procurement of telecommunications equipment such as optic fiber, network designs, software upgrade, system integration, manufacture of calling cards and so on. Prices under such agreement should be determined in accordance with the government-prescribed prices. In the absence of the government-prescribed prices, the government-guided prices (if any) shall apply. In the absence of both government- prescribed prices and government-guided prices, the market prices shall apply, i.e., the prices at which the same type of services are provided by an independent third party in the ordinary course of business. If none of such prices is applicable, the prices shall be determined through consultation between the parties based

 

79


Table of Contents

on reasonable costs plus reasonable profits. For this purpose, “reasonable costs” shall mean the costs determined by the parties after negotiations.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on the comprehensive services pursuant to the Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement was RMB1,284 million.

Property Leasing Framework Agreement

The Property Leasing Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. The agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreement, our subsidiaries lease properties from the Provincial Subsisting Companies for use as business premises, offices, equipment storage facilities and sites for network equipment. On the other hand, our subsidiaries also lease certain properties to the Provincial Subsisting Companies. The rent shall be determined based on the market price with reference to the standard set forth by local pricing authorities.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on rental charges was RMB346 million. For the same period, the rental income derived from the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group was RMB52 million.

IT Services Framework Agreement

The IT Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. This agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreement, the Provincial Subsisting Companies may participate in the bidding for the right to provide our subsidiaries with certain information technology services, such as office automation and software upgrade. The charges payable for such IT services shall be determined by reference to market rates or as determined by prices obtained through the tender process.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on information technology services provided by the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group to us was RMB364 million.

Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement

The Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. This agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreement, the Provincial Subsisting Companies provide comprehensive procurement services, including management of tenders, verification of technical specifications and installation services. The maximum commission for such procurement services shall be calculated based on the following: (1) not more than 1% of the contract value for procurement of imported telecommunications equipment; or (2) not more than 3% of the contract value for the procurement of domestic telecommunications equipment and other domestic non-telecommunications materials.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure incurred under such agreement was RMB120 million.

Engineering Framework Agreement

The Engineering Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006 and will expire on December 31, 2008. The agreement may be renewed for a further period of three years upon expiration. The agreement sets out provisions in respect of the supervision and management of services relating to construction, design, and equipment installation and tests provided to our subsidiaries by the Provincial Subsisting Companies through bidding, and/or services as the general contractors for the construction and supervision of engineering projects of our subsidiaries. The charges payable for such engineering services shall be determined by reference to market rates as reflected by prices obtained through tender process.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on engineering services under the engineering framework agreement was RMB7,815 million.

 

80


Table of Contents

Community Services Framework Agreement

The Community Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. This agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreement, the Provincial Subsisting Companies will provide our subsidiaries with services relating to culture, education, property management, vehicle service, medical care, hotel and conference service, community and sanitary services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those for comprehensive services.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on services provided to us under the community services framework agreement was RMB2,266 million.

Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement

The Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. The agreement was renewed on December 26, 2007 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreement, the Provincial Subsisting Companies provide our subsidiaries with certain repair and maintenance services, including maintenance of telecommunications equipment, fire equipment and telephone booths, as well as other customer services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those for comprehensive services.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, our expenditure on services provided to us under the ancillary telecommunications services framework agreement was RMB3,574 million.

Strategic Agreement between Our Company and China Communications Services Corporation Limited

We entered into a Strategic Agreement with China Communications Services Corporation Limited on August 30, 2006 with an effective period between January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2009. The parties may negotiate the renewal of the Strategic Agreement upon the expiration.

Pursuant to the Strategic Agreement, the business areas of the strategic alliance between the two parties include design, implementation and supervision of the communications engineering, maintenance management service, contents application service, sales channel service, usage of telecommunication and other new services arising from time to time which are appropriate for the collaboration between the two parties. China Communications Services Corporation Limited has pledged its support to the strategic transformation of our Company from a traditional basic telecommunication operator to a comprehensive information service provider, its active support to our Company’s business development and its active use of our Company’s products and services in its own business. The services set forth above shall comply with the related standards of China or the standards agreed by both parties, and shall be on terms no less favorable than those available to any third parties to which the same or similar services are provided by either party. Without breaching the requirements under PRC laws, in respect of the same services, where the terms and conditions of services provided by either party of the Strategic Agreement are the same as those provided by an independent third party, the party under the Strategic Agreement shall have the priority to be appointed as the service provider by the other party.

We entered into a Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement on June 15, 2007 to expand the geographic scope of the strategic business alliance under the Strategic Agreement from six provinces to 19 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions as the result of geographic expansion of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. The 19 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions include Shanghai Municipality, Jiangsu Province, Zhejiang Province, Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Hainan Province, Chongqing Municipality, Sichuan Province, Guizhou Province, Yunnan Province, Shaanxi Province, Gansu Province, Qinghai Province and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region. The Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement was approved by the independent shareholders at an extraordinary general meeting in August 2007.

 

81


Table of Contents

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Information.

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Our consolidated financial statements are set forth beginning on page F-1. No significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements.

Legal Proceeding

We are the defendant in certain lawsuits and a named party in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings cannot be determined at present, we believe that the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings will not likely result in any material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Policy on Dividend Distributions

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 29, 2007, a final dividend of RMB6,741 million (RMB0.083302 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2006 was declared, of which RMB6,273 million and RMB468 million were paid on June 15, 2007 and January 23, 2008, respectively. Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of approximately RMB6,130 million (RMB0.075747 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared and paid on June 16, 2008. This dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The declaration and payment of dividends for years following 2007 will depend upon our financial results, our shareholders’ interests, general business conditions and strategies, our capital requirements, contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, if any, possible effects on our credit worthiness and other factors our directors may deem relevant. Our Board of Directors will declare dividends, if any, in Renminbi with respect to our H shares on a per share basis and will pay such dividends in Hong Kong dollars. Any final dividend for a fiscal year will be subject to shareholders’ approval. Under the PRC Company Law and our Articles of Association, all of our shareholders have equal rights to dividends and distributions. The holders of our H shares will share proportionately on a per share basis in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Company.

The Bank of New York, as depositary, will convert the Hong Kong dollar dividend payment and distribute it to holders of ADSs in U.S. dollars, less related fees and expenses and any withholding tax.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.

In connection with our initial public offering, our ADSs were listed and commenced trading on the NYSE on November 14, 2002 under the symbol “CHA”. Our H shares were listed and commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on November 15, 2002. Prior to these listings, there was no public market for our equity securities. The NYSE and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and H shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

As of December 31, 2007 and June 18, 2008, there were 13,877,410,000 H shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2007 and June 18, 2008, there were, respectively, 42 and 46 registered holders of American depositary receipts evidencing 6,064,776 and 5,222,041 ADSs. Since certain of the ADSs are held by nominees, the above number may not be representative of the actual number of U.S. beneficial holders of ADSs or the number of ADSs beneficially held by U.S. persons. The depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York.

 

82


Table of Contents

The high and low closing sale prices of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of the ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated are as follows.

 

     Price per Share (HK$)    Price per ADS (US$)
         High            Low            High            Low    

Annual

           

2002 (from listing date)

   1.49    1.37    18.80    17.27

2003

   3.20    1.34    40.81    17.00

2004

   3.45    2.25    44.54    28.25

2005

   3.23    2.50    40.91    32.47

2006

   4.26    2.35    54.40    29.62

2007

   7.22    3.35    97.00    42.49

Quarterly

           

First Quarter, 2006

   3.10    2.70    39.46    34.72

Second Quarter, 2006

   2.90    2.35    37.01    29.62

Third Quarter, 2006

   2.82    2.43    36.15    31.12

Fourth Quarter, 2006

   4.26    2.79    54.40    35.81

First Quarter, 2007

   4.33    3.35    56.25    42.49

Second Quarter, 2007

   4.85    3.73    62.32    47.10

Third Quarter, 2007

   5.86    3.79    77.76    46.90

Fourth Quarter, 2007

   7.22    5.07    97.00    62.59

First Quarter, 2008

   7.00    4.55    90.85    60.33

Monthly

           

December 2007

   6.53    5.50    85.83    68.27

January 2008

   7.00    6.00    90.85    71.98

February 2008

   6.00    5.63    80.61    69.23

March 2008

   5.61    4.55    76.75    60.33

April 2008

   5.33    4.83    70.50    62.21

May 2008

   5.67    5.31    72.35    66.94

June 2008 (through June 18)

   5.67    4.46    71.16    57.68

 

Item 10. Additional Information.

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Articles of Association

The section entitled “Description of Share Capital” contained in our registration statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-113181) filed with the SEC, is hereby incorporated by reference, except for the disclosure under the heading “Description of Share Capital—Dividends” therein. Descriptions of our dividend distributions are set forth below.

Our Board of Directors may propose dividend distributions at any time. Our Board of Directors may declare interim and special dividends under general authorization by a shareholders’ ordinary resolution. A distribution of final dividends for any fiscal year is subject to shareholders’ approval. Dividends may be distributed in the form of cash or shares. A distribution of shares, however, must be approved by special resolution of the shareholders.

We may only distribute dividends from our retained earnings as determined in accordance with the accounting principles of the PRC or IFRS, whichever is lower, after allowance has been made for:

 

   

recovery of losses, if any;

 

   

allocations to the statutory common reserve fund of 10% of our net income, as determined in accordance with Chinese accounting rules; and

 

   

allocations to a discretionary common reserve fund if approved by the shareholders.

 

83


Table of Contents

If we record no net income for a year, we may not normally distribute dividends for that year.

Our Articles of Association require us to appoint on behalf of the holders of H shares a receiving agent that is registered as a trust corporation under the Trustee Ordinance of Hong Kong to receive dividends declared by us in respect of the H shares on behalf of such shareholders. Our Articles of Association require that cash dividends in respect of H shares be declared in Renminbi and paid by us in Hong Kong dollars. The Bank of New York, as the ADS depositary, will convert these proceeds into U.S. dollars and will remit the converted proceeds to holders of our ADSs after deduction of related fees and expenses and any withholding tax. See the section entitled “Description of American Depositary Receipts—Share Dividends and Other Distributions” contained in our registration statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-113181) filed with the SEC, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

Dividend payments may be subject to Chinese withholding tax. See “—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China—Taxation of Dividends” included elsewhere under this Item.

Amendments to Our Articles of Association in 2008

Our shareholders approved certain amendments to our Articles of Association at the extraordinary general meeting held on May 30, 2008 in Hong Kong. Pursuant to this extraordinary general meeting, paragraph 2 of Article 13 of the Articles of Association shall be amended as follows:

“The Company’s scope of business is as follows:

Permitted businesses: operate various domestic fixed telecommunications network and facilities (including the local wireless ring circuit); operate voice, digital, image and multi media communications and information services on the foundation of the fixed telecommunication networks; make settlements with foreign telecommunications operators in relation to international telecommunication businesses in accordance with the State provisions (the above businesses are limited to Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hainan, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang).

General businesses: engage in system integration, technology development, technology services, technology training, technology consulting, information consulting relating to communications and information businesses; production, sale, installation, design and construction of equipment, computer hardware and software; property leasing; leasing of communications facilities; design, construction and maintenance of safety technologies and security systems; advertising.”

C. Material Contracts

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for certain arrangements we have entered into with China Telecom Group.

D. Exchange Controls

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the Chinese government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions if foreign currencies become scarce in China. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs, if the Chinese government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities and principal payments

 

84


Table of Contents

in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities or foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to remit dividends or to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Articles of Association or other constituent documents.

E. Taxation

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of H shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of China and of jurisdictions in which holders of H shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice.

The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the H shares or ADSs. In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-U.S. federal laws. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the H shares and ADSs.

The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change.

People’s Republic of China

The following is a summary of certain Chinese tax provisions relating to the ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs held by the investors as capital assets. This summary does not purport to address all material tax consequences of the ownership of H shares, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors. This summary is based on the tax laws of China as in effect on the date of this annual report, as well as on the Agreement between the United States of America and the PRC for the Avoidance of Double Taxation, or the PRC-US Treaty, all of which are subject to change (or changes in interpretation), possibly with retroactive effect.

This discussion does not address any aspects of Chinese taxation other than income taxation, capital taxation, stamp taxation and estate taxation. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding Chinese, Hong Kong and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares.

Taxation of Dividends

Individual Investors. According to the Provisional Regulations of China Concerning Questions of Taxation on Enterprises Experimenting with the Share System, or the Provisional Regulations, and the Individual Income Tax Law of China, as amended on December 29, 2007, and its Implementing Regulations, as amended on February 18, 2008, dividends paid by Chinese companies are ordinarily subject to a Chinese withholding tax levied at a flat rate of 20%. For a foreign individual who is not a resident of China, the receipt of dividends from a company in China is normally subject to a withholding tax of 20% unless reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, the Chinese State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, the Chinese central government tax authority which succeeded the State Tax Bureau, issued, on July 21, 1993, a Notice of the Chinese State Administration of Taxation Concerning the Taxation of Gains on Transfer and Dividends from Shares (Equities) Received by Foreign Investment Enterprises, Foreign Enterprises and Foreign Individuals, or the Tax Notice, which states that dividends paid by a Chinese company to individuals with respect to shares listed on an overseas stock exchange, or Overseas Shares, such as H shares, are not subject to Chinese withholding tax. The relevant tax authority has not collected withholding tax on dividend payments on Overseas Shares, including H shares and ADSs.

 

85


Table of Contents

Under the Individual Income Tax Law of China, foreign individuals are subject to withholding tax on dividends paid by a Chinese company at a rate of 20% unless specifically exempted by the tax authority of the State Council. However, in a letter dated July 26, 1994 to the former State Commission for Restructuring the Economic System, the former State Council Securities Commission and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the SAT reiterated the temporary tax exemption stated in the Tax Notice for dividends received from a Chinese company listed overseas. In the event that this letter is withdrawn, a 20% tax may be withheld on dividends in accordance with the Provisional Regulations, the Amendments and the Individual Income Tax Law. Such withholding tax may be reduced under an applicable double-taxation treaty. To date, the relevant tax authorities have not collected withholding tax from dividend payments on such shares exempted under the Tax Notice.

Enterprises. According to the Income Tax Law of China Concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises and Foreign Enterprises, which were replaced by the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, dividends paid by Chinese companies to enterprises were ordinarily subject to a Chinese withholding tax levied at a flat rate of 20%. According to the Tax Notice, a foreign enterprise with no permanent establishment in China receiving dividends paid with respect to a Chinese company’s Overseas Shares were temporarily not be subject to the 20% withholding tax. However, under the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations which took effect on January 1, 2008, dividends paid by a PRC company to a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise”, which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction and has no establishment or residence in the PRC or whose dividends from the PRC do not relate to its establishment or residence in the PRC, are subject to a 10% tax, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. In addition, according to the Notice of the Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation on Several Preferential Policies in respect of Enterprise Income Tax issued on February 22, 2008, such dividends are not subject to the 10% tax if they are paid out of distributable profits accumulated before January 1, 2008. Dividends paid by a PRC company to a resident enterprise, including an enterprise which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are not subject to any PRC income tax. Given the above provisions under the New Tax Law, the effectiveness of the tax exemption granted by the Tax Notice becomes uncertain.

Tax Treaties. Investors who do not reside in China and reside in countries that have entered into double-taxation treaties with China may be entitled to a reduction of the withholding tax imposed on the payment of dividends to investors of our Company who do not reside in China. China currently has double-taxation treaties with a number of other countries, which include:

 

   

Australia;

 

   

Canada;

 

   

France;

 

   

Germany;

 

   

Japan;

 

   

Malaysia;

 

   

the Netherlands;

 

   

Singapore;

 

   

the United Kingdom; and

 

   

the United States.

Under the China-US Treaty, China may tax a dividend paid by us to an Eligible U.S. Holder up to a maximum of 10% of the gross amount of such dividend. It is arguable that under the China-US Treaty, China may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in the Company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the Chinese authorities may take a different position. For the purposes of this discussion, an “Eligible U.S. Holder” is a U.S. holder that (i) is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the China-US Treaty, (ii) does not maintain a permanent establishment or fixed base in China to which H shares are attributable and through which the beneficial owner carries on or has carried

 

86


Table of Contents

on business (or, in the case of an individual, performs or has performed independent personal services) and (iii) is not otherwise ineligible for benefits under the China-US Treaty with respect to income and gains derived in connection with the H shares.

Taxation of Capital Gains

With respect to individual holders of H shares, the Provisions for Implementation of Individual Income Tax Law of China, as amended on February 18, 2008, stipulated that gains realized on the sale of equity shares would be subject to income tax at a rate of 20% on the gains, and empowered the Ministry of Finance to draft detailed tax rules on the mechanism for collecting such tax, as per the official publication “China Securities News” of April 13, 1994. However, no income tax on gains realized on the sale of equity shares has been collected. Gains on the sale of shares by individuals were temporarily exempted from individual income tax pursuant to notices issued by the SAT dated June 20, 1994, February 9, 1996 and March 30, 1998. In the event this temporary exemption is withdrawn or ceases to be effective, individual holders of H shares may be subject to capital gains tax at the rate of 20% unless such tax is reduced or eliminated by an applicable double-taxation treaty. If tax on capital gains from the sale of H shares become applicable, it is arguable that under the China-US Treaty, China may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in our Company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the Chinese authorities may take a different position.

The Tax Notice provides that gains realized by enterprises that are holders of Overseas Shares would, temporarily, not be subject to capital gains taxes. On November 18, 2000, the State Council issued a notice entitled “State Council Notice on the Income Tax Reduction for Interest and Other Income that Foreign Enterprises Derive in China,” or the Tax Reduction Notice. Under the Tax Reduction Notice, beginning January 1, 2000, enterprise income tax at a reduced 10% rate will apply to interest, rental, license fees and other income obtained in China by foreign enterprises without agencies or establishment in China, or by foreign enterprises without any substantive relationship with their agency or establishment in China. Therefore, if the exemption under the Tax Notice does not apply, and the Tax Reduction Notice is found not to apply, a foreign enterprise shareholder may be subject to a 20% tax on capital gains obtained prior to January 1, 2008, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. However, under the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations which took effect on January 1, 2008, capital gains realized by a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise” upon the sale of the overseas-listed shares of a PRC company are subject to a 10% tax after January 1, 2008, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. Capital gains realized by a resident enterprise, including an enterprise which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax. Given the above provisions under the New Tax Law, the effectiveness of the tax exemption granted by the Tax Notice to holders of Overseas Shares becomes uncertain.

Additional Chinese Tax Considerations

Chinese Stamp Duty . Chinese stamp duty imposed on the transfer of shares of Chinese publicly traded companies under the Provisional Regulations should not apply to the acquisition and disposal by non-Chinese investors of H shares or ADSs outside of China by virtue of the Provisional Regulations of China Concerning Stamp Duty, which became effective on October 1, 1988 and which provide that Chinese stamp duty is imposed only on documents executed or received within China that are legally binding in China and are protected under Chinese law.

Estate Tax . No liability for estate tax under Chinese law will arise from non-Chinese nationals holding H shares.

Hong Kong

Tax of Dividends

Under the current practice of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us.

 

87


Table of Contents

Profits

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property, such as an H share. Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax, which is currently imposed at the rate of 17.5% on corporations and 16.0% on unincorporated business. Gains from sales of H shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of H shares realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong. There is no tax treaty in effect between the United States and Hong Kong, and the PRC-US Treaty does not apply to Hong Kong.

There will be no liability for Hong Kong profits tax in respect of profits from the sale of ADSs, where purchases and sales of ADSs are effected outside Hong Kong, e.g., on the NYSE.

Stamp Duty

Hong Kong stamp duty will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of H shares registered on the Hong Kong branch register. The duty is charged at the ad valorem rate of 0.1% of the consideration for, or (if greater) the value of, the H shares transferred on each of the seller and the purchaser. In other words, a total 0.2% is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction of H shares. In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares.

If one of the parties to the sale is a non-resident of Hong Kong and does not pay the required stamp duty, the duty not paid will be assessed on the instrument of transfer (if any), and the transferee will be liable for payment of such duty.

The withdrawal of H shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of H shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the H shares under Hong Kong law. The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of H shares issued directly to the Depositary, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of the Depositary, will not be subject to any stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

Estate Duty

The Revenue (Abolition of Estate Duty) Ordinance 2005 came into effect on February 11, 2006. There is no estate duty that is chargeable in respect of deaths occurring on or after that date. The estate duty chargeable in respect of estates of persons who died on or after July 15, 2005 and before February 11, 2006 with aggregate value exceeding HK$7.5 million was reduced to a nominal amount of HK$100.

United States

United States Federal Income Taxation

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs. It applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder, as described below, and you hold your H shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

   

a bank;

 

   

a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

 

   

a tax-exempt organization;

 

   

an insurance company;

 

   

a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

   

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

   

a person that holds H shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency risks or as part of a straddle or a conversion transaction; or

 

   

a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of H shares or ADSs and you are:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a domestic corporation;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds the H shares or ADSs, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. If you hold the H shares or ADSs as a partner in a partnership you should consult your tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in the H shares or ADSs.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of H shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of H shares for ADRs, and ADRs for H shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, you must include in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum rate of 15% provided that you hold H shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to H shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income. You must include any Chinese tax withheld from the

 

89


Table of Contents

dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. You must include the dividend in income when you, in the case of H shares, or the depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.

The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the Hong Kong dollar/U.S. dollar spot rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the H shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007 generally will be passive income or financial services income, and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, will, depending on your circumstances, be passive income or general income, which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your H shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your H shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder that is recognized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

Hong Kong Stamp Duty

Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

PFIC Rules . We believe that H shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the H shares or ADSs, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of your H shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, if you are a U.S. holder, you would be treated as if you had realized such gain and certain “excess distributions” ratably over your holding period for the H shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, your H shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your H shares or ADSs. Dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents.

Not applicable.

 

90


Table of Contents

G. Statement by Experts.

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, at its public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

J. Summary of Significant Differences between the Corporate Governance Practices of the Company and Those Followed by Domestic Companies under NYSE Listing Standards

Our Company was established in the PRC and is listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and the NYSE. As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all the corporate governance rules of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. However, we are required to disclose the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

Pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, the Board of Directors of all NYSE-listed U.S. domestic companies must comprise a majority of independent directors. Under currently applicable PRC and Hong Kong laws and regulations, our Board of Directors is not required to be formed by independent directors in majority. Since we are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, we will need to comply with the Listing Rules. These rules require that at least one third of the Board of Directors of a listed company shall be independent directors. Our Board of Directors comprises fourteen directors, of which five are independent directors, making the number of independent directors exceeding one third of the total number of directors on the Board of Directors. These independent directors satisfy the requirements on “independence” under the Listing Rules, however, the standard differs from the requirements under Section 303A.02 of the Listed Company Manual of NYSE.

Pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, listed U.S. domestic companies shall formulate corporate governance rules. Pursuant to the currently applicable PRC and Hong Kong laws and regulations, we are not required to formulate any rules for corporate governance; therefore our Company has not formulated any separate corporate governance rules. However, our Company has implemented the Code on Corporate Governance Practices of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Our primary market risk exposures are fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s and international political and

 

91


Table of Contents

economic conditions. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, which are set daily based on the previous business day’s inter-bank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates on the world financial markets. From 1994 to July 20, 2005, the official exchange rate for the conversion of Renminbi to U.S. dollars was generally stable. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government introduced a managed floating exchange rate system to allow the value of the Renminbi to fluctuate within a regulated band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of currencies. On the same day, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. The PRC government has since made and in the future may make further adjustments to the exchange rate system. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into United States dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends. We cannot give any assurance that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the United States dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China—Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our financial condition” and “—Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations”.

The following tables provide information regarding our financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For debt obligations, the tables present principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.

As of December 31, 2007:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

                 

United States dollars

   1,206     —       —       —       —       —       1,206    1,206

Japanese yen

   1     —       —       —       —       —       1    1

Euro

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —      —  

Hong Kong dollars

   150     —       —       —       —       —       150    150

Other currencies

   —       —       —       —       —       —       —      —  

Time deposits

                 

United States dollars

   69     —       —       —       —       —       69    69

Japanese yen

   2     —       —       —       —       —       2    2

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   338     194     346     88     88     714     1,768    1,707

Average interest rate

   1.1 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.6 %     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   55     107     47     43     41     489     782    759

Average interest rate

   3.0 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.2 %   1.2 %     

Variable rate

   22     58     58     9     9     74     230    220

Average interest rate (1)

   4.4 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45     39     40     40     40     436     640    549

Average interest rate

   2.1 %   1.9 %   1.9 %   1.9 %   1.8 %   1.3 %     

Variable rate

   3     3     3     3     11     176     199    158

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   1.0 %     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8     8     7     7     7     34     71    67

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5 %   2.5 %   2.8 %   2.9 %   3.0 %   3.0 %     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2007.

 

92


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2006:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

                 

United States dollars

   5,724     —       —       —       —       —       5,724    5,724

Japanese yen

   2     —       —       —       —       —       2    2

Euro

   2     —       —       —       —       —       2    2

Hong Kong dollars

   654     —       —       —       —       —       654    654

Other currencies

   10     —       —       —       —       —       10    10

Time deposits

                 

United States dollars

   8     —       —       —       —       —       8    8

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   559     296     254     89     89     766     2,053    2,132

Average interest rate

   1.5 %   1.2 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.6 %     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   179     54     39     43     58     651     1,024    953

Average interest rate

   4.0 %   2.8 %   3.0 %   2.8 %   2.6 %   1.7 %     

Variable rate

   51     17     55     55     2     116     296    275

Average interest rate (1)

   3.6 %   2.4 %   1.1 %   1.2 %   1.5 %   1.5 %     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45     41     41     41     41     446     655    596

Average interest rate

   2.9 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.0 %     

Variable rate

   3     10     10     10     10     153     196    178

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   1.0 %     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8     9     8     8     8     43     84    81

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   2.8 %   3.0 %   3.0 %     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2006.

Interest Rate Risk

The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in China to establish the official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans. Financial institutions in China set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China. Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors.

We are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our short-term and long-term debts. Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to outstanding floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, our debt consisted of fixed and variable rate debt obligations with maturities from 2007 to 2040 and from 2008 to 2060, respectively.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following tables present cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates of our interest rate sensitive financial instruments as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively:

As of December 31, 2007:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Renminbi

                 

Fixed rate

   3,210     221     382     —       —       7     3,820    3,801

Average interest rate

   5.4 %   6.0 %   6.1 %   —       —       —         

Variable rate

   130     69     100     —       —       30,150     30,449    27,776

Average interest rate (1)

   6.7 %   6.1 %   6.4 %   —       —       5.2 %     

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   338     194     346     88     88     714     1,768    1,707

Average interest rate

   1.1 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.6 %     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   55     107     47     43     41     489     782    759

Average interest rate

   3.0 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.2 %   1.2 %     

Variable rate

   22     58     58     9     9     74     230    220

Average interest rate (1)

   4.4 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45     39     40     40     40     436     640    549

Average interest rate

   2.1 %   1.9 %   1.9 %   1.9 %   1.8 %   1.3 %     

Variable rate

   3     3     3     3     11     176     199    158

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   1.0 %     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8     8     7     7     7     34     71    67

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5 %   2.5 %   2.8 %   2.9 %   3.0 %   3.0 %     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2007.

 

94


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2006:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Renminbi

                 

Fixed rate

   6,881     2,888     201     —       —       7     9,977    9,853

Average interest rate

   5.2 %   5.2 %   5.5 %   —       —       5.2 %     

Variable rate

   516     500     48     —       —       30,150     31,214    29,715

Average interest rate (1)

   5.7 %   5.4 %   5.5 %   —       —       5.2 %     

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   559     296     254     89     89     766     2,053    2,132

Average interest rate

   1.5 %   1.2 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.8 %   2.6 %     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   179     54     39     43     58     651     1,024    953

Average interest rate

   3.6 %   2.4 %   3.0 %   2.8 %   2.6 %   1.7 %     

Variable rate

   51     17     55     55     2     116     296    275

Average interest rate (1)

   3.6 %   2.4 %   1.1 %   1.2 %   1.5 %   1.5 %     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45     41     41     41     41     446     655    596

Average interest rate

   2.9 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.0 %     

Variable rate

   3     10     10     10     10     153     196    178

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   1.0 %     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8     9     8     8     8     43     84    81

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5 %   2.5 %   2.6 %   2.8 %   3.0 %   3.0 %     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2006.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

Not applicable.

 

95


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

None.

Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2007. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to our Company, including our consolidated subsidiaries, was made known to them by others within our Company and our consolidated subsidiaries.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

As of December 31, 2007, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been audited by KPMG, Hong Kong, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

China Telecom Corporation Limited:

We have audited China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

96


Table of Contents

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and auditing standards generally accepted in Hong Kong, the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007 and our report dated March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/  KPMG

Hong Kong, China

March 31, 2008

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the financial year ended December 31, 2007, there was no change to our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

Our Audit Committee currently consists of four members, Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Shi Wanpeng and Mr. Xu Erming. They are all independent non-executive directors. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Audit Committee”. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, our independent non-executive director, is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

 

97


Table of Contents
Item 16B. Code of Ethics.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other senior officers of our Company. We have filed this code of ethics as an exhibit to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and we hereby incorporate that exhibit into this annual report. The text of this code of ethics is also posted on our Internet website.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees of our principal accountants and all other fees billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees for each of the fiscal years 2006 and 2007:

 

     Audit Fees    Audit-Related Fees    Tax Fees    Other Fees

2006

   RMB61 million    RMB11 million    —      —  

2007

   RMB58 million    RMB0.9 million    —      —  

Before our principal accountants were engaged by our Company or our subsidiaries to render audit or non-audit services, the engagement was approved by our audit committee.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

None.

 

98


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements.

We have elected to provide the financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements.

See Index to Financial Statements for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

  (a) See Item 18 for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

  (b) Exhibits to this annual report:

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibits

  

Description

1.1    Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
2.1    Form of H Share Certificate. (1)
2.2    Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
4.1    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.2    Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.3    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.4    Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
4.5    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
4.6    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
4.7    Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
4.8    Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
4.9    Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (9)
4.10    Underwriting Agreement, dated September 20, 2005, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
4.11    Supplemental Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (10)

 

99


Table of Contents

Exhibits

  

Description

4.12    Underwriting Agreement, dated April 10, 2006, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
4.13    Property Leasing Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.14    IT Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.15    Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.16    Engineering Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.17    Community Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.18    Ancillary Telecommunications Service Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.19    Strategic Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English summary). (11)
4.20    Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement, dated June 15, 2007, between the Registrant and the China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English Summary). (11)
4.21    Master Agreement for sales and purchase of equity interests in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, China Telecom System Integration Company Limited and China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
4.22    Stock Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
4.23    Share Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
4.24    Share Transfer Agreement in respect of transfer of shareholdings in China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd, dated June 15, 2007, among China Telecommunications Corporation, China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Economy Development Center and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
4.25    Agreement on the Transfer of the entire equity interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group.
4.26    Form Merger Agreement, dated January 10, 2008, between the Registrant and each of certain subsidiaries wholly owned by the Registrant.
4.27    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 26, 2007, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary).
4.28    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary).
4.29    Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated June 2, 2008, among the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English Summary).
8.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

100


Table of Contents

Exhibits

  

Description

11.1    Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(9) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(10) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(11) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

101


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED
By:  

/s/     Wang Xiaochu        

  Name:   Wang Xiaochu
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 25, 2008


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Pages

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2007

   F-3

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-4

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-7

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

   F-9

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

China Telecom Corporation Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and auditing standards generally accepted in Hong Kong. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/  KPMG

Hong Kong, China

March 31, 2008, except as to paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 in note 35, which is as of

June 24, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions)

 

          December 31,
     Note    2006    2007
          RMB    RMB
          (restated)     

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   3    22,326    20,384

Time deposits with maturity over three months

      119    172

Accounts receivable, net

   4    15,992    16,710

Inventories

   5    3,213    2,663

Prepayments and other current assets

   6    2,556    2,751
            

Total current assets

      44,206    42,680

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment, net

   7    328,379    326,123

Construction in progress

   8    18,426    13,208

Lease prepayments

      5,092    5,239

Intangible assets

   9    1,857    2,758

Interests in associates

   10    581    793

Investments

   11    203    274

Deferred tax assets

   12    10,971    9,260

Other assets

   16    9,156    7,669
            

Total non-current assets

      374,665    365,324
            

Total assets

      418,871    408,004
            

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

        

Current liabilities

        

Short-term debt

   13    79,576    67,166

Current portion of long-term debt

   13    8,242    3,811

Accounts payable

   14    32,355    28,363

Accrued expenses and other payables

   15    27,186    30,476

Income tax payable

      3,124    3,068

Current portion of finance lease obligations

      48    24

Current portion of deferred revenues

   16    7,098    5,629
            

Total current liabilities

      157,629    138,537

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term debt

   13    37,257    34,148

Finance lease obligations

      —      5

Deferred revenues

   16    13,625    9,823

Deferred tax liabilities

   12    2,711    3,119
            

Total non-current liabilities

      53,593    47,095
            

Total liabilities

      211,222    185,632

Equity

        

Share capital

   17    80,932    80,932

Reserves

   18    125,269    139,989
            

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

      206,201    220,921

Minority interests

      1,448    1,451
            

Total equity

      207,649    222,372
            

Total liabilities and equity

      418,871    408,004
            

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

          Year ended December 31,  
     Note    2005     2006     2007  
          RMB     RMB     RMB  
          (restated)     (restated)        

Operating revenues

   19    169,859     175,616     178,656  

Operating expenses

         

Depreciation and amortization

      (49,678 )   (51,301 )   (52,257 )

Network operations and support

      (30,792 )   (31,055 )   (31,622 )

Selling, general and administrative

      (19,919 )   (22,259 )   (23,667 )

Personnel expenses

   20    (25,101 )   (26,210 )   (27,242 )

Other operating expenses

   21    (5,518 )   (6,255 )   (6,857 )
                     

Total operating expenses

      (131,008 )   (137,080 )   (141,645 )
                     

Operating income

      38,851     38,536     37,011  

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   7    —       —       (2,755 )

Net finance costs

   22    (4,886 )   (4,489 )   (4,300 )

Investment (loss)/income

      (8 )   (25 )   83  

Equity in income of associates

      62     61     212  
                     

Income before income tax

      34,019     34,083     30,251  

Income tax

   23    (6,155 )   (6,759 )   (6,452 )
                     

Net income

      27,864     27,324     23,799  
                     

Attributable to:

         

Equity holders of the Company

      27,822     27,241     23,702  

Minority interests

      42     83     97  
                     

Net income

      27,864     27,324     23,799  
                     

Basic earnings per share

   25    0.34     0.34     0.29  
                     

Weighted average number of shares

   25    80,932     80,932     80,932  
                     

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions)

 

        Attributable to equity holders of the Company     Minority
interests
    Total
Equity
 
    Note   Share
capital
  Capital
reserve
    Share
premium
  Revaluation
reserve
    Statutory
reserves
  Other
Reserves
    Exchange
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total      
        RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2005, as previously reported

    80,932   (2,804 )   10.746   7,585     31,422   7,683     —       23,642     159,206     1,413     160,619  

Adjustment for the Third Acquisition

  1   —     —       —     —       —     699     17     —       716     —       716  
                                                             

Balance as of January 1, 2005, as restated

    80,932   (2,804 )   10,746   7,585     31,422   8,382     17     23,642     159,922     1,413     161,335  

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                       

Effect of change in tax rate

  12   —     —       —     —       —     (5 )   —       —       (5 )   —       (5 )

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

    —     —       —     —       —     —       (187 )   —       (187 )   —       (187 )
                                                             
    —     —       —     —       —     (5 )   (187 )   —       (192 )   —       (192 )

Net income, as restated

    —     —       —     —       —     —       —       27,822     27,822     42     27,864  
                                                             

Total recognized income and expenses

    —     —       —     —       —     (5 )   (187 )   27,822     27,630     42     27,672  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

    —     —       —     —       —     12     —       (12 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

    —     —       —     (134 )   —     —       —       134     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

    —     —       —     —       —     (189 )   —       189     —       —       —    

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

    —     —       —     —       —     (90 )   —       90     —       —       —    

Distributions to minority interests

    —     —       —     —       —     —       —       —       —       12     12  

Contributions from minority interests

    —     —       —     —       —     —       —       —       —       (23 )   (23 )

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       10,794   —       —       (10,794 )   —       —       —    

Dividends

  24   —     —       —     —       —     —       —       (5,596 )   (5,596 )   —       (5,596 )

Contribution from China Telecom

    —     —       —     —       —     2,778     —       —       2,778     —       2,778  
                                                             

Balance as of December 31, 2005, as restated

    80,932   (2,804 )   10,746   7,451     42,216   10,888     (170 )   35,475     184,734     1,444     186,178  

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                       

Effect of change in tax rate

  12   —     —       —     —       —     5     —       —       5     —       5  

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB22)

    —     —       —     —       —     44     —       —       44     —       44  

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

    —     —       —     —       —     —       (309 )   —       (309 )   —       (309 )
                                                             
    —     —       —     —       —     49     (309 )   —       (260 )   —       (260 )

Net income, as restated

    —     —       —     —       —     —       —       27,241     27,241     83     27,324  
                                                             

Total recognized income and expenses

    —     —       —     —       —     49     (309 )   27,241     26,981     83     27,064  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

    —     —       —     —       —     33     —       (33 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

    —     —       —     (94 )   —     —       —       94     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

    —     —       —     —       —     (182 )   —       182     —       —       —    

Distribution to minority interests

    —     —       —     —       —     —       —       —       —       (79 )   (79 )

Dividends

  24   —     —       —     —       —     —       —       (6,283 )   (6,283 )   —       (6,283 )

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       7,602   —       —       (7,602 )   —       —       —    

Contribution from China Telecom

    —     —       —     —       —     769     —       —       769     —       769  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

    —     —       —     —       —     99     —       (99 )   —       —       —    
                                                             

Balance as of December 31, 2006, as restated

    80,932   (2,804 )   10,746   7,357     49,818   11,656     (479 )   48,975     206,201     1,448     207,649  

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions)

 

        Attributable to equity holders of the Company     Minority
interests
    Total
Equity
 
    Note   Share
capital
  Capital
reserve
    Share
premium
  Revaluation
reserve
    Statutory
reserves
    Other
Reserves
    Exchange
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total      
        RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                       

Effect of change in tax rate

  12   —     —       —     —       —       (1,577 )   —       —       (1,577 )   —       (1,577 )

Surplus on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

  7   —     —       —     4,809     —       —       —       —       4,809     —       4,809  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus

  12   —     —       —     —       —       (1,136 )   —       —       (1,136 )   —       (1,136 )

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB14)

    —     —       —     —       —       64     —       —       64     —       64  

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

    —     —       —     —       —       —       (103 )   —       (103 )   —       (103 )
                                                               
    —     —       —     4,809     —       (2,649 )   (103 )   —       2,057     —       2,057  

Net income

    —     —       —     —       —       —       —       23,702     23,702     97     23,799  
                                                               

Total recognized income and expenses

    —     —       —     4,809     —       (2,649 )   (103 )   23,702     25,759     97     25,856  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

    —     —       —     —       —       31     —       (31 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

    —     —       —     (194 )   —       —       —       194     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

    —     —       —     —       —       (169 )   —       169     —       —       —    

Distributions to minority interests

    —     —       —     —       —       —       —       —       —       (94 )   (94 )

Dividends

  24   —     —       —     —       —       —       —       (6,741 )   (6,741 )   —       (6,741 )

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       5,388     —       —       (5,388 )   —       —       —    

Distribution to China Telecom

    —     —       —     —       —       (2,890 )   —       —       (2,890 )   —       (2,890 )

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

    —     —       —     —       —       156     —       (156 )   —       —       —    

Adjustment to statutory reserves

  18   —     —       —     —       (2,839 )   —       —       2,839     —       —       —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the Third Acquired Group

  1   —     —       —     —       —       (1,408 )   —       —       (1,408 )   —       (1,408 )
                                                               

Balance as of December 31, 2007

    80,932   (2,804 )   10,746   11,972     52,367     4,727     (582 )   63,563     220,921     1,451     222,372  
                                                               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions)

 

         Year ended December 31,  
     Note   2005     2006     2007  
         RMB     RMB     RMB  
         (restated)     (restated)        

Net cash from operating activities

   (a)   68,904     74,802     74,876  
                    

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Capital expenditure

     (52,696 )   (50,491 )   (46,189 )

Purchase of investments

     —       —       (72 )

Lease prepayments

     (386 )   (82 )   (259 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     552     361     322  

Proceeds from disposal of investments

     —       —       42  

Purchase of time deposits with maturity over three months

     (292 )   (119 )   (172 )

Maturity of time deposits with maturity over three months

     315     292     119  
                    

Net cash used in investing activities

     (52,507 )   (50,039 )   (46,209 )
                    

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Principal element of finance lease payments

     (156 )   (108 )   (48 )

Proceeds from bank debt and other loans

     95,638     95,224     84,990  

Repayments of bank debt and other loans

     (94,584 )   (100,233 )   (104,836 )

Repayment of amount due to China Telecom in connection with the First Acquisition

     (10,000 )   (10,000 )   —    

Payment of purchase price for the Third Acquisition

     —       —       (1,408 )

Payment of dividends

     (5,596 )   (6,283 )   (6,273 )

Distribution to China Telecom

     —       —       (2,890 )

Contribution from China Telecom

     2,778     769     —    

Net cash distributions to minority interests

     (11 )   (79 )   (40 )
                    

Net cash used in financing activities

     (11,931 )   (20,710 )   (30,505 )
                    

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,466     4,053     (1,838 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     14,288     18,571     22,326  

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate

     (183 )   (298 )   (104 )
                    

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     18,571     22,326     20,384  
                    

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Reconciliation of income before income tax to net cash from operating activities

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  
     (restated)     (restated)        

Income before income tax

   34,019     34,083     30,251  

Adjustments for:

      

Depreciation and amortization

   49,678     51,301     52,257  

Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment

   163     —       —    

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       2,755  

Impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts

   1,275     1,236     1,390  

Investment loss/(income)

   8     25     (83 )

Equity in income of associates

   (62 )   (61 )   (212 )

Interest income

   (267 )   (502 )   (366 )

Interest expense

   5,701     5,092     4,771  

Unrealized foreign exchange gains

   (390 )   (50 )   (104 )

Loss on retirement and disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

   1,741     2,143     1,718  

Increase in accounts receivable

   (3,720 )   (818 )   (2,081 )

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

   84     (511 )   550  

Decrease in prepayments and other current assets

   446     6     (98 )

Decrease in other non-current assets

   1,376     1,522     1,487  

(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable

   (108 )   141     (3,047 )

(Decrease)/increase in accrued expenses and other payables

   (493 )   (1,246 )   2,816  

Decrease in deferred revenues

   (9,063 )   (6,985 )   (5,271 )
                  

Cash generated from operations

   80,388     85,376     86,733  

Interest received

   265     469     399  

Interest paid

   (6,772 )   (5,401 )   (5,206 )

Investment income received

   35     26     66  

Income tax paid

   (5,012 )   (5,668 )   (7,116 )
                  

Net cash from operating activities

   68,904     74,802     74,876  
                  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Principal activities

China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Group”) are engaged in the provision of wireline telecommunications and related services in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province, Zhejiang Province, Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality, Sichuan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Hainan Province, Guizhou Province, Yunnan Province, Shaanxi Province, Gansu Province, Qinghai Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The Group offers a comprehensive range of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers, including local, domestic long distance and international long distance telephone services, Internet and managed data, leased line, and other related services. In 2007, the Group began to offer leased line and other related services in the Asia Pacific region, and certain countries of South America and North America.

The operations of the Group are subject to the supervision and regulation by the PRC government. The Ministry of Information Industry, pursuant to the authority delegated to it by the PRC’s State Council, is responsible for formulating the telecommunications industry policies and regulations, including the regulation and setting of tariff levels for basic telecommunications services, such as local and long distance telephone services, managed data services, leased line and interconnection arrangements.

Organization

China Telecommunications Corporation (“China Telecom” and together with its subsidiaries other than the Company are referred to as “China Telecom Group”) is a state-owned enterprise which is under the supervision and regulation of the Ministry of Information Industry. In November 2001, pursuant to an industry restructuring plan approved by the State Council, China Telecom’s wireline telecommunications networks and related operations in 10 northern provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC were transferred to China Netcom Group. China Telecom retained the wireline telecommunications networks and related operations of 21 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC, including those of the Company’s subsidiaries. In accordance with this industry restructuring plan, China Telecom and China Netcom Group own 70% and 30%, respectively, of the nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers.

As part of the reorganization (the “Restructuring”) of China Telecom, the Company was incorporated in the PRC on September 10, 2002. In connection with the Restructuring, China Telecom transferred to the Company the wireline telecommunications business and related operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province together with the related assets and liabilities (the “Predecessor Operations”) in consideration for 68,317 million ordinary domestic shares of the Company. The shares issued to China Telecom have a par value of RMB1.00 each and represented the entire registered and issued share capital of the Company at that date.

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on December 15, 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “First Acquired Group”) and certain network management and research and development facilities from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB46,000 on December 31, 2003 (hereinafter, referred to as the “First Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB11,000 and a long-term payable of RMB35,000 (see Note 13).

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on June 9, 2004, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “Second Acquired Group”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (Continued)

Organization (continued)

 

RMB27,800 on June 30, 2004 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Second Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB8,340 and a long-term payable of RMB19,460. On June 30, 2004, the Company repaid RMB4,310 of this payable amount using the net proceeds from the issuance of new H shares in May 2004 (see Note 13).

Pursuant to an equity purchase agreement entered into by the Company with China Telecom on June 15, 2007, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd. (“CTSI”), China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited (“CT (HK)”) and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (“CT Americas”) (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation) (collectively the “Third Acquired Group”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB1,408 on June 30, 2007 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Third Acquisition”). The purchase price was fully paid in July 2007.

CTSI is a limited company incorporated in mainland PRC and its principal business is the provision of system integration services, outsourcing services, application software development as well as consultancy services in the PRC. CT (HK) is a limited company incorporated in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of China and operates in the Asia Pacific Region. CT Americas is a limited company incorporated in the United States of America and operates in certain countries of South America and North America. The principal business of CT (HK) and CT Americas is the provision of leased line and related services for corporate customers including voice wholesale, international private network, cross-border transit connection and Internet data centers.

Hereinafter, the First Acquired Group, the Second Acquired Group and the Third Acquired Group are collectively referred to as “the Acquired Groups”.

Basis of presentation

Since the Company and the Acquired Groups were under the common control of China Telecom, the First Acquisition, the Second Acquisition and the Third Acquisition (“the Acquisitions”) have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Groups have been accounted for at historical amounts and the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of operations and assets and liabilities of the Acquired Groups on a combined basis as of the earliest date presented. The considerations paid by the Company for the acquisition of the Acquired Groups have been accounted for as equity transactions in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the financial condition as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 previously reported by the Group and the combined amounts presented in the accompanying combined consolidated financial statements are set out below:

 

     The Group
(as previously
reported)
   The Third
Acquired
Group
    The Group
(as restated)
     RMB    RMB     RMB

Result of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005:

       

Operating revenues

   169,310    549     169,859

Net income/(loss)

   27,954    (90 )   27,864

Result of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006:

       

Operating revenues

   175,093    523     175,616

Net income

   27,225    99     27,324

Financial condition

       

Total assets as of December 31, 2006

   414,041    4,830     418,871

Total liabilities as of December 31, 2006

   210,168    1,054     211,222

For the periods presented, all significant balances and transactions between the Group and the Third Acquired Group have been eliminated on combination.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of preparation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). IFRS includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and interpretations.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis as modified by the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment (Note 2(g)) and available-for-sale equity securities (Note 2(k)).

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Judgement made by management in the application of IFRS that have significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in future financial periods are described in Note 33.

The IASB has issued certain new and revised IFRS which are effective for accounting periods on or after January 1, 2007. The new disclosures resulting from the initial application of these standards or developments to the extent they are relevant to the Group are summarized as follows:

 

  (i) IFRS 7, Financial instruments: Disclosures, requires expanded disclosures about the significance of the Group’s financial instruments and the nature and extent of risks arising from those instruments, compared with the information previously required to be disclosed by IAS 32, Financial instruments: Disclosure and presentation. These additional disclosures are provided primarily in Note 27.

 

  (ii) The Amendment to IAS 1, Presentation of financial statements: Capital disclosures, introduces additional disclosure requirements to provide information about the level of capital and the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital. These new disclosures are set out in Note 28.

Both IFRS 7 and the Amendment to IAS 1 do not have any material impact on the classification, recognition and measurement of the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

The Group has not applied any new standard or interpretation that is not yet effective for the current accounting period (See Note 34).

With effect from December 31, 2007, the Group has presented the amount of “Intangible assets” as a separate caption on the face of the balance sheet. The related comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

 

(b) Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries and the Group’s interests in associates. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(b) Basis of consolidation (continued)

 

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases, and the profit attributable to minority interests is separately presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income as an allocation of the profit or loss for the year between the minority interests and the equity holders of the Company. Minority interests at the balance sheet date, being the portion of the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned by the Company, whether directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, are presented in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of changes in equity within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.

An associate is an entity, not being a subsidiary, in which the Group exercises significant influence, but not control, over its management. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies.

An investment in an associate is accounted for in the consolidated financial statements under the equity method and is initially recorded at cost and adjusted thereafter for the Group’s equity share of the post-acquisition results of the associate.

All significant intercompany balances and transactions and any unrealized gains arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

(c) Translation of foreign currencies

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and its subsidiaries in mainland PRC is Renminbi (“RMB”). The functional currency of CT(HK) and CT Americas is Hong Kong dollars (HK$) and US dollars (US$) respectively. Foreign currency transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are translated into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the transaction dates. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange differences, other than those capitalized as construction in progress (Note 2(i)), are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement of income. For the periods presented, no exchange differences were capitalized.

When preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the results of operations of CT (HK) and CT Americas are translated into Renminbi at average rate prevailing during the year. Balance sheet items of CT (HK) and CT Americas are translated into Renminbi at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange differences are recognized directly in exchange reserve, a component of equity.

 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and time deposits with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. None of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is restricted as to withdrawal.

 

(e) Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially recognized at fair value and thereafter stated at amortized cost less allowance for impairment of doubtful debts (Note 2(l)).

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(f) Inventories

Inventories consist of materials and supplies used in maintaining the wireline telecommunications network and goods for resale. Materials and supplies are valued at cost using the first in, first out method, less a provision for obsolescence.

Inventories that are held for resale are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

(g) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (Note 2(l)). The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price, any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to working condition and location for its intended use and the cost of borrowed funds used during the periods of construction. Expenditure incurred after the asset has been put into operation, including cost of replacing part of such an item, is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment and the cost can be measured reliably. All other expenditure, including the cost of repairs and maintenance which is substantially included in network operations and support expenses, is expensed as it is incurred.

Subsequent to the revaluation as described in Note 7, property, plant and equipment are carried at revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is restated proportionately with the change in the gross carrying amount of the asset so that the carrying amount of the asset after revaluation equals its revalued amount. The separate classes into which the Company groups assets for the revaluation are buildings and improvements; telecommunications network plant and transmission and switching equipment; and furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the entire class of property, plant and equipment to which that asset belongs is revalued simultaneously. When an asset’s carrying amount is increased as a result of a revaluation, the increase is credited directly to equity under the component of revaluation reserve. However, a revaluation increase is recognized as income to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognized as an expense. When an asset’s carrying amount is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. However, a revaluation decrease is charged directly against any related revaluation surplus to the extent that the decrease does not exceed the amount held in the revaluation reserve in respect of that same asset. Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity such that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. Revaluations are performed annually on items which experience significant and volatile movements in fair value while items which experience insignificant movements in fair value are revalued every three years.

Assets acquired under leasing agreements which effectively transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership from the lessor to the lessee are classified as assets under finance leases. Assets held under finance leases are initially recorded at amounts equivalent to the present value of the minimum lease payments (computed using the rate of interest implicit in the lease) which approximate the fair value at the inception of the lease. The net present value of the future minimum lease payments is recorded correspondingly as a finance lease obligation. Assets held under finance leases are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The carrying amount of assets held under finance leases as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 were RMB197 and RMB32 respectively.

Gains or losses arising from retirement or disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement of income on the date of disposal. On disposal of a revalued asset, the related revaluation surplus is transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(g) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost/revalued amount of each asset over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis, after taking into account its estimated residual value, as follows:

 

     Depreciable lives
primarily range from

Buildings and improvements

   8 to 30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 to 10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   4 to 10 years

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost or valuation of the item is allocated on a reasonable basis between the parts and each part is depreciated separately. Both the useful life of an asset and its residual value are reviewed annually.

 

(h) Lease prepayments

Lease prepayments represent land use rights paid to the PRC’s land bureau. Land use rights are initially carried at cost and written off on a straight-line basis over the respective periods of the rights which range from 20 years to 70 years.

 

(i) Construction in progress

Construction in progress represents buildings, telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment and other equipment under construction and pending installation, and is stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(l)). The cost of an item comprises direct costs of construction, interest charges, and foreign exchange differences on related borrowed funds to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest charges, during the periods of construction. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment when the asset is substantially ready for its intended use.

No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

 

(j) Intangible assets

The Group’s intangible assets, which represent acquired computer software that is not an integral part of any tangible assets, are initially recorded at cost less subsequent accumulated amortization and impairment losses (Note 2(l)).

Amortization of intangible assets is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets, which range from 3 to 5 years.

 

(k) Investments

Investments in available-for-sale equity securities are carried at fair value with any change in fair value being recognized directly in equity. When these investments are derecognized or impaired, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Investments in equity securities that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(l)).

 

(l) Impairment

 

(i) Impairment of investments in equity securities and impairment losses for trade and other receivables

Investments in equity securities and trade and other receivables are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment. If such evidence exists, the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cash flows, discounted

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(l) Impairment (continued)

 

at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset where the effect of discounting is material, and is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. Impairment losses for trade and other receivables are reversed through profit and loss if in a subsequent period the amount of the impairment losses decreases. Impairment losses for equity securities are not reversed.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, no impairment loss was made for investments in equity securities. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, impairment losses for trade and other receivables of RMB1,275, RMB1,236 and RMB1,390 respectively were recognized.

 

(ii) Impairment of long-lived assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and lease prepayments are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amounts have declined below the carrying amounts. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a decline has occurred, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. The amount of the reduction is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. The recoverable amount is the greater of the net selling price and the value in use. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, provisions for impairment loss of RMB163, nil and nil were made against the carrying value of property, plant and equipment. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, no provision for impairment loss was made against the carrying value of other long-lived assets.

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognized for an asset in prior years may no longer exist. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favorable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. A subsequent increase in the recoverable amount of an asset, when the circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist, is recognized as an income in the consolidated statement of income. The reversal is reduced by the amount that would have been recognized as depreciation had the write-down or write-off not occurred. For the years presented, no reversal of impairment loss was recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

 

(m) Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenues are principally derived from the provision of local, domestic long distance (“DLD”) and international long distance (“ILD”) telephone services which consist of (i) usage charges for telephone services, which vary depending on the day, the time of day, distance and duration of the telephone call, (ii) a monthly telephone service fee, (iii) service activation and installation fees, and (iv) charges for value-added telecommunications services, such as caller ID services, short messaging services, telephone information services and ring tone services. The Group records wireline service revenues over the periods they are earned as follows:

 

  (i) Revenues derived from local, DLD and ILD telephone usage are recognized as the services are provided.

 

  (ii) Upfront fees received for activation of wireline services and wireline installation charges are deferred and recognized over the expected customer relationship period. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs are deferred to the extent of the upfront fees and are amortized over the same expected customer relationship period.

 

  (iii) Monthly telephone service fees are recognized in the month during which the telephone services are provided to customers.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(m) Revenue recognition (continued)

 

  (iv) Revenues from sale of prepaid calling cards are recognized as the cards are used by customers.

 

  (v) Revenues derived from value-added and integrated information application services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

Other related telecommunications service revenues are recognized as follows:

 

  (i) Revenues from the provision of Internet and managed data services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

 

  (ii) Interconnection fees from domestic and foreign telecommunications operators are recognized when the services are rendered as measured by the minutes of traffic processed.

 

  (iii) Lease income from operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease.

 

  (iv) Sale of customer-end equipment is recognized on delivery of the equipment to customers and when the significant risks and rewards of ownership and title have been transferred to the customers.

 

(n) Advertising and promotion expense

The costs for advertising and promoting the Group’s wireline telecommunications services are expensed as incurred. Advertising and promotion expense, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were RMB9,422, RMB10,520 and RMB10,397 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 respectively.

 

(o) Net finance costs

Net finance costs comprise interest income on bank deposits, interest expense on borrowings, and foreign exchange gains and losses. Interest income from bank deposits is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.

Interest costs incurred in connection with borrowings, calculated using the effective interest method, are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that they are capitalized as being directly attributable to the construction of an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

 

(p) Research and development expense

Research and development expenditure is expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, research and development expense were RMB261, RMB292 and RMB524 respectively.

 

(q) Employee benefits

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution retirement plans administered by the PRC government are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income as incurred. Further information is set out in Note 30.

Compensation expense in respect of the stock appreciation rights granted is accrued as a charge to the consolidated statement of income over the applicable vesting period based on the fair value of the stock appreciation rights. The liability of the accrued compensation expense is re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the effect of changes in the fair value of the liability charged or credited to the consolidated statement of income. Further details of the Group’s stock appreciation rights scheme are set out in Note 31.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(r) Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognized initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortized cost with any difference between the amount initially recognized and redemption value recognized in the consolidated statement of income over the period of the borrowings, together with any interest, using the effective interest method.

 

(s) Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value and thereafter stated at amortized cost unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost.

 

(t) Provisions and contingent liabilities

A provision is recognized in the consolidated balance sheet when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditure expected to settle the obligation.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

(u) Income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the consolidated statement of income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current tax is calculated on the taxable income for the year by applying the applicable tax rates. Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax is calculated on the basis of the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of income, except for the effect of a change in tax rate on the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously charged or credited directly to equity upon initial recognition, in such case the effect of a change in tax rate is also charged or credited to equity. A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

(v) Dividends

Dividends are recognized as a liability in the period in which they are declared.

 

(w) Segmental reporting

A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged in providing products or services and is subject to risks and rewards that are different from those of other segments. For the periods presented, the Group has one operating segment which is the provision of wireline telecommunications services. No geographical segment information has been presented as the Group’s operating activities are substantially carried out in the PRC and less than 10 percent of the Group’s operating revenues and income before income tax were derived from activities outside the PRC. A majority of the Group’s assets are located in the PRC and less than 10 percent of the Group’s total assets are located outside the PRC.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Cash at bank and in hand

   10,762    16,437

Time deposits with original maturity within three months

   11,564    3,947
         
   22,326    20,384
         

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net, are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

    

Third parties

   15,501     16,560  

China Telecom Group

   199     207  

Other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   1,792     1,377  
            
   17,492     18,144  

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (1,500 )   (1,434 )
            
   15,992     16,710  
            

Amounts due from the provision of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers are due within 30 days from the date of billing.

The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for impairment of doubtful debts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

At beginning of year

   1,682     1,507     1,500  

Impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts

   1,275     1,224     1,361  

Accounts receivable written off

   (1,450 )   (1,231 )   (1,427 )
                  

At end of year

   1,507     1,500     1,434  
                  

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable from telephone and Internet subscribers is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB  

Current, within 1 month

   11,634     10,882  

1 to 3 months

   1,074     2,358  

4 to 12 months

   1,062     1,003  

More than 12 months

   314     301  
            
   14,084     14,544  

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (1,376 )   (1,304 )
            
   12,708     13,240  
            

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (Continued)

 

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable from other telecommunications operators and customers is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB  

Current, within 1 month

   1,716     1,660  

1 to 3 months

   814     996  

4 to 12 months

   546     468  

More than 12 months

   332     476  
            
   3,408     3,600  

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (124 )   (130 )
            
   3,284     3,470  
            

 

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories represent:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Materials and supplies

   1,770    1,451

Goods for resale

   1,443    1,212
         
   3,213    2,663
         

 

6. PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepayments and other current assets represent:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Amounts due from China Telecom Group

   588    423

Amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   242    236

Prepayments in connection with construction work and equipment purchases

   742    850

Prepaid expenses and deposits

   587    704

Other receivables

   397    538
         
   2,556    2,751
         

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

     Buildings
and
improvements
    Telecommunications
network

plant and
equipment
    Furniture,
fixture,
motor
vehicles and
other

equipment
    Total  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cost/valuation:

        

Balance at January 1, 2006

   70,829     485,384     22,069     578,282  

Additions

   103     746     579     1,428  

Transferred from construction in progress

   3,259     47,414     1,113     51,786  

Disposals

   (362 )   (13,798 )   (1,155 )   (15,315 )

Reclassification

   (83 )   3,467     (3,384 )   —    
                        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   73,746     523,213     19,222     616,181  

Additions

   177     709     619     1,505  

Transferred from construction in progress

   3,016     43,262     1,373     47,651  

Disposals

   (193 )   (13,405 )   (968 )   (14,566 )

Reclassification

   (23 )   230     (207 )   —    

Revaluations

   3,739     19,405     (4 )   23,140  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   80,462     573,414     20,035     673,911  
                        

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

        

Balance at January 1, 2006

   (13,842 )   (225,090 )   (10,979 )   (249,911 )

Depreciation charge for the year

   (2,943 )   (45,298 )   (2,493 )   (50,734 )

Written back on disposals

   135     11,642     1,066     12,843  

Reclassification

   (117 )   (1,384 )   1,501     —    
                        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   (16,767 )   (260,130 )   (10,905 )   (287,802 )

Depreciation charge for the year

   (3,052 )   (46,157 )   (2,240 )   (51,449 )

Written back on disposals

   78     11,568     903     12,549  

Reclassification

   (69 )   59     10     —    

Revaluations

   (161 )   (20,928 )   3     (21,086 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   (19,971 )   (315,588 )   (12,229 )   (347,788 )
                        

Net book value at December 31, 2007

   60,491     257,826     7,806     326,123  
                        

Net book value at December 31, 2006

   56,979     263,083     8,317     328,379  
                        

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy (Note 2(g)), the property, plant and equipment of the Group as of December 31, 2007 were revalued for each asset class by the Company on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2007 was revalued at RMB326,123. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB4,809 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB2,755 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The following is a summary of the carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment before the revaluation and the revalued amounts of these assets as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Carrying
value
before the
revaluation
   Revaluation
surplus
   Revaluation
deficit
    Revalued
amounts
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB

Buildings and improvements

   56,913    3,578    —       60,491

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   259,349    1,231    (2,754 )   257,826

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   7,807    —      (1 )   7,806
                    
   324,069    4,809    (2,755 )   326,123
                    

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

8. CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

 

     RMB  

Balance at January 1, 2006

   23,567  

Additions

   46,645  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

   (51,786 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2006

   18,426  

Additions

   42,433  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

   (47,651 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   13,208  
      

 

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

     Computer software  
     RMB  

Cost:

  

Balance at January 1, 2006

   2,068  

Additions

   1,043  

Disposals

   (161 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2006

   2,950  

Additions

   1,620  

Disposals

   (102 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   4,468  
      

Accumulated amortization:

  

Balance at January 1, 2006

   (762 )

Amortization charge for the year

   (460 )

Written back on disposals

   129  
      

Balance at December 31, 2006

   (1,093 )

Amortization charge for the year

   (696 )

Written back on disposals

   79  
      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   (1,710 )
      

Net book value at December 31, 2007

   2,758  
      

Net book value at December 31, 2006

   1,857  
      

 

10. INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Share of net assets

   581    793
         

The Group’s interests in associates are accounted for under the equity method and are individually and in aggregate not material to the Group’s financial condition or results of operations for all periods presented. Details of the Group’s principal associates are as follows:

 

Name of company

  

Attributable
equity interest

  

Principal activities

Shenzhen Shekou Telecommunications Company Limited

   50%    Provision of telecommunications services
Shanghai Information Investment Incorporation    24%    Provision of information technology consultancy services

The above associates are established in the PRC and are not traded on any stock exchange.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

11. INVESTMENTS

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Available-for-sale equity securities

   104    177

Other unlisted equity investments

   99    97
         
   203    274
         

Unlisted equity investments mainly represent the Group’s various interests in PRC private enterprises which are mainly engaged in the provision of information technology services and Internet contents.

 

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are attributable to the items set out below:

 

     Assets    Liabilities     Net balance  
     2006    2007    2006     2007     2006     2007  
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

              

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

   540    557    —       —       540     557  

Non-current

              

Property, plant and equipment

   589    1,205    (1,566 )   (2,222 )   (977 )   (1,017 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

   2,152    1,626    (1,123 )   (861 )   1,029     765  

Land use rights

   7,690    5,872    —       —       7,690     5,872  

Available-for-sale equity securities

   —      —      (22 )   (36 )   (22 )   (36 )
                                  

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   10,971    9,260    (2,711 )   (3,119 )   8,260     6,141  
                                  

The Group recognizes a deferred tax asset only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is probable the Group will realize the benefits of these temporary differences.

Movements in temporary differences for the three-year period ended December 31, 2007 are as follows:

 

    Note    Balance as
of January 1,
2005
    Recognized
in statement
of income
    Recognized in
equity
    Balance as of
December 31,
2005
 
         RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

          

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

     355     14     —       369  

Non-current

          

Property, plant and equipment

     (767 )   (118 )   —       (885 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

     935     67     —       1,002  

Land use rights

  (i), (iv)    8,061     (189 )   (5 )   7,867  
                          

Net deferred tax assets

     8,584     (226 )   (5 )   8,353  
                          
       (Note 23 )    

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

     Note    Balance as
of January 1,
2006
    Recognized
in statement
of income
    Recognized in
equity
    Balance as of
December 31, 2006
 
          RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

           

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

      369     171     —       540  

Non-current

           

Property, plant and equipment

      (885 )   (92 )   —       (977 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

      1,002     27     —       1,029  

Land use rights

   (i), (iv)    7,867     (182 )   5     7,690  

Available-for-sale equity securities

      —       —       (22 )   (22 )
                           

Net deferred tax assets

      8,353     (76 )   (17 )   8,260  
                           
        (Note 23 )    
     Note    Balance as
of January 1,
2007
    Recognized
in statement
of income
    Recognized in
equity
    Balance as of
December 31, 2007
 
          RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

           

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

      540     17     —       557  

Non-current

           

Property, plant and equipment

   (ii), (iii)    (977 )   1,024     (1,064 )   (1,017 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

      1,029     (264 )   —       765  

Land use rights

   (i), (iii)    7,690     (169 )   (1,649 )   5,872  

Available-for-sale equity securities

      (22 )   —       (14 )   (36 )
                           

Net deferred tax assets

      8,260     608     (2,727 )   6,141  
                           
        (Note 23 )    

 

Note:

 

(i) In connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, the land use rights of the Predecessor Operations, the First Acquired Group and the Second Acquired Group were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations. The tax bases of the land use rights were adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts. The land use rights were not revalued for financial reporting purposes and accordingly, the deferred tax assets were created with corresponding increases in shareholders’ equity under the caption of other reserves.

 

(ii) As described in Note 7, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the property, plant and equipment of the Group were revalued as of December 31, 2007. The tax base of these assets was not adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts and accordingly, a deferred tax asset of RMB646 and a deferred tax liability of RMB1,136 in respect of the revaluation deficit and surplus respectively were recognized.

 

(iii) On March 16, 2007, the Fifth Plenary Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed the Corporate Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China (“new tax law”), which takes effect on January 1, 2008. According to the new tax law, a unified corporate income tax rate of 25% are applied to PRC entities; however certain entities previously taxed at preferential rates are subject to a transition period during which their tax rate will gradually be increased to the unified rate of 25% over a five year period starting from January 1, 2008.

 

  

Based on the new tax law, the income tax rate applicable to the Company and certain of its mainland PRC subsidiaries which were previously taxed at 33% is reduced to 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on a tax notice issued by the State Council on December 26, 2007, the applicable tax rates for entities operating in

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

 

special economic zones, which were previously taxed at the preferential rate of 15%, are 18%, 20%, 22%, 24% and 25% for the year ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. According to the same notice, the applicable tax rate for entities in the western region of the PRC which were granted a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2004 to 2010, remains at 15% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and will be increased to 25% from January 1, 2011. Accordingly, deferred tax assets that are expected to be recovered and deferred tax liabilities that are expected to be settled after December 31, 2007 were adjusted to reflect the change in tax rate. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously credited or charged to consolidated statement of income upon initial recognition, the overall effect of change in tax rate amounting to RMB112 was charged to the consolidated statement of income. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which previously credited or charged to equity, the overall effect of change in the tax rate amounting to RMB1,577 was recognized in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

 

(iv) The amounts recognized in equity represent the effect of change in tax rate for a subsidiary on the carrying amount of the deferred tax asset which previously charged to equity.

 

13. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Short-term debt comprises:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Loans from state-controlled banks—unsecured

   35,750    29,325

Commercial paper—unsecured

   20,000    —  

Loans from China Telecom Group—unsecured

   23,826    37,841
         

Total short-term debt

   79,576    67,166
         

The weighted average interest rate of the Group’s total short-term debt as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 was 3.7% and 4.4% respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the loans from state-controlled banks bear interest at rates ranging from 4.2% to 5.5% per annum and are repayable within one year; the loans from China Telecom Group bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 2.6% to 5.3% per annum, and are repayable within one year.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

13. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Long-term debt comprises:

 

          December 31,  
    

Interest rates and final maturity

   2006     2007  
          RMB     RMB  

Bank loans—unsecured

       

Renminbi denominated

   Interest rates ranging from 5.18% to 7.05% per annum with maturities through 2020    11,039     4,113  

US Dollars denominated

   Interest rates ranging from 1.00% to 7.70% per annum with maturities through 2060    1,320     1,012  

Japanese Yen denominated

   Interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 3.50 per annum with maturities through 2040    2,053     1,768  

Euro denominated

   Interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 9.20% per annum with maturities through 2032    851     839  

Other currencies denominated

      84     71  
               
      15,347     7,803  

Other loans—unsecured

       

Renminbi denominated

      2     6  

Amount due to China Telecom—unsecured

       

In connection with the First Acquisition—
Renminbi denominated (Note (i))

      15,000     15,000  

In connection with the Second Acquisition—Renminbi denominated (Note (ii))

      15,150     15,150  
               

Total long-term debt

      45,499     37,959  

Less: current portion

      (8,242 )   (3,811 )
               

Non-current portion

      37,257     34,148  
               

 

Note (i)    Represents the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the First Acquisition (Note 1). The amount bears interest on the outstanding balance at 5.184% per annum until December 31, 2008. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount is repayable on December 31, 2013 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until December 31, 2013 without penalty. In April 2006, the Company repaid RMB10,000 to China Telecom.
(ii)    Represents the remaining balance of the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the Second Acquisition (Note 1). The amount bears interest on the outstanding balance at 5.184% per annum until June 30, 2009. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount is repayable on June 30, 2014 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until June 30, 2014 without penalty.

The aggregate maturities of the Group’s long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2007 are as follows:

 

     RMB

2008

   3,811

2009

   699

2010

   983

2011

   190

2012

   196

Thereafter

   32,080
    
   37,959
    

The Group’s short-term and long-term debts do not contain any financial covenants. As of December 31, 2007, the Group had available credit facilities of RMB36,823, which it can draw upon.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

14. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Third parties

   25,709    22,860

China Telecom Group

   6,583    5,448

Other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   63    55
         
   32,355    28,363
         

Amounts due to China Telecom Group are repayable in accordance with contractual terms which are similar to those terms offered by third parties.

 

15. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accrued expenses and other payables represent:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Amounts due to China Telecom Group

   1,984    915

Amounts due to other state-controlled telecommunication operators in the PRC

   181    199

Accrued expenses

   13,244    14,272

Customer deposits and receipts in advance

   11,777    14,622

Dividend payable

   —      468
         
   27,186    30,476
         

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

16. DEFERRED REVENUES

Deferred revenues represent the unearned portion of upfront connection fees and installation fees received from customers and the unused portion of calling cards. Connection fees and installation fees are amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Beginning July 1, 2001, connection fees were no longer collected from new customers.

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   27,708     20,723  

Additions for the year

    

—installation fees

   912     793  

—calling cards

   4,204     4,027  
            
   5,116     4,820  
            

Reduction for the year

    

—amortization of connection fees

   (4,971 )   (3,294 )

—amortization of installation fees

   (2,913 )   (2,735 )

—usage of calling cards

   (4,217 )   (4,062 )
            

Balance at end of year

   20,723     15,452  
            

Representing:

    

—Current portion

   7,098     5,629  

—Non-current portion

   13,625     9,823  
            
   20,723     15,452  
            

Included in other non-current assets are capitalized direct incremental costs associated with the installation of wireline services. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the unamortized portion of these costs was RMB8,473 and RMB6,979, respectively.

 

17. SHARE CAPITAL

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Registered, issued and fully paid

     

67,054,958,321 ordinary domestic shares of RMB1.00 each

   67,055    67,055

13,877,410,000 overseas listed H shares of RMB1.00 each

   13,877    13,877
         
   80,932    80,932
         

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

18. RESERVES

 

    Capital
reserve
    Share
Premium
  Revaluation
reserve
    Statutory
reserves
    Other
reserves
    Exchange
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total  
    RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  
    (Note (i))               (Note (iii))     (Note (ii))                    

Balance as of January 1, 2006, as previously reported

  (2,804 )   10,746   7,451     42,216     7,501     —       35,475     100,585  

Adjusted for the Third Acquisition

  —       —     —       —       3,387     (170 )   —       3,217  
                                             

Balance as of January 1, 2006, as restated

  (2,804 )   10,746   7,451     42,216     10,888     (170 )   35,475     103,802  

Effect of change in tax rate (Note 12)

  —       —     —       —       5     —       —       5  

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB 22)

  —       —     —       —       44     —       —       44  

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

  —       —     —       —       —       (309 )   —       (309 )

Net income (as restated)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       27,241     27,241  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

  —       —     —       —       33     —       (33 )   —    

Revaluation surplus realized

  —       —     (94 )   —       —       —       94     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

  —       —     —       —       (182 )   —       182     —    

Dividends (Note 24)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       (6,283 )   (6,283 )

Appropriations (Note (iii))

  —       —     —       7,602     —       —       (7,602 )   —    

Contribution from China Telecom

  —       —     —       —       769     —       —       769  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

  —       —     —       —       99     —       (99 )   —    
                                             

Balance as of December 31, 2006, as restated

  (2,804 )   10,746   7,357     49,818     11,656     (479 )   48,975     125,269  

Effect of change in tax rate (Note 12)

  —       —     —       —       (1,577 )   —       —       (1,577 )

Surplus on revaluation of property, plant and equipment (Note 7)

  —       —     4,809     —       —       —       —       4,809  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus (Note 12)

  —       —     —       —       (1,136 )   —       —       (1,136 )

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB14)

  —       —     —       —       64     —       —       64  

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

  —       —     —       —       —       (103 )   —       (103 )

Net income

  —       —     —       —       —       —       23,702     23,702  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

  —       —     —       —       31     —       (31 )   —    

Revaluation surplus realized

  —       —     (194 )   —       —       —       194     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

  —       —     —       —       (169 )   —       169     —    

Dividends (Note 24)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       (6,741 )   (6,741 )

Appropriations (Note (iii))

  —       —     —       5,388     —       —       (5,388 )   —    

Distributions to China Telecom

  —       —     —       —       (2,890 )   —       —       (2,890 )

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

  —       —     —       —       156     —       (156 )   —    

Adjustment to statutory reserves (Note (iii))

  —       —     —       (2,839 )   —       —       2,839     —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the Third Acquired Group (Note 1)

  —       —     —       —       (1,408 )   —       —       (1,408 )
                                             

Balance as of December 31, 2007

  (2,804 )   10,746   11,972     52,367     4,727     (582 )   63,563     139,989  
                                             

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

18. RESERVES (Continued)

 

 

Note:

 

(i) Capital reserve represents the sum of (a) the difference between the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets and the par value of the Company’s shares issued upon its formation; and (b) the difference between the consideration paid by the Company for the acquired entities under the Acquisitions, which were accounted for as equity transactions as disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements, and the historical carrying amount of net assets of these acquired entities.

 

(ii) Other reserves represent primarily the balance of the deferred tax assets resulted from the revaluation of land use rights for tax purposes (and not for financial reporting purposes) as described in Note 12(i) to the financial statements and the balance of deferred tax liabilities resulted from the revaluation of property, plant and equipment for financial reporting purpose (and not for tax purpose) as described in Note 12(ii) to the financial statements.

 

(iii) The statutory reserves consist of statutory surplus reserve, discretionary surplus reserve and statutory common welfare fund.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company is required to transfer 10% of its net income, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a statutory surplus reserve until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the registered capital. The transfer to this reserve must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company transferred RMB2,534 and RMB2,072, respectively, being 10% of the respective year’s net income determined in accordance with PRC accounting rules and regulations, to this reserve.

On January 1, 2007, the Group adopted the PRC Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises issued by the PRC Ministry of Finance of the PRC on February 15, 2006, which resulted in the statutory surplus reserve being adjusted accordingly.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors authorized, subject to shareholders’ approval, the transfer of RMB5,068 and RMB3,316 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 respectively, being 20% and 16% of the respective year’s net income determined in accordance with PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a discretionary surplus reserve.

The statutory and discretionary surplus reserves are non-distributable other than in liquidation and can be used to make good of previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into share capital by issuing new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company was required to transfer 5% to 10% of its net income, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a statutory common welfare fund. This fund can only be utilized on capital items for the collective benefits of the Company’s employees such as construction of dormitories, canteen and other staff welfare facilities. This fund is non-distributable other than on liquidation. The transfer to this fund must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders.

Pursuant to the revision of the PRC Company Law, companies with limited liabilities and companies limited by shares are no longer required to make annual income appropriation to the statutory common welfare fund commencing on January 1, 2006. The opening balance of the Group’s statutory common welfare fund as of January 1, 2006 of RMB7,078 was transferred to the surplus reserves in accordance with “Notice on accounting issue relating to the implementation of the Company Law of the PRC” issued by the Ministry of Finance.

 

(iv) According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution to shareholders of the Company is the lower of the amount determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations and the amount determined in accordance with IFRS. As of December 31, 2007, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution was RMB24,414, being the amount determined in accordance with IFRS. Final dividend of approximately RMB6,130 in respect of the financial year 2007 proposed after the balance sheet date has not been recognized as a liability at the balance sheet date (Note 24).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

19. OPERATING REVENUES

Operating revenues represent revenues from the provision of wireline telecommunications services. The components of the Group’s operating revenues are as follows:

 

          Year ended December 31,
       Note    2005    2006    2007
          RMB    RMB    RMB

Upfront connection fees

   (i)    6,781    4,971    3,294

Upfront installation fees

   (ii)    2,970    2,913    2,735

Monthly fees

   (iii)    30,351    28,973    25,346

Local usage fees

   (iv)    47,624    46,188    42,343

DLD

   (iv)    25,993    25,517    24,127

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance

   (iv)    3,474    3,225    2,882

Internet

   (v)    17,914    23,724    31,340

Managed data

   (vi)    2,990    3,080    3,013

Interconnections

   (vii)    12,838    14,095    13,879

Leased line

   (viii)    4,560    4,548    5,321

Value-added and integrated information application services

   (ix)    9,976    14,203    19,231

Others

   (x)    4,388    4,179    5,145
                 
      169,859    175,616    178,656
                 

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for initial activation of wireline services.
(ii) Represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for installation of wireline services.
(iii) Represent amounts charged to customers each month for their use of the Group’s telephone services.
(iv) Represent usage fees charged to customers for the provision of telephone services.
(v) Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of Internet access services.
(vi) Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of managed data transmission services.
(vii) Represent amounts charged to domestic and foreign telecommunications operators for delivery of voice and data traffic connecting to the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks.
(viii) Represent primarily lease income from other domestic telecommunications operators and business customers for the usage of the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks and is measured by the number of lines leased and the agreed upon rate per line leased.
(ix) Represent amounts charged to customers for provision of wireline value-added services and integrated information application services, which comprise primarily caller ID services, short messaging services, ring tone services, telephone information services.
(x) Represent primarily revenues from sale, rental and repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment, and construction of telecommunications network and infrastructure for customers.

 

20. PERSONNEL EXPENSES

Personnel expenses are attributable to the following functions:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Network operations and support

   17,558    17,573    17,299

Selling, general and administrative

   7,543    8,637    9,943
              
   25,101    26,210    27,242
              

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

21. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Other operating expenses consist of:

 

         Year ended December 31,
     Note   2005    2006    2007
         RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection charges

   (i)   5,473    6,212    6,760

Donations

     21    23    54

Others

     24    20    43
                
     5,518    6,255    6,857
                

 

Note:

 

(i) Interconnection charges represent amounts incurred for the use of other domestic and foreign telecommunications operators’ networks for delivery of voice and data traffic that originate from the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks.

 

22. NET FINANCE COSTS

Net finance costs comprise:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Interest expense incurred

   6,763     5,808     5,214  

Less: Interest expense capitalized*

   (1,062 )   (716 )   (443 )
                  

Net interest expense

   5,701     5,092     4,771  

Interest income

   (267 )   (502 )   (366 )

Foreign exchange losses

   57     60     43  

Foreign exchange gains

   (605 )   (161 )   (148 )
                  
   4,886     4,489     4,300  
                  

 

*       Interest expense was capitalized in construction in progress at the following rates per annum

   2.1%-5.1 %   1.9%-5.0 %   2.3%-6.7 %
                  

 

23. INCOME TAX

Income tax in the consolidated statement of income comprises:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2005    2006    2007  
     RMB    RMB    RMB  

Provision for PRC income tax

   5,929    6,668    7,028  

Provision for income tax of other jurisdictions

   —      15    32  

Deferred taxation (Note 12)

   226    76    (608 )
                
   6,155    6,759    6,452  
                

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

23. INCOME TAX (Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the expected tax with the actual tax expense is as follows:

 

          Year ended December 31,  
     Note    2005     2006     2007  
          RMB     RMB     RMB  

Income before taxation and minority interests

      34,019     34,083     30,251  

Expected PRC income tax expense at statutory tax rate of 33%

   (i)    11,226     11,247     9,983  

Differential tax rate on mainland PRC subsidiaries’ income

   (i)    (1,691 )   (1,714 )   (1,678 )

Differential tax rate on other subsidiaries’ income

   (ii)    —       (6 )   (41 )

Non-deductible expenses

   (iii)    1,274     1,210     1,360  

Non-taxable income

   (iv)    (3,176 )   (2,565 )   (1,965 )

Effect on change in tax rate

   12 (iii)    —       —       112  

Tax credit for domestic equipment purchases

      (1,478 )   (1,413 )   (1,319 )
                     

Income tax

      6,155     6,759     6,452  
                     

 

Note:

 

(i) The provision for PRC current income tax is based on a statutory rate of 33% of the assessable income of the Company and its subsidiaries in mainland PRC as determined in accordance with the relevant income tax rules and regulations of the PRC, except for certain subsidiaries of the Company which are taxed at a preferential rate of 15%.
(ii) Income tax provision of the Company’s subsidiaries in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of China and other countries is based on the subsidiaries’ assessable income and income tax rates applicable in the respective tax jurisdictions which range from 17.5% to 35%.
(iii) Amounts represent personnel and other miscellaneous expenses in excess of statutory deductible limits for tax purpose.
(iv) Amounts primarily represent connection fees received from customers which are not subject to income tax.

 

24. DIVIDENDS

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of RMB0.075747 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totaling RMB6,130 for the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 29, 2007, a final dividend of RMB0.083302 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totaling RMB6,741 in respect of the year ended December 31, 2006 was declared, of which RMB6,273 and RMB468 were paid on June 15, 2007 and January 23, 2008 respectively.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 23, 2006, a final dividend of RMB 0.077637 (equivalent to HK$0.075) per share totalling RMB6,283 in respect of the year ended December 31, 2005 was declared, which was paid on June 15, 2006.

 

25. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 is based on the net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB27,822, RMB27,241 and RMB23,702, respectively, and the weighted average number of shares in issue for the years presented of 80,932,368,321 shares.

The amount of diluted earnings per share is not presented as there were no dilutive potential ordinary shares in existence for all periods presented.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

26. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

The Group leases business premises and equipment through non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases do not contain provisions for contingent lease rentals. None of the rental agreements contain escalation provisions that may require higher future rental payments nor impose restrictions on dividends, additional debt and/or further leasing.

As of December 31, 2007, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows:

 

     RMB

2008

   552

2009

   369

2010

   302

2011

   231

2012

   184

Thereafter

   383
    

Total minimum lease payments

   2,021
    

Total rental expense in respect of operating leases charged to the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were RMB1,299, RMB1,383 and RMB1,716, respectively.

Capital commitments

As of December 31, 2007, the Group had capital commitments as follows:

 

     RMB

Authorized and contracted for

  

Properties

   718

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   2,855
    
   3,573
    

Authorized but not contracted for

  

Properties

   1,005

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   3,449
    
   4,454
    

Contingent liabilities

 

(a) The Company and the Group were advised by their PRC lawyers that, except for liabilities arising out of or relating to the businesses of the Predecessor Operations and the Acquired Groups transferred to the Company in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, no other liabilities were assumed by the Company or the Group, and the Company or the Group are not jointly and severally liable for other debts and obligations incurred by China Telecom Group prior to the Restructuring and the Acquisitions.

 

(b) As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Group did not have contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees given to banks in respect of banking facilities granted to other parties, or other forms of contingent liabilities.

Legal contingencies

The Group is a defendant in certain lawsuits as well as the named party in other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of such contingencies, lawsuits or other proceedings cannot be determined at present, management believes that any resulting liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Group.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

27. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets of the Group include cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, investments, accounts receivable, amounts due from China Telecom Group, advances and other receivables. Financial liabilities of the Group include short-term and long-term debts, accounts payable, amounts due to China Telecom Group, accrued expenses and other payables. The Group does not hold nor issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

(a) Fair Value

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Group using market information and valuation methodologies considered appropriate. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair values. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Group could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The fair values of the Group’s financial instruments (other than long-term debt and investment securities) approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair values of long-term indebtedness are estimated by discounting future cash flows using current market interest rates offered to the Group for debt with substantially the same characteristics and maturities. The interest rates used in estimating the fair values of long term debt, having considered the foreign currency denomination of the debt, ranged from 1.5% to 7.047% (2006: 1.5% to 6.156%). As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s long-term debt were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2006    December 31, 2007
     Carrying
amount
   Fair
value
   Carrying
amount
   Fair
value
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Long-term debt

   45,499    43,783    37,959    35,037
                   

The fair value of available-for-sale equity investment securities, which amounted to RMB104 and RMB177 as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 respectively, was based on quoted market price on a PRC stock exchange. The Group’s long term investments are unlisted equity interests for which no quoted market prices exist in the PRC. Accordingly, a reasonable estimate of their fair values could not be made without incurring excessive costs.

 

(b) Risks

The Group’s financial instruments are exposed to three main types of risks, namely, credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (which comprises of interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk). The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as liquidity risk, credit risk, and market risk. The Board regularly reviews these policies and authorizes changes if necessary based on operating and market conditions and other relevant risks. The following summarizes the qualitative and quantitative disclosures for each of the three main types of risks:

 

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. For the Group, this arises mainly from deposits it maintains at financial institutions and credit it provides to residential and corporate customers for the provision of telecommunication services. To limits exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Group primarily places cash deposits only with large state-owned financial institution in the PRC with acceptable credit ratings. For accounts receivable, the Group performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

27. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
(b) Risks (continued)
(i) Credit risk (continued)

 

Furthermore, the Group has a diversified base of customers with no single customer contributing more than 10% of revenues for the periods presented. Further details of the Group’s credit policy for, and quantitative disclosures in respect of the Group’s exposure on credit risk relating to trade receivables are set out in Note 4.

The amounts of cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, accounts receivable and other receivables represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

 

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that funds will not be available to meet liabilities as they fall due, and results from timing and amount mismatches of cash inflow and outflow. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash balances and an adequate amount of committed banking facilities to provide its funding needs, including working capital, principal and interest payments on debts, dividend payments, capital expenditures and new investments for a set minimum period of between 3 to 6 months.

The following table sets out the remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date of the Group’s financial liabilities, which are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows (including interest payments computed using contractual rates or, if floating, based on prevailing rates at the balance sheet date) and the earliest date the Group would be required to repay:

 

     2006  
     Carrying
amount
   Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
    Within 1
year or on
demand
    More than 1
year but less
than 2 years
    More than 2
years but less
than 5 years
    More
than 5
years
 
     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Short-term debt

   79,576    (81,427 )   (81,427 )   —       —       —    

Long-term debt

   45,499    (57,439 )   (9,924 )   (5,540 )   (4,144 )   (37,831 )

Accounts payable

   32,355    (32,355 )   (32,355 )   —       —       —    

Accrued expenses and other payables

   27,186    (27,186 )   (27,186 )   —       —       —    

Income tax payable

   3,124    (3,124 )   (3,124 )   —       —       —    

Finance lease obligations

   48    (48 )   (48 )   —       —       —    
                                   
   187,788    (201,579 )   (154,064 )   (5,540 )   (4,144 )   (37,831 )
                                   

 

     2007  
     Carrying
amount
   Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
    Within 1
year or on
demand
    More than 1
year but less
than 2 years
    More than 2
years but less
than 5 years
    More
than 5
years
 
     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Short-term debt

   67,166    (68,644 )   (68,644 )   —       —       —    

Long-term debt

   37,959    (48,524 )   (5,539 )   (2,407 )   (6,178 )   (34,400 )

Accounts payable

   28,363    (28,363 )   (28,363 )   —       —       —    

Accrued expenses and other payables

   30,476    (30,476 )   (30,476 )   —       —       —    

Income tax payable

   3,068    (3,068 )   (3,068 )   —       —       —    

Finance lease obligations

   29    (29 )   (24 )   (5 )   —       —    
                                   
   167,061    (179,104 )   (136,114 )   (2,412 )   (6,178 )   (34,400 )
                                   

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

27. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
(b) Risks (continued)

 

(iii) Interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk exposure arises primarily from its short-term and long-term debts. Debts carrying interest at variable rates and at fixed rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk and fair value interest rate risk respectively. The Group manages its exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining high proportion of fixed rate debts with maturity within one year.

The following table sets out the interest rate profile of the Group’s debt at the balance sheet date.

 

     2006     2007  
     Effective
interest rate
         Effective
interest rate
      
     %    RMB     %    RMB  

Fixed rate debt:

          

Short-term debt

   3.7    79,576     4.4    67,166  

Long-term debt

   2.9    13,709     3.9    7,010  
                  
      93,285        74,176  

Variable rate debt:

          

Long-term debt

   5.2    31,790     5.2    30,949  
                  

Total debt

      125,075        105,125  
                  

Fixed rate debt as a percentage of total debt

      74.6 %      70.6 %
                  

As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, it is estimated that an increase of 100 basis points in interest rate, with all other variables held constant, would decrease the Group’s net income and retained earnings by approximately RMB213 and RMB207 respectively.

The above sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the assumptions that the change in interest rate had occurred at the balance sheet date and the change was applied to the Group’s debt in existence at that date with exposure to cash flow interest rate risk. The analysis is prepared on the same basis for 2006.

(iv) Foreign currency exchange rate risk

Foreign currency exchange rate risk arises on financial instruments that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in which they are measured. The Group’s foreign currency risk exposure relates to bank deposits and borrowings denominated primarily in US dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen and Hong Kong dollars.

The Group does not expect the appreciation or depreciation of the Renminbi against foreign currencies will materially affect the Group’s financial position and result of operations because 92.6% of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and 96.5% of the Group’s short-term and long-term debt as of December 31, 2007 are denominated in Renminbi. Details of bank loans denominated in other currencies are set out in Note 13.

 

28. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group’s primary objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide investment returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk and by securing access to finance at a reasonable cost.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

28. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

 

The Group regularly reviews and manages its capital structure to maintain a balance between the higher shareholder returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position, and makes adjustments to the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions.

The Group monitors its capital structure on the basis of total debt-to-total assets ratio. For this purpose the Group defines total debt as the sum of short-term debt, long-term debt and finance lease obligations. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Group’s total debt-to total assets ratio was 29.9% and 25.8% respectively, which is within the range of management’s expectation.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Companies are considered to be related if one company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control or jointly control the other company or exercise significant influence over the other company in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control.

 

(a) Transactions with China Telecom Group

The Group is part of a large group of companies under China Telecom, a company owned by the PRC government, and has significant transactions and relationships with members of China Telecom. Because of these relationships, it is possible that the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from transactions among unrelated parties.

The principal related party transactions with China Telecom Group which were carried out in the ordinary course of business are as follows:

 

           Year ended
December 31,
     Note     2005    2006    2007
           RMB    RMB    RMB

Purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials

   (i )   267    155    120

Construction, engineering and information technology services

   (ii )   6,575    8,216    8,179

Provision of community services

   (iii )   2,632    2,378    2,266

Provision of ancillary services

   (iv )   2,456    3,238    3,574

Provision of comprehensive services

   (v )   503    1,143    1,284

Operating lease expenses

   (vi )   421    364    373

Centralized service expenses

   (vii )   275    306    250

Interconnection revenues

   (viii )   183    179    139

Interconnection charges

   (viii )   725    750    820

Interest on amounts due to and loans from China Telecom Group

   (ix )   2,849    2,361    2,489

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent commission paid and payable for procurement services provided by China Telecom Group.
(ii) Represent network construction, engineering and information technology services provided by China Telecom Group.
(iii) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group in respect of cultural, educational, hygiene and other community services.
(iv) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group in respect of ancillary services such as repairs and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities and certain customer services.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(a) Transactions with China Telecom Group (continued)

 

(v) Represent amounts paid and payable to entities of China Telecom Group which were not within the scope of other related party service agreements in respect of services for procurement of telecommunications equipment, network design, software upgrade, system integration and manufacturing of calling cards.
(vi) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group for leases of business premises and inter-provincial transmission optic fibres.
(vii) Represent net amount charged by China Telecom Group for costs associated with common corporate services and international telecommunications facilities.
(viii) Represent amounts charged from/to China Telecom for interconnection of domestic long distance telephone calls.
(ix) Represent interest paid and payable to China Telecom Group with respect to the amounts due to China Telecom and loans from China Telecom Group (Note 13).

Amounts due from/to China Telecom Group included in the following balances are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Accounts receivable

   199    207

Prepayments and other current assets

   588    423
         

Total amounts due from China Telecom Group

   787    630
         

Accounts payable

   6,583    5,448

Accrued expenses and other payables

   1,984    915

Short-term debt

   23,826    37,841

Long-term debt

   30,150    30,150
         

Total amounts due to China Telecom Group

   62,543    74,354
         

Amounts due from/to China Telecom Group, other than short-term debt and long-term debt, bear no interest, are unsecured and are repayable in accordance with contractual terms which are similar to those terms offered by third parties. The term and conditions associated with short-term debt and long-term debt payable to China Telecom Group are set out in Note 13.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, no material allowance for impairment of doubtful debts was recorded in respect of amounts due from China Telecom Group.

On August 30, 2006, the Company entered into a strategic agreement (“the Agreement”) with China Communication Services Corporation Limited (“CCS”), a company under the common control of China Telecom. The Agreement was approved by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on October 25, 2006. The Agreement is effective from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009, pursuant to which the Company’s subsidiaries in the Shanghai, Guangdong, Zhejiang, Fujian, Hubei and Hainan regions procure design, construction and engineering services provided by CCS for at least 12.5% of these subsidiaries’ annual capital expenditure. In return, CCS agreed to provide an additional price discount of at least 5% for the above services. In addition, the above subsidiaries will also procure facilities management services provided by CCS of not less than RMB1,330 during the effective period of the Agreement.

As a result of the expansion of services areas of CCS, an amendment to the strategic agreement (“the Supplemental Agreement”) was approved by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on August 7, 2007. The Supplemental Agreement extends the scope of the Agreement to the Company’s subsidiaries in the Jiangsu, Anhui, Jiangxi, Hunan, Guangxi, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai and Xinjiang regions, amends that the Company’s subsidiaries will on an

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(a) Transactions with China Telecom Group (continued)

 

annual basis, procure design, construction and engineering services provided by CCS for at least 10.6% of these subsidiaries’ annual capital expenditure, and increases the commitment for facilities management services provided by CSS by RMB450. The Supplemental Agreement is effective from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009.

 

(b) Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including directors and supervisors of the Group.

Key management personnel compensation of the Group is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     RMB    RMB    RMB
     thousands    thousands    thousands

Short-term employee benefits

   7,219    10,323    13,876

Post-employment benefits

   650    641    594

Equity-based compensation benefits

   2,551    2,204    5,375
              
   10,420    13,168    19,845
              

The above remuneration is included in personnel expenses (Note 20).

 

(c) Contributions to post-employment benefit plans

The Group participates in various defined contribution post-employment benefit plans organized by municipal and provincial governments for its employees. Further details of the Group’s post-employment benefit plans are disclosed in Note 30.

 

(d) Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC

The Group is a state-controlled public utilities enterprise and operates in an economic regime currently dominated by entities directly or indirectly controlled by the State through government authorities, agencies, affiliations and other organisations (collectively referred to as “state-controlled entities”).

Apart from transactions with parent company and its affiliates, the Group have transactions with other state-controlled entities which include but not limited to the following:

 

  -  

sales and purchases of goods, properties and other assets

 

  -  

rendering and receiving services

 

  -  

lease of assets

 

  -  

depositing and borrowing money

 

  -  

use of public utilities

These transactions are conducted in the ordinary course of the Group’s business on terms comparable to the terms of transactions with other entities that are not state-controlled. The Group prices its telecommunications services and products based on government-regulated tariff rates, where applicable, or based on commercial negotiations. The Group has also established its procurement policies and approval processes for purchases of products and services, which do not depend on whether the counterparties are state-controlled entities or not.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(d) Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC (continued)

 

Having considered the transactions potentially affected by related party relationships, the entity’s pricing strategy, procurement policies and approval processes, and the information that would be necessary for an understanding of the potential effect of the related party relationship on the financial statements, the directors are of the opinion that the following related party transactions require disclosure of numeric details:

 

  (i) Transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

The Group’s wireline telecommunications networks interconnect with the networks of other state-controlled telecommunications operators. The Group also leases wireline telecommunications networks to these operators in the normal course of business. The interconnection and leased line charges are regulated by the Ministry of Information Industry. The extent of the Group’s interconnection and leased line transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC is summarized as follows.

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection revenues

   10,947    12,035    12,228

Interconnection charges

   2,643    3,405    3,891

Leased line revenues

   2,020    1,088    841
              

Amounts due from/to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC included in respective balances are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Accounts receivable

   1,792    1,377

Prepayments and other current assets

   242    236
         

Total amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   2,034    1,613
         

Accounts payable

   63    55

Accrued expenses and other payables

   181    199
         

Total amounts due to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   244    254
         

Amounts due from/to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC bear no interest, are unsecured and are repayable in accordance with normal commercial terms.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, there were no allowance for impairment of doubtful debts in respect of amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

29. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(d) Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC (continued)

 

  (ii) Transactions with state-controlled banks

The Group deposits its cash primarily with several state-controlled banks in the PRC and obtains short-term and long-term loans from these banks in the ordinary course of business. The interest rates of these bank deposits and loans are regulated by the People’s Bank of China. The Group’s interest income earned from deposits and interest expenses incurred on loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interest income

   248    450    360

Interest expense

   3,861    2,994    2,725
              

The amounts of cash deposited at and loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007
     RMB    RMB

Cash at bank

   10,659    16,328

Time deposits with maturity within three months

   10,484    3,947

Time deposits with maturity over three months

   119    172
         

Total deposits at state-controlled banks in the PRC

   21,262    20,447
         

Short-term loans

   35,750    29,325

Long-term loans

   15,347    7,803
         

Total loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC

   51,097    37,128
         

Further details of the interest rates and repayment terms of loans from state-controlled banks are set out in Note 13.

The directors believe the above information provides meaningful disclosure of related party transactions.

 

30. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS PLAN

As stipulated by the regulations of the PRC, the Group participates in various defined contribution retirement plans organized by municipal and provincial governments for its employees. The Group is required to make contributions to the retirement plans at rates ranging from 18% to 20% of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of the employees. A member of the plan is entitled to a pension equal to a fixed proportion of the salary prevailing at the member’s retirement date. The Group has no other material obligation for the payment of pension benefits associated with these plans beyond the annual contributions described above.

The Group’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were RMB2,258, RMB2,376 and RMB2,537 respectively.

The amount payable for contributions to defined contribution retirement plans as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 was RMB536 and RMB560 respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

31. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The Group implemented a stock appreciation rights plan for members of its management to provide incentives to these employees. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights are granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in RMB, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of the Company’s H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between RMB and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise. The Company recognizes compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period.

In March 2003, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 276.5 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$1.48 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In April 2005, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 560.0 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.78 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and six anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In January 2006, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 837.3 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.85 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, 70 million, 67 million and 204 million stock appreciation right units were exercised respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense recognized by the Group in respect of stock appreciation rights were RMB81, RMB514 and RMB689, respectively.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the carrying amount of liability arising from stock appreciation rights was RMB574 and RMB998 respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, all vested stock appreciation rights were exercised.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

32. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, which principally affected the results of operations and the financial position of the Group, are as follows:

 

Name of Company

  

Type of legal entity

  

Date of incorporation

   Registered capital
(in RMB millions
unless otherwise
stated)

Shanghai Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 11, 2002      15,984

Guangdong Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 10, 2002      47,513

Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 19, 2002      19,208

Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 10, 2002      22,400

Anhui Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 26, 2003      3,871

Fujian Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003      10,364

Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    September 18, 2003      4,523

Guangxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003      4,992

Chongqing Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 22, 2003      4,276

Sichuan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003      8,123

Hubei Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004      6,208

Hunan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 12, 2004      3,574

Hainan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004      1,233

Guizhou Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 12, 2004      2,801

Yunnan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004      3,747

Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 8, 2004      3,254

Gansu Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004      4,515

Qinghai Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004      965

Ningxia Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004      795

Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 11, 2004      4,660

China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited

   Limited company    September 13, 2001      142

China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited

   Limited company    February 25, 2000    HK$ 100,000

China Telecom (Americas) Corporation

   Limited company    November 22, 2001    US$ 23,000,000

China Telecom Best Tone Information Service Co., Limited

   Limited company    August 15, 2007      350

 

33. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The Group’s financial position and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The Group bases the assumptions and estimates on historical experience and other factors that the Group believes to be reasonable and which form the basis for making judgements about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

The selection of significant accounting policies, the judgements and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing the consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies are set

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

33. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (Continued)

 

forth in Note 2. The Group believes the following significant accounting policies involve the most significant judgements and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition for upfront connection and installation fees

The Group defers the recognition of upfront fees for activation of wireline services and wireline installation fees and amortizes such fees over the expected customer relationship period of ten years. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs (including direct costs of installation) are also deferred and amortized over the same expected customer relationship period. The Group estimates the expected customer relationship period based on the historical customer retention experience and with consideration of the expected level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of its services, technological innovation, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. If the Group’s estimate of the expected customer relationship period changes as a result of increased competition, changes in telecommunications technology or other factors, the amount and timing of recognition of deferred revenue and deferred customer acquisition costs would change for future periods. There have been no changes to the estimated customer relationship period for the years presented.

Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

The Group estimates allowance for impairment of doubtful debts resulting from the inability of the customers to make the required payments. The Group bases its estimates on the aging of the accounts receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, and historical write-off experience. If the financial condition of the customers were to deteriorate, actual write-offs might be higher than expected and could significantly affect the results of future periods.

Impairment on long-lived assets

If circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, the asset may be considered “impaired”, and an impairment loss would be recognized in accordance with accounting policy for impairment of long-lived assets as described in Note 2(l). The carrying amounts of long-lived assets are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amounts have declined below the carrying amounts. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a decline has occurred, the carrying amount is reduced to recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of the net selling price and the value in use. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independently of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). It is difficult to precisely estimate selling price because quoted market prices for the Group’s long-lived assets may not be readily available. In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the asset are discounted to their present value, which requires significant judgement relating to level of revenue and amount of operating costs. The Group uses all readily available information in determining an amount that is a reasonable approximation of recoverable amount, including estimates based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of revenue and amount of operating costs. Changes in these estimates could have a significant impact on the carrying value of the assets and could result in additional impairment charge or reversal of impairment in future periods.

Depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account their estimated residual value. The Group reviews the estimated useful lives and residual values of the assets annually in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The useful lives and residual values are based on the Group’s historical experience with similar assets and taking into account anticipated technological changes. The depreciation and amortization expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

34. POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTING PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

Up to the date of issue of these financial statements, the IASB has issued the following amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the annual accounting period ended December 31, 2007 and which have not been adopted in these financial statements:

 

     Effective for accounting
period beginning on or after

IFRS 8, “Operating segments”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 1(September 2007), “Presentation of financial statements”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 23 (March 2007), “Borrowing costs”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 11, “IFRS 2—Group and treasury share transactions”

   March 1, 2007

IFRIC 12, “Service concession arrangements”

   January 1, 2008

IFRIC 13, “Customer loyalty programmes”

   July 1, 2008

IFRIC 14, “IAS19—The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction”

   January 1, 2008

Management is in the process of making an assessment of what the impact of these amendments, new standards and new interpretations is expected to be in the period of initial application. So far management believes that IFRIC 11, IFRIC 12 and IFRIC 14 are not applicable to any of the Group’s operations and that the adoption of the rest of the above amendments, new standards and new interpretations is unlikely to have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial position.

 

35. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on February 25, 2008, the Company entered into merger agreements with each of Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, Guangdong Telecom Company Limited, Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited, Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited, Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited, Sichuan Telecom Company Limited, Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited, pursuant to which the Company shall merge with these companies. After the merger, the assets, liabilities and operations of these subsidiaries will be transferred to the Company’s branches in the respective regions. This merger is an internal reorganization which has no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

In January and February 2008, various provinces in the PRC were adversely affected by snowstorm and severe weather conditions. Certain property, plant and equipment of the Group were damaged as a result of the adverse weather conditions. Currently, management estimate that such losses, which comprise primarily loss of damaged property, plant and equipment amounted to approximated RMB572 million.

Pursuant to an Acquisition Agreement entered into by the Company with China Telecom on March 31, 2008, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB5,557 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Fourth Acquisition”). Management believes that the Fourth Acquisition will enhance its market position and competitiveness in mainland PRC. As the Company and China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation are under common control of China Telecom prior to and after the acquisition, the Fourth Acquisition will be accounted for as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests upon completion.

On June 2, 2008, the Company entered into a framework agreement ( the “CDMA Business Framework Agreement”), with China Unicom Limited (“Unicom”) and China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”), a

 

F-45


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

35. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

 

wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom, in respect of certain key terms of the Company’s proposed acquisition of the CDMA mobile communications business and related assets from Unicom and CUCL (hereinafter, referred as the “Proposed Acquisition”). However, the CDMA Business Framework Agreement does not contain all the necessary details in respect of the Proposed Acquisition. The Company expects to enter into additional transaction agreements that will set forth detailed terms of the Proposed Acquisition.

The completion of the Proposed Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions, including but not limited to (i) approval by the Ministry of Industry and Information that allows us to operate mobile communications business and to use the relevant telecommunications resources such as CDMA bandwidth and telecom network numbers; (ii) approval by the general shareholder meeting of Unicom in respect of its sale of CDMA mobile communications business and related assets; and (iii) any other regulatory or corporate approvals that are necessary for the completion of the proposed acquisition.

The preliminary purchase price of the Proposed Acquisition is RMB43,800 that is subject to a downward price adjustment if the operating revenues from CDMA telecommunication services minus the revenue from the sale of related telecommunication products (“the Service Revenue”) for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 is 2% less than the Service Revenue for the six-month period ended June 30, 2007.

 

36. PARENT AND ULTIMATE HOLDING COMPANY

The parent and ultimate holding company of the Group as of December 31, 2007 is China Telecommunications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise established in the PRC. This entity does not produce financial statements available for public use.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibits

  

Description

1.1    Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
2.1    Form of H Share Certificate. (1)
2.2    Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
4.1    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.2    Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.3    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.4    Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
4.5    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
4.6    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
4.7    Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
4.8    Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
4.9    Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (9)
4.10    Underwriting Agreement, dated September 20, 2005, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
4.11    Supplemental Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (10)
4.12    Underwriting Agreement, dated April 10, 2006, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
4.13    Property Leasing Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.14    IT Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.15    Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.16    Engineering Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.17    Community Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
4.18    Ancillary Telecommunications Service Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)


Table of Contents

Exhibits

  

Description

  4.19    Strategic Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English summary). (11)
  4.20    Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement, dated June 15, 2007, between the Registrant and the China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English Summary). (11)
  4.21    Master Agreement for sales and purchase of equity interests in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, China Telecom System Integration Company Limited and China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.22    Stock Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.23    Share Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.24    Share Transfer Agreement in respect of transfer of shareholdings in China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd, dated June 15, 2007, among China Telecommunications Corporation, China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Economy Development Center and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.25    Agreement on the Transfer of the entire equity interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group.
  4.26    Form Merger Agreement, dated January 10, 2008, between the Registrant and each of certain subsidiaries wholly owned by the Registrant.
  4.27    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 26, 2007, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary).
  4.28    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary).
  4.29    Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated June 2, 2008, among the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English Summary).
  8.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
11.1    Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.


Table of Contents
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

(9) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(10) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(11) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

(Amended at the 2008 second extraordinary general meeting held on May 30, 2008)


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE         PAGE
     

CHAPTER 1:

   GENERAL PROVISIONS    1

CHAPTER 2:

   THE COMPANY'S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS    3

CHAPTER 3:

   SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL    4

CHAPTER 4:

   REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES    7

CHAPTER 5:

   FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES    9

CHAPTER 6:

   SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS    11

CHAPTER 7:

   SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS    16

CHAPTER 8:

   SHAREHOLDERS' GENERAL MEETINGS    18

CHAPTER 9:

   SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF SHAREHOLDERS    27

CHAPTER 10:

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS    30

CHAPTER 11:

   SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS    36

CHAPTER 12:

   GENERAL MANAGER    38

CHAPTER 13:

   SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE    40

CHAPTER 14:

   THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS, SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY    42

CHAPTER 15:

   FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT DISTRIBUTION    49

CHAPTER 16:

   APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM    52

CHAPTER 17:

   MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY    55

CHAPTER 18:

   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION    56

CHAPTER 19:

   PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION    59

CHAPTER 20:

   NOTICES    60

CHAPTER 21:

   DISPUTE RESOLUTION    62

CHAPTER 22:

   SUPPLEMENTARY    63


Note: In the right-hand column of these Articles of Association, “ MP ” means Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas promulgated by the former China Securities Committee under the State Council and the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “App.” means the Listing Rules promulgated by the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; “Zheng Jian Hai Han” means Circular Regarding Comments on the Amendment of Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas in Hong Kong (Zheng Jian Hai Han [1995] No.1), which was promulgated by the Overseas-Listing Department of China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Production System Department of the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “Opinions” means Opinions Regarding the Promotion of Legally Compliant Operations and the Further Reform of Companies Listing Overseas, which was promulgated by the State Economic and Trade Commission and China Securities Regulatory Commission; and “Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary” means Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary of Companies Listing Overseas.


  

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

  

App.13d

1(a)

   CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS   
Article 1.    China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) is a joint stock limited company established in accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Company Law”), the State Council’s Special Regulations Regarding the Issue of Shares Overseas and the Listing of Shares Overseas by Companies Limited by Shares (the “Special Regulations”) and other relevant laws and regulations of the State.    MP1
   The Company was established by way of promotion with the approval of the State Economic and Trade Commission of the People’s Republic of China on 10 September 2002, as evidenced by approval document Guo Jing Mao Qi Gai [2002] no. 656 of 2002. It is registered with and has obtained a business licence from the State Administration Bureau of Industry and Commerce on 10 September 2002. The Company’s business licence number is: 1000001003712.   
   The promoter of the Company is: China Telecommunications Corporation.   
Article 2.   

The Company’s registered Chinese name: LOGO

The Company’s registered English name: China Telecom Corporation Limited.

   MP2
Article 3.    The Company’s address    :   

31 Jinrong Street

Xicheng District

Beijing

China

   MP3
   Telephone number    :    6642-8166   
   Facsimile number    :    6641-5280   
   Postal code    :    100032   
Article 4.    The Company’s legal representative is the Chairman of the board of directors of the Company.    MP4
Article 5.    The Company is a joint stock limited company which has perpetual existence.    MP5
   The liability of a shareholder is limited to the value of the shares held by him, while the Company undertakes all of its liabilities with all of its assets.   

 

1


   The Company is an independent corporate legal person, governed by, and existing under the protection of, the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.   
Article 6.    The Company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles of Association” or “these Articles of Association”) are enacted in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law, the Special Regulations and the Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies to be Listed Overseas (the “Mandatory Provisions”) and other PRC laws and administrative regulations.”   
Article 7.   

The original Articles of Association took effect from the corporation date of the Company.

 

These Articles of Association shall take effect after being adopted by a special resolution at the Company’s general meeting and upon approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council. After these Articles of Association come into effect, the original Articles of Association shall be superseded by these Articles of Association.

   MP6
Article 8.    From the date on which the Company’s Articles of Association come into effect, the Company’s Articles of Association constitute the legally binding document regulating the Company’s organisation and activities, and the rights and obligations between the Company and each shareholder and among the shareholders.    MP6
Article 9.    The Company’s Articles of Association are binding on the Company and its shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior management personnel; all of whom may, according to the Company’s Articles of Association, assert rights in respect of the affairs of the Company.    MP7
   Subject to Chapter 21 of these Articles of Association, a shareholder may take action against the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, and vice versa. A shareholder may also take action against another shareholder, and may take action against the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   The actions referred to in the preceding paragraph include court proceedings and arbitration proceedings.   
Article 10.    The Company may invest in other limited liability companies or joint stock limited companies. The Company’s liabilities to an invested company shall be limited to the amount of its capital contribution to the invested company.    MP8

 

2


   The Company shall not be a shareholder with unlimited liabilities of any other organisations operating for profits.   
   The Company may, according to its operating and management needs, operate as a holding company in accordance with the law.   
Article 11.    Subject to compliance with PRC laws and regulations, the Company shall have the right to raise funds, including (but not limited to) taking loans and issuing company bonds, and have the right to charge or pledge its assets.   
CHAPTER 2: THE COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS
Article 12.    The Company’s objectives are: comply with state laws and regulations, be market driven, actively adopt advanced communications technologies, and develop telecommunications and information businesses; strengthen management and increase service quality; provide fast, convenient and accurate communication services to society and satisfy the needs of society; improve enterprise efficiency, increase enterprise competitiveness and create profits for shareholders.    MP9
Article 13.    The Company’s scope of business shall be consistent with and subject to the scope of business approved by the authority responsible for the registration of the Company.    MP10
  

The Company’s scope of business is as follows:

 

Permitted businesses: operate various domestic fixed telecommunications network and facilities (including the local wireless ring circuit); operate voice, digital, image and multi media communications and information services on the foundation of the fixed telecommunication networks; make settlements with foreign telecommunications operators in relation to international telecommunication businesses in accordance with the State provisions (the above businesses are limited to Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hainan, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang).

 

General businesses: engage in system integration, technology development, technology services, technology training, technology consulting, information consulting relating to communications and information businesses; production, sale, installation, design and construction of equipment, computer hardware and software; property leasing; leasing of communications facilities; design, construction and maintenance of safety technologies and security systems; advertising.

  

 

3


Article 14.   

The Company may, based on its business development needs, establish subsidiaries, controlled subsidiaries, branches, representative offices and other branch organisations.

 

Based on its business development needs and upon approval of the relevant governmental authorities, the Company may adjust its scope of business and manner of operation from time to time, and may establish branch organisations and/or representative offices (irrespective of whether controlled or owned by it) in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region.

  
CHAPTER 3: SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL
Article 15.    There must, at all times, be ordinary shares in the Company. The ordinary shares issued by the Company include domestic-invested shares and foreign-invested shares. Subject to the approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council, the Company may, according to its requirements, create different classes of shares.   

MP11

App.3

9

Article 16.   

The shares issued by the Company shall each have a par value of Renminbi one (1.00) yuan.

 

“Renminbi” referred to in the previous paragraph means the legal currency of the PRC.

   MP12
Article 17.    Subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, the Company may issue shares to Domestic Investors and Foreign Investors.    MP13
   “Foreign Investors” referred to in the previous paragraph mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located in foreign countries and in the regions of Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan. “Domestic Investors” mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located within the territory of the PRC.   
Article 18.    Shares which the Company issues to Domestic Investors for subscription in Renminbi shall be referred to as “Domestic-Invested Shares”. Shares which the Company issues to Foreign Investors for subscription in foreign currencies shall be referred to as “Foreign-Invested Shares”. Foreign-Invested Shares which are listed overseas are called “Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares”. Both holders of Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares are holders of ordinary shares, and have the same obligations and rights.   

MP14

App.3

9

 

4


   “Foreign currencies” mean the legal currencies of countries or districts outside the PRC which are recognised by the foreign exchange authority of the State and which can be used to pay the share price to the Company.   
Article 19.    Foreign-Invested Shares issued by the Company and which are listed in Hong Kong shall be referred to as “H Shares”. H Shares are shares which have been admitted for listing on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”), the par value of which is denominated in Renminbi and which are subscribed for and traded in Hong Kong dollars.   
Article 20.    By the approval of the relevant companies department authorised by the State Council, the Company may issue a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares, of which 68,317,270,803 were issued to the promoter of the Company at the time when the Company was established, representing 84.41% of the entire issued share capital.    MP15
Article 21.    All the 12,615,097,518 ordinary shares issued by the Company after its incorporation are the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares). Pursuant to the Provisional Measures on the Administration of the Reduction of the State-Owned Shares for Raising Social Security Funds, the number of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) converted from a reduction by holders of State-owned shares of their shareholdings of the State-owned shares amounted to 1,262,312,482 shares. The total of the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) issued by the Company shall be 13,877,410,000 shares, representing 17.15% of the issued share capital of the Company .   

MP16

App.3

9

   The share capital structure of the Company is as follows: there are a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares issued, of which 57,377,053,317 shares are held by the promoter, China Telecommunications Corporation, representing 70.89% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. The other holders of the domestic shares are Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., holding a total of 5,614,082,653 shares representing 6.94% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd., holding a total of 957,031,543 shares representing 1.18% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Zhejiang Financial Development Company, holding a total of 2,137,473,626 shares representing 2.64% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company and Fujian State-Owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd., holding a total of 969,317,182 shares representing 1.20% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. A total of 13,877,410,000 shares are held by holders of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H shares), representing 17.15% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company.   

 

5


Article 22.    The Company’s board of directors may take all necessary action for the issuance of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares after proposals for issuance of the same have been approved by the securities authority of the State Council.    MP17
   The Company may implement its proposal to issue Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares pursuant to the preceding paragraph within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”).   
Article 23.    Where the total number of shares stated in the proposal for the issuance of shares includes Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares, such shares should be fully subscribed for at their respective offerings. If the shares cannot be fully subscribed for all at once due to special circumstances, the shares may, subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, be issued in separate branches.    MP18
Article 24.    The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB 80,932,368,321.    MP19
Article 25.    The Company may, based on its operating and development needs, authorize the increase of its capital pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP20
   The Company may increase its capital in the following ways:   
   (1)    by offering new shares for subscription by unspecified investors;   
   (2)    by issuing new shares to its existing shareholders;   
   (3)    by allotting bonus shares to its existing shareholders;   
   (4)    by any other means which is permitted by law and administrative regulation.   
   After the Company’s increase of share capital by means of the issuance of new shares has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the issuance thereof should be made in accordance with the procedures set out in the relevant State laws and administrative regulations.   
Article 26.    Except as provided for by other provisions of law and administrative regulations, shares of the Company may be freely transferred without any right of lien.   

MP21

App.3

1(2)

 

6


CHAPTER 4: REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES

 

Article 27.    According to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company may reduce its registered capital.    MP22
Article 28.    The Company must prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets when it reduces its registered capital.    MP23
   The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s resolution for reduction of capital and shall publish an announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of such resolution. A creditor has the right within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice from the Company or, in the case of a creditor who does not receive such notice, within ninety (90) days of the date of the first public announcement, to require the Company to repay its debts or to provide a corresponding guarantee for such debt.   
   The Company’s registered capital may not, after the reduction in capital, be less than the minimum amount prescribed by law.   
Article 29.    The Company may, in accordance with the procedures set out in the Company’s Articles of Association and with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State, repurchase its issued shares under the following circumstances:    MP24
   (1)    cancellation of shares for the purposes of reducing its capital;   
   (2)    merging with another company that holds shares in the Company;   
   (3)    other circumstances permitted by laws and administrative regulations.   
   The Company’s repurchase of its issued shares shall comply with the provisions of Articles 30 to 33.   
Article 30.    The Company may repurchase shares in one of the following ways, with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State:    MP25
   (1)    by making a general offer for the repurchase of shares to all its shareholders on a pro rata basis;   
   (2)    by repurchasing shares through public dealing on a stock exchange;   

App.3

8(2)

   (3)    by repurchasing shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement.   
Article 31.    The Company must obtain the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the manner    MP26

 

7


   stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association) before it can repurchase shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement. The Company may, by obtaining the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the same manner), release, vary or waive its rights under an agreement which has been so entered into.   
   An agreement for the repurchase shares referred to in the preceding paragraph includes (but is not limited to) an agreement to become liable to repurchase shares or an agreement to have the right to repurchase shares.   
   The Company may not assign an agreement for the repurchase of its shares or any right contained in such an agreement.   
Article 32.    Shares which have been legally repurchased by the Company shall be cancelled within the period prescribed by law and administrative regulation, and the Company shall apply to the original companies registration authority for registration of the change in its registered capital and make a public announcement.    MP27
   The aggregate par value of the cancelled shares shall be deducted from the Company’s registered share capital.   
Article 33.    Unless the Company is in the course of liquidation, it must comply with the following provisions in relation to repurchase of its issued shares:    MP28
   (1)    where the Company repurchases shares at par value, payment shall be made out of book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose;   

App.3

8

   (2)    where the Company repurchases shares of the Company at a premium to its par value, payment up to the par value may be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose. Payment of the portion in excess of the par value shall be effected as follows:   
      (i)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company;   
      (ii)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at a premium to its par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose, provided that the amount paid out of the proceeds of the new issue shall not exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received by the Company on the issue of the shares repurchased nor shall it exceed the book value of the Company’s capital common reserve fund account (including the premiums on the new issue) at the time of the repurchase;   

 

8


  (3)   the Company shall make the following payments out of the Company’s distributable profits:   
    (i)   payment for the acquisition of the right to repurchase its own shares;   
    (ii)   payment for variation of any contract for the repurchase of its shares;   
    (iii)   payment for the release of its obligation(s) under any contract for the repurchase of its shares;   
  (4)   after the Company’s registered capital has been reduced by the aggregate par value of the cancelled shares in accordance with the relevant provisions, the amount deducted from the distributable profits of the Company for payment of the par value of shares which have been repurchased shall be transferred to the Company’s capital common reserve fund account.   

CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES

 

Article 34.    The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to a person who is acquiring or is proposing to acquire shares in the Company. This includes any person who directly or indirectly incurs any obligations as a result of the acquisition of shares in the Company (the “Obligor”).    MP29
   The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to the Obligor for the purposes of reducing or discharging the obligations assumed by such Obligor.   
   This Article shall not apply to the circumstances specified in Article 36 of this Chapter.   
Article 35.    For the purposes of this Chapter, “financial assistance” includes (without limitation) the following:    MP30
   (1)    gift;   
   (2)    guarantee (including the assumption of liability by the guarantor or the provision of assets by the guarantor to secure the performance of obligations by the Obligor), compensation (other than compensation in respect of the Company’s own default) or release or waiver of any rights;   

 

9


   (3)    provision of loan or any other agreement under which the obligations of the Company are to be fulfilled before the obligations of another party, or the change in parties to, or the assignment of rights under, such loan or agreement;   
   (4)    any other form of financial assistance given by the Company when the Company is insolvent or has no net assets or when its net assets would thereby be reduced to a material extent.   
   For the purposes of this Chapter, “assumption of obligations” includes the assumption of obligations by way of contract or by way of arrangement (irrespective of whether such contract or arrangement is enforceable or not and irrespective of whether such obligation is to be borne solely by the Obligor or jointly with other persons) or by any other means which results in a change in his financial position.   
Article 36.    The following actions shall not be deemed to be activities prohibited by Article 34 of this Chapter:    MP31
   (1)    the provision of financial assistance by the Company where the financial assistance is given in good faith in the interests of the Company, and the principal purpose of which is not for the acquisition of shares in the Company, or the giving of the financial assistance is an incidental part of some larger purpose of the Company;   
   (2)    the lawful distribution of the Company’s assets by way of dividend;   
   (3)    the allotment of bonus shares as dividends;   
   (4)    a reduction of registered capital, a repurchase of shares of the Company or a reorganisation of the share capital structure of the Company effected in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    the lending of money by the Company within its scope of business and in the ordinary course of its business, where the lending of money is part of the scope of business of the Company (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits);   
   (6)    contributions made by the Company to employee share ownership schemes (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits).   

 

10


CHAPTER 6: SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Article 37.    Share certificates of the Company shall be in registered form.    MP32
   The share certificate of the Company shall contain following main particulars:   
   (1)    the name of the Company;   
   (2)    the corporation date of the Company;   
   (3)    the class of shares, par value and number of shares it represents;   
   (4)    the share certificate number;   
   (5)    other matters required to be stated therein by the Company Law, Special Regulations and the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed.   
Article 38.   

Share certificates of the Company may be assigned, given as a gift, inherited or charged in accordance with relevant provisions of laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.

 

For assignment and transfer of share certificates, relevant registration shall be carried out with the share registration institution authorized by the Company.

  

App.3

1(1)

Article 39.    Share certificates of the Company shall be signed by the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors. Where the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed require other senior officer(s) of the Company to sign on the share certificates, the share certificates shall also be signed by such senior officer(s). The share certificates shall take effect after being imprinted with the seal of the Company (including the seal of the Company especially for securities). The share certificate shall be imprinted with the seal of the Company or the seal of the Company especially for securities under the authorization of the board of directors. The signatures of the Chairman of the board of directors or other senior officer(s) of the Company may be printed in mechanical form.   

MP33

C.1 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

2(1)

Article 40.    The Company shall keep a register of shareholders which shall contain the following particulars:    MP34
   (1)    the name (title) and address (residence), the occupation or nature of each shareholder;   

 

11


   (2)    the class and quantity of shares held by each shareholder;   
   (3)    the amount paid-up on or agreed to be paid-up on the shares held by each shareholder;   
   (4)    the share certificate number(s) of the shares held by each shareholder;   
   (5)    the date on which each person was entered in the register as a shareholder;   
   (6)    the date on which any shareholder ceased to be a shareholder.   
   Unless there is evidence to the contrary, the register of shareholders shall be sufficient evidence of the shareholders’ shareholdings in the Company.   
Article 41.    The Company may, in accordance with the mutual understanding and agreements made between the securities authority of the State Council and overseas securities regulatory organisations, maintain the register of shareholders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares overseas and appoint overseas agent(s) to manage such register of shareholders. The original register for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall be maintained in Hong Kong.   

MP35,

C.2 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(b)

   A duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be maintained at the Company’s residence. The appointed overseas agent(s) shall ensure consistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders at all times.   
   If there is any inconsistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares, the original register of shareholders shall prevail.   
Article 42.    The Company shall have a complete register of shareholders which shall comprise the following parts:    MP36
   (1)    the register of shareholders which is maintained at the Company’s residence (other than those share registers which are described in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Article);   
   (2)    the register of shareholders in respect of the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares of the Company which is maintained in the same place as the overseas stock exchange on which the shares are listed; and   
   (3)    the register of shareholders which are maintained in such other place as the board of directors may consider necessary for the purposes of the listing of the Company’s shares.   

 

12


Article 43.    Different parts of the register of shareholders shall not overlap. No transfer of any shares registered in any part of the register shall, during the continuance of that registration, be registered in any other part of the register.    MP37
   All Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong which have been fully paid-up may be freely transferred in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. However, unless such transfer complies with the following requirements, the board of directors may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer and would not need to provide any reason therefore:   

C.12 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

1(1)

   (1)    a fee of HK$2.50 per instrument of transfer or such higher amount agreed from time to time by the Stock Exchange for registration of the instrument of transfer and other documents relating to or which will affect the right of ownership of the shares;   

App.3

1(1)

   (2)    the instrument of transfer only relates to Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong;   
   (3)    the stamp duty which is chargeable on the instrument of transfer has already been paid;   
   (4)    the relevant share certificate(s) and any other evidence which the board of directors may reasonably require to show that the transferor has the right to transfer the shares have been provided;   
   (5)    if it is intended that the shares be transferred to joint owners, the maximum number of joint owners shall not be more than four (4);   

App.3

1(3)

   (6)    the Company does not have any lien on the relevant shares.   
  

The transfer of Overseas-Listed Foreign Invested Shares in the Company listed in Hong Kong shall be carried out in writing on normal or standard instruments of transfer or on a form acceptable to the Board of Directors; and such transfer instrument can be signed only by hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a securities clearing institution or its representative recognised in accordance with section 37 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Hong Kong Law Chapter 571), signed by hand or signed in printed mechanical form. All the transfer instruments shall be maintained in the legal address of the Company or other place the Board of Director may designate from time to time.

 

Any change or correction to various parts of the register of shareholders shall be carried out in accordance with the law of the place where such parts of the register of shareholders are maintained.

  

 

13


Article 44.    No change may be made in the register of shareholders as a result of a transfer of shares within thirty (30) days prior to the date of a shareholders’ general meeting or within five (5) days before the record date for the Company’s distribution of dividends.    MP38
Article 45.    When the Company needs to determine the rights attaching to shares in the Company for the purposes of convening a shareholders’ meeting, for dividend distribution, for liquidation or for any other purpose, the board of directors shall decide on a date for the determination of rights attaching to shares in the Company. The shareholders of the Company shall be such persons who appear in the register of shareholders at the close of such determination date.    MP39
Article 46.    Any person aggrieved and claiming to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in or removed from the register of shareholders may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for rectification of the register.    MP40
Article 47.    Any person who is a registered shareholder or who claims to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in the register of shareholders in respect of shares in the Company may, if his share certificate (the “original certificate”) relating to the shares is lost, apply to the Company for a replacement share certificate in respect of such shares (the “Relevant Shares”).    MP41
   Application by a holder of Domestic-Invested Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate shall be dealt with in accordance with the requirements of the Company Law.   
   Application by a holder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate may be dealt with in accordance with the law of the place where the original register of shareholders of holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares is maintained, the rules of the stock exchange or other relevant regulations.   
   The issue of a replacement share certificate to a holder of H Shares, who has lost his share certificate, shall comply with the following requirements:   

App.3

2(2)

   (1)    The applicant shall submit an application to the Company in a prescribed form accompanied by a notarial certificate or a statutory declaration, stating the grounds upon which the application is made, the circumstances and evidence of the loss; and declaring that no other person is entitled to have his name entered in the register of shareholders in respect of the Relevant Shares.   
   (2)    The Company has not received any declaration made by any person other than the applicant declaring that his name shall be entered into the register of shareholders in respect of such shares before it decides to issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant.   

 

14


   (3)    The Company shall, if it intends to issue a replacement share certificate, publish a notice of its intention to do so at least once every thirty (30) days within a period of ninety (90) consecutive days in such newspapers as may be prescribed by the board of directors.    App.3 7(1)
   (4)    The Company shall, prior to publication of its intention to issue a replacement share certificate, deliver to the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, a copy of the notice to be published and may publish the notice upon receipt of confirmation from such stock exchange that the notice has been exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange. Such notice shall be exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange for a period of ninety (90) days.   
      In the case of an application which is made without the consent of the registered holder of the Relevant Shares, the Company shall deliver by mail to such registered shareholder a copy of the notice to be published.   
   (5)    If, by the expiration of the 90-day period referred to in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Article, the Company has not have received any challenge from any person in respect of the issuance of the replacement share certificate, it may issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant pursuant to his application.   
   (6)    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to this Article, it shall forthwith cancel the original share certificate and document the cancellation of the original share certificate and issuance of a replacement share certificate in the register of shareholders accordingly.   
   (7)    All expenses relating to the cancellation of an original share certificate and the issuance of a replacement share certificate shall be borne by the applicant and the Company is entitled to refuse to take any action until reasonable security is provided by the applicant therefore.   
Article 48.    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association and a bona fide purchaser acquires or becomes the registered owner of such shares, his name (title) shall not be removed from the register of shareholders.    MP42
Article 49.    The Company shall not be liable for any damages sustained by any person by reason of the cancellation of the original share certificate or the issuance of the replacement share certificate unless the claimant is able to prove that the Company has acted in a deceitful manner.    MP43

 

15


CHAPTER 7: SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

Article 50.    A shareholder of the Company is a person who lawfully holds shares in the Company and whose name (title) is entered in the register of shareholders.   

MP44

App.3

9

  

A shareholder shall enjoy rights and assume obligations according to the class and amount of shares held by him; shareholders who hold shares of the same class shall enjoy the same rights and assume the same obligations.

  
   In the case of the joint shareholders, if one of the joint shareholders is deceased, only the other existing shareholders of the joint shareholders shall be deemed as the persons who have the ownership of the relevant shares. But the board of directors has the power to require them to provide a certificate of death as necessary for the purpose of modifying the register of shareholders, or any of the joint shareholders of the shares, only the joint shareholders ranking first in the register of shareholders have the right to accept certificates of the relevant shares, receive notices of the Company, attend and vote at shareholders’ general meetings of the Company. Any notice which is delivered to the shareholder shall be considered as all the joint shareholders of the relevant shares who have been delivered.   

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

Article 51.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP45
   (1)    the right to receive dividends and other distributions in proportion to the number of shares held;   

App.3

9

   (2)    the right to attend or appoint a proxy to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to vote thereat;   
   (3)    the right of supervisory management over the Company’s business operations and the right to present proposals or to raise queries;   
   (4)    the right to transfer shares in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    the right to obtain relevant information in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, including:   
      (i)    the right to obtain a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association, subject to payment of costs;   
      (ii)    the right to inspect and copy, subject to payment of a reasonable fee:   

 

16


         (a)    all parts of the register of shareholders;   
         (b)    personal particulars of each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, including:   
            (aa)    present and former name and alias;   
            (bb)    principal address (place of residence);   
            (cc)    nationality;   
            (dd)    primary and all other part-time occupations and duties;   
            (ee)    identification documents and the numbers thereof;   
         (c)    report on the state of the Company’s share capital;   
         (d)    reports showing the aggregate par value, quantity, highest and lowest price paid in respect of each class of shares repurchased by the Company since the end of the last accounting year and the aggregate amount paid by the Company for this purpose;   
         (e)    minutes of shareholders’ general meetings;   
   (6)    in the event of the termination or liquidation of the Company, the right to participate in the distribution of surplus assets of the Company in accordance with the number of shares held;   
   (7)    other rights conferred by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 52.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall assume the following obligations:    MP46
   (1)    to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (2)    to pay subscription monies according to the number of shares subscribed and the method of subscription;   
   (3)    other obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   Shareholders are not liable to make any further contribution to the share capital other than according to the terms which were agreed by the subscriber of the relevant shares at the time of subscription.   

 

17


Article 53.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws and administrative regulations or required by the listing rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed, a controlling shareholder shall not exercise his voting rights in respect of the following matters in a manner prejudicial to the interests of all or part of the shareholders of the Company:    MP47
   (1)    to relieve a director or supervisor of his duty to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;   
   (2)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the Company’s assets in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which are beneficial to the Company;   
   (3)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the individual rights of other shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distributions and voting rights (save pursuant to a restructuring which has been submitted for approval by the shareholders in a general meeting in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association).   
Article 54.    For the purpose of the foregoing Article, a “controlling shareholder” means a person who satisfies any one of the following conditions:    MP48
   (1)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to elect more than half of the board of directors;   
   (2)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to exercise or to control the exercise of 30 % or more of the voting rights in the Company;   
   (3)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, holds 30 % or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;   
   (4)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has de facto control of the Company in any other way.   

CHAPTER 8: SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETINGS

 

Article 55.    The shareholders’ general meeting is the organ of authority of the Company and shall exercise its functions and powers in accordance with law.    MP49
Article 56.    The shareholders’ general meeting shall have the following functions and powers:    MP50

 

18


   (1)    to decide on the Company’s operational policies and investment plans;   
   (2)    to elect and replace directors and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of directors;   
   (3)    to elect and replace supervisors who represent the shareholders and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of supervisors;   
   (4)    to examine and approve the board of directors’ reports;   
   (5)    to examine and approve the supervisory committee’s reports;   
   (6)    to examine and approve the Company’s proposed preliminary and final annual financial budgets;   
   (7)    to examine and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans;   
   (8)    to decide on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;   
   (9)    to decide on matters such as merger, division, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;   
   (10)    to decide on the issue of debentures by the Company;   
   (11)    to decide on the appointment, dismissal and non-reappointment of the accountants of the Company;   
   (12)    to amend the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (13)    to consider motions raised by shareholders who represent 5 % or more of the total number of voting shares of the Company;   
   (14)    to decide on other matters which, according to law, administrative regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association, need to be approved by shareholders in general meetings;   
   The shareholders in a general meeting may authorize the board of directors to carry out matters on their behalf, or may sub-delegate the carrying out of such matters to the board of directors.   
Article 57.    The Company shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into any contract with any person (other than a director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers) pursuant to which such person shall be responsible for the management and administration of the whole or any substantial part of the Company’s business.    MP51

 

19


Article 58.    Shareholders’ general meetings are divided into annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings. Shareholders’ general meetings shall be convened by the board of directors. Annual general meetings are held once every year and within six (6) months from the end of the preceding financial year.    MP52
   The board of directors shall convene an extraordinary general meeting within two (2) months of the occurrence of any one of the following events:   
   (1)    where the number of directors is less than the number stipulated in the Company Law or two-thirds of the number specified in the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (2)    where the unrecovered losses of the Company amount to one-third of the total amount of its share capital;   
   (3)    where shareholder(s) holding 10 % or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding voting shares request(s) in writing for the convening of an extraordinary general meeting;   
   (4)    whenever the board of directors deems necessary or the supervisory committee so requests;   
   (5)    whenever two or more independent directors so request.   

Opinions

C6

Article 59.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ general meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given forty-five (45) days before the date of the meeting to notify all of the shareholders whose names appear in the share register of the matters to be considered and the date and place of the meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the meeting shall deliver to the Company his written reply concerning his attendance at such meeting twenty (20) days before the date of the meeting.    MP53
Article 60.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ annual general meeting, shareholder(s) holding 5% or more of the total voting shares of the Company shall have the right to propose new motions in writing, and the Company shall place such proposed motions on the agenda for such annual general meeting if they are matters falling within the functions and powers of shareholders in general meetings.    MP54
Article 61.    The Company shall, based on the written replies which it receives from the shareholders twenty (20) days before the date of the shareholders’ general meeting, calculate the number of voting shares represented by the shareholders who intend to attend the meeting. If the number of voting shares represented by the    MP55

 

20


  

shareholders who intend to attend the meeting amount to more than one-half of the Company’s total voting shares, the Company may hold the meeting; if not, then the Company shall, within five (5) days, notify the shareholders by way of public announcement the matters to be considered at, and the place and date for, the meeting. The Company may then hold the meeting after publication of such announcement.

  
  

A shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting shall not decide on any matter not stated in the notice for the meeting.

  
Article 62.    A notice of a meeting of the shareholders of the Company shall satisfy the following criteria:    MP56
   (1)    be in writing;   
   (2)    specify the place, date and time of the meeting;   
   (3)    state the matters to be discussed at the meeting;   
   (4)    provide such information and explanation as are necessary for the shareholders to make an informed decision on the proposals put before them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where a proposal is made to amalgamate the Company with another, to repurchase the shares of the Company, to reorganise its share capital, or to restructure the Company in any other way, the terms of the proposed transaction must be provided in detail together with copies of the proposed agreement, if any, and the cause and effect of such proposal must be properly explained;   
   (5)    contain a disclosure of the nature and extent, if any, of the material interests of any director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers in the proposed transaction and the effect which the proposed transaction will have on them in their capacity as shareholders in so far as it is different from the effect on the interests of shareholders of the same class;   
   (6)    contain the full text of any special resolution to be proposed at the meeting;   
   (7)    contain a conspicuous statement that a shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting is entitled to appoint one (1) or more proxies to attend and vote at such meeting on his behalf and that a proxy need not be a shareholder;   
   (8)    specify the time and place for lodging proxy forms for the relevant meeting.   

 

21


Article 63.    Notice of shareholders’ general meetings shall be served on each shareholder (whether or not such shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting), by personal delivery or prepaid airmail to the address of the shareholder as shown in the register of shareholders. For the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, notice of the meetings may also be issued by way of public announcement.   

MP57

App.3

7(1)

   The public announcement referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be published in one (1) or more national newspapers designated by the securities authority of the State Council within the interval of forty-five (45) days to fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting; after the publication of such announcement, the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares shall be deemed to have received the notice of the relevant shareholders’ general meeting.   

App.3

7(1)

Article 64.    The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to receive the notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the meeting and the resolutions adopted thereat.    MP58
Article 65.    Any shareholder who is entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint one (1) or more persons (whether such person is a shareholder or not) as his proxies to attend and vote on his behalf, and a proxy so appointed shall be entitled to exercise the following rights pursuant to the authorization from that shareholder:    MP59
   (1)    the shareholders’ right to speak at the meeting;   
   (2)    the right to demand or join in demanding a poll;   
   (3)    the right to vote by hand or on a poll, but a proxy of a shareholder who has appointed more than one (1) proxy may only vote on a poll.   
   Where any member, under the Listing Rules, is required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or is restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.   

App.3

14

Article 66.    The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or his attorney duly authorized in writing, or if the appointor is a legal entity, either under seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized attorney. The letter of authorization shall contain the number of the shares to be represented by the attorney. If several persons are authorized as the attorney of the shareholder, the letter of authorization shall specify the number of shares to be represented by each attorney.   

MP60

App.3

11(2)

Article 67.    The instrument appointing a voting proxy and, if such instrument is signed by a person under a power of    MP61

 

22


   attorney or other authority on behalf of the appointor, a notarially certified copy of that power of attorney or other authority shall be deposited at the residence of the Company or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time for holding the meeting at which the proxy propose to vote or the time appointed for the passing of the resolution.   
   If the appointor is a legal person, its legal representative or such person as is authorized by resolution of its board of directors or other governing body may attend any meeting of shareholders of the Company as a representative of the appointor.   
   If the shareholder is the recognized clearing house, such shareholder is entitled to appoint one or more persons as his proxies to attend on his behalf at a general meeting or at any class meeting, but, if one or more persons have such authority, the letter of authorization shall contain the number and class of the shares in connection with such authorization. Such person can exercise the right on behalf of the recognized clearing house (or its attorney) as if he is the individual shareholder of the Company.   

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

Article 68.    Any form issued to a shareholder by the directors for use by such shareholder for the appointment of a proxy to attend and vote at meetings of the Company shall be such as to enable the shareholder to freely instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against the motions, such instructions being given in respect of each individual matter to be voted on at the meeting. Such a form shall contain a statement that, in the absence of specific instructions from the shareholder, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit.   

MP62

App.3

11(1)

Article 69.    A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death or loss of capacity of the appointor or revocation of the proxy or the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given, provided that the Company did not receive any written notice in respect of such matters before the commencement of the relevant meeting.    MP63
Article 70.    A proxy attending a shareholder’s general meeting shall present his identity certification and the proxy form signed by the appointor or the legal representative of the appointor. The proxy form shall specify the issuing date. If a shareholder as a legal person appoints its legal representative to attend a meeting, such legal representative shall present his identity certification and a notarially certified copy of the resolutions of such shareholder’s board of directors or other authorities in respect of the appointment of the proxy or any other copy certified in a manner accepted by the Company.    MP63

 

23


Article 71.    Resolutions of shareholders’ general meetings shall be divided into ordinary resolutions and special resolutions.    MP64
   An ordinary resolution must be passed by votes representing more than one-half of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.   
   A special resolution must be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.   
   Shareholders (including proxies) shall expressly specify they are in favour of or against any matter under voting. Any abstention from or waiver of voting shall not be regarded as valid votes when the Company counts the votes in respect of the relevant matter.   
Article 72.    A shareholder (including a proxy), when voting at a shareholders’ general meeting, may exercise such voting rights as are attached to the number of voting shares which he represents. Each share shall have one (1) vote.    MP65
Article 73.    At any shareholders’ general meeting, a resolution shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded:    MP66
   (1)    by the chairman of the meeting;   
   (2)    by at least two (2) shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote thereat;   
   (3)    by one (1) or more shareholders (including proxies) representing 10 % or more of shares (held solely or in combination) carrying the right to vote at the meeting, before or after a vote is carried out by a show of hands.   
   Unless a poll is demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been passed on a show of hands and the record of such in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact that such resolution has been passed. There is no need to provide evidence of the number or proportion of votes in favour of or against such resolution.   
   The demand for a poll may be withdrawn by the person who demands the same.   
Article 74.    A poll demanded on the election of the chairman of the meeting, or on a question of adjournment of the meeting, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with, pending the taking of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.    MP67

 

24


Article 75.    On a poll taken at a meeting, a shareholder (including a proxy) entitled to two (2) or more votes need not cast all his votes in the same way.    MP68
Article 76.    In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall have a casting vote.    MP69
Article 77.    The following matters shall be resolved by an ordinary resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP70
   (1)    work reports of the board of directors and the supervisory committee;   
   (2)    profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans formulated by the board of directors;   
   (3)    election or removal of members of the board of directors and members of the supervisory committee, their remuneration and manner of payment;   
   (4)    annual preliminary and final budgets, balance sheets and profit and loss accounts and other financial statements of the Company;   
   (5)    matters other than those which are required by the laws and administrative regulations or by the Company’s Articles of Association to be adopted by special resolution.   
Article 78.    The following matters shall be resolved by a special resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP71
   (1)    the increase or reduction in share capital and the issue of shares of any class, warrants and other similar securities;   
   (2)    the issue of debentures of the Company;   
   (3)    the division, merger, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;   
   (4)    amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    amendment to rights of shareholders of any class; and   
   (6)    any other matter considered by the shareholders in general meeting, and resolved by way of an ordinary resolution, which is of a nature which may have a material impact on the Company and should be adopted by special resolution.   

App.3

6(2)

 

25


Article 79.    Any resolution adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall comply with relevant provisions of PRC laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.   
Article 80.    Shareholders who request for the convening of an extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting shall comply with the following procedures:    MP72
   (1)    Two (2) or more shareholders holding in aggregate 10 % or more of the shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting sought to be held shall sign one (1) or more counterpart requisitions stating the object of the meeting and requiring the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting thereof. The board of directors shall as soon as possible proceed to convene the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders or a class meeting thereof after receipt of such requisition(s). The amount of shareholdings referred to above shall be calculated as at the date of deposit of the requisition(s).   
   (2)    If the board of directors fails to issue a notice of such a meeting within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the requisition(s), the requisitionists may themselves convene such a meeting (in a manner as similar as possible to the manner in which shareholders’ meetings are convened by the board of directors) within four (4) months from the date of receipt of the requisition(s) by the board of directors.   
   Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by reason of failure by the board of directors to duly convene a meeting shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the Company and any sum so repaid shall be set-off against sums owed by the Company to the defaulting directors.   
Article 81    The Chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair every shareholders’ general meeting. If the Chairman is unable to attend the meeting for any reason, the vice-chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair the meeting. If both the Chairman and vice-chairman of the board of directors are unable to attend the meeting, then the board of directors may designate a director to convene and chair the meeting. If no chairman of the meeting has been so designated, shareholders present shall choose one (1) person to act as the chairman of the meeting. If for any reason, the shareholders shall fail to elect a chairman, then the shareholder (including a proxy) holding the largest number of shares carrying the right to vote thereat shall be the chairman of the meeting.    MP73
Article 82.    The chairman of the meeting shall be responsible for determining whether a resolution has been passed. His decision, which shall be final and conclusive, shall be announced at the meeting and recorded in the minute book.    MP74

 

26


Article 83.    If the chairman of the meeting has any doubt as to the result of a resolution which has been put to vote at a shareholders’ meeting, he may have the votes counted. If the chairman of the meeting has not counted the votes, any shareholder who is present in person or by proxy and who objects to the result announced by the chairman of the meeting may, immediately after the declaration of the result, demand that the votes be counted and the chairman of the meeting shall have the votes counted immediately.    MP75
Article 84.    If votes are counted at a shareholders’ general meeting, the result of the count shall be recorded in the minute book.    MP76
   The Company secretary shall make the record of the shareholders’ general meeting, which shall be signed by directors attending the meeting.   
   Resolutions adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall be included in the minutes of the meeting. The record and minutes of the meeting shall be in Chinese. Such record and minutes, shareholders’ attendance lists and proxy forms shall be kept at the Company’s place of residence.   
Article 85.    Copies of the minutes of proceedings of any shareholders’ meeting shall, during business hours of the Company, be open for inspection by any shareholder without charge. If a shareholder requests for a copy of such minutes from the Company, the Company shall send a copy of such minutes to him within seven (7) days after receipt of reasonable fees therefor.    MP77

CHAPTER 9: SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Article 86.    Those shareholders who hold different classes of shares are class shareholders.    MP78
   Class shareholders shall enjoy rights and assume obligations in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 87.    Rights conferred on any class of shareholders may not be varied or abrogated save with the approval of a special resolution of shareholders in a general meeting and by holders of shares of that class at a separate meeting convened in accordance with Articles 89 to 93.   

MP79

App.3

6(2)

Article 88.    The following circumstances shall be deemed to be variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to a particular class of shares:    MP80
   (1)    to increase or decrease the number of shares of that class, or to increase or decrease the number of shares of a class having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of shares of that class;   

 

27


  (2)    to exchange all or part of the shares of that class for shares of another class or to exchange or to create a right to exchange all or part of the shares of another class for shares of that class;   
  (3)    to remove or reduce rights to accrued dividends or rights to cumulative dividends attached to shares of that class;   
  (4)    to reduce or remove preferential rights attached to shares of that class to receive dividends or to the distribution of assets in the event that the Company is liquidated;   
  (5)    to add, remove or reduce conversion privileges, options, voting rights, transfer or pre-emptive rights, or rights to acquire securities of the Company attached to shares of that class;   
  (6)    to remove or reduce rights to receive payment payable by the Company in particular currencies attached to shares of that class;   
  (7)    to create a new class of shares having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of the shares of that class;   
  (8)    to restrict the transfer or ownership of shares of that class or to increase the types of restrictions attaching thereto;   
  (9)    to allot and issue rights to subscribe for, or to convert the existing shares into, shares in the Company of that class or another class;   
  (10)    to increase the rights or privileges of shares of another class;   
  (11)    to restructure the Company in such a way so as to result in the disproportionate distribution of obligations between the various classes of shareholders;   
  (12)    to vary or abrogate the provisions of this Chapter.   
Article 89.   Shareholders of the affected class, whether or not otherwise having the right to vote at shareholders’ general meetings, have the right to vote at class meetings in respect of matters concerning sub-paragraphs (2) to (8), (11) and (12) of Article 88, but interested shareholder(s) shall not be entitled to vote at such class meetings.    MP81
  “(An) interested shareholder(s)”, as such term is used in the preceding paragraph, means:   
  (1)    in the case of a repurchase of shares by way of a general offer to all shareholders of the Company or by way of public dealing on a stock exchange pursuant to Article 30, a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54;   

 

28


  (2)    in the case of a repurchase of shares by an off-market agreement pursuant to Article 30, a holder of the shares to which the proposed agreement relates;   
  (3)    in the case of a restructuring of the Company, a shareholder who assumes a relatively lower proportion of obligation than the obligations imposed on shareholders of that class under the proposed restructuring or who has an interest in the proposed restructuring different from the general interests of the shareholders of that class.   
Article 90.   Resolutions of a class of shareholders shall be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights of shareholders of that class represented at the relevant meeting who, according to Article 89, are entitled to vote thereat.    MP82
Article 91.  

Written notice of a class meeting shall be given to all shareholders who are registered as holders of that class in the register of shareholders forty-five (45) days before the date of the class meeting. Such notice shall give such shareholders notice of the matters to be considered at such meeting, the date and the place of the class meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the class meeting shall deliver his written reply in respect thereof to the Company twenty (20) days before the date of the class meeting.

 

If the shareholders who intend to attend such class meeting represent more than half of the total number of shares of that class which have the right to vote at such meeting, the Company may hold the class meeting; if not, the Company shall within five (5) days give the shareholders further notice of the matters to be considered, the date and the place of the class meeting by way of public announcement. The Company may then hold the class meeting after such public announcement has been made.

   MP83
Article 92.   Notice of class meetings need only be served on shareholders entitled to vote thereat.    MP84
  Class meetings shall be conducted in a manner which is as similar as possible to that of shareholders’ general meetings. The provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association relating to the manner for the conduct of shareholders’ general meetings are also applicable to class meetings.   
Article 93.   Apart from the holders of other classes of shares, the holders of the Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be deemed to be holders of different classes of shares.   

 

29


  The special procedures for approval by a class of shareholders shall not apply in the following circumstances:    MP85 C.3  Zheng Jian Hai Han
  (1)    where the Company issues, upon the approval by special resolution of its shareholders in a general meeting, either separately or concurrently once every twelve (12) months, not more than 20% of each of its existing issued Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares; or   

App.13 Pt.D

1f

  (2)    where the Company’s plan to issue Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares at the time of its establishment is carried out within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval of the securities authority of the State Council.   

App.13 Pt.D

1f(ii)

CHAPTER 10: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Article 94.  

The Company shall have a board of directors. The board of directors shall consist of fourteen (14) directors, of which five (5) shall be independent (non-executive) directors (meaning directors who are independent from the Company’s shareholders and do not hold office in the Company).

 

The board of directors shall have one (1) Chairman.

 

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish audit, wages, nomination and other specialised committees.

  

MP86

Opinions 6

Article 95.   Directors shall be elected at the shareholders’ general meeting each for a term of three (3) years. At the expiry of a director’s term, the term is renewable upon re-election.    MP87
 

The minimal length of the period during which written notice to the Company of the intention to propose a person for election as a director, and during which written notice to the Company by such person of his willingness to be elected may be given, will be at least 7 days. Such period will commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and end no later than 7 days prior to the date of such meeting.

  

C.4  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.3

4(4), 4(5)

  Nine (9) members of the first board of directors shall be nominated by the promoters of the Company and elected at the Company’s inaugural meeting. The number of directors elected for each subsequent board of directors shall not be less than that stipulated in Article 94 or more than the maximum determined at the shareholders’ general meeting by an ordinary resolution. Where the number of directors elected by voting   

 

30


  exceeds the maximum number of directors proposed, directors shall be appointed according to the maximum number proposed and on the basis that those who get the highest votes shall be appointed.   
  Subject to compliance with all relevant laws and administrative regulations, the shareholders’ general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove any director before the expiration of his term of office. However, the director’s right to claim for damages which arises out from his removal shall not be affected thereby.   

C4  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.3

4(3)

  The Chairman shall be elected and removed by more than one-half of all of the members of the board of directors. The term of office of each of the Chairman is three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election.   
  The outside directors shall have sufficient time and necessary knowledge and ability to perform its duties. When an outside director performs his duties, the Company must provide necessary information and independent (non-executive) directors may directly report to the shareholders’ meeting, the securities regulatory authority under the State Council and other relevant departments thereon.   
  The executive directors shall handle matters as authorized by the board of directors.    Opinions 6
  The Directors shall not be required to hold shares in the Company.   
Article 96.   The board of directors is accountable to the shareholders in general meeting and exercises the following functions and powers:    MP88
  (1)    to be responsible for the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting and to report on its work to the shareholders in general meetings;   
  (2)    to implement the resolutions passed by the shareholders in general meetings;   
  (3)    to determine the Company’s business plans and investment proposals;   
  (4)    to formulate the Company’s preliminary and final annual financial budgets;   
  (5)    to formulate the Company’s profit distribution proposal and loss recovery proposal;   
  (6)    to formulate the Company’s debt and financial policies, proposals for the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital and for the issuance of the Company’s debentures;   

 

31


  (7)    to draw up the Company’s material acquisition and disposal proposals and plans for the merger, division or dissolution of the Company;   
  (8)    to decide on the Company’s internal management structure;   
  (9)    to appoint or remove the Company’s general manager and to appoint or remove the deputy general managers, and financial deputy general manager of the Company), based on the recommendations of the general manager; to appoint and remove the secretary of the board of directors, and to decide on their remuneration;   
     to appoint or replace members of the board of directors and supervisory committee of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, to appoint, replace or recommend shareholders’ representatives, directors and supervisors of the subsidiaries controlled by the Company or subsidiaries in which the Company holds interest;   
  (10)    to decide on the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;   
  (11)    to formulate proposals for any amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
  (12)    to formulate the basic management structure of the Company;   
  (13)    except matters that the Company Law and these Articles of Association require to be resolved by the shareholders in general meeting, to decide on other important and administrative matters of the Company and to execute other important agreements;   
  (14)    to exercise any other powers conferred by the shareholders in general meetings.   
  Other than the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of the matters specified in sub-paragraphs (6), (7) and (11) of this Article which shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all the directors, the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of all other matters may be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors.   
  Resolutions made by the board of directors on the Company’s connected transactions shall come into effect only after they are signed by the independent (non-executive) directors.    Opinions 6

 

32


Article 97.   The board of directors shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, dispose or agree to dispose of any fixed assets of the Company where the aggregate of the amount or value of the consideration for the proposed disposition, and the amount or value of the consideration for any such disposition of any fixed assets of the Company that has been completed in the period of four (4) months immediately preceding the proposed disposition, exceeds 33 % of the value of the Company’s fixed assets as shown in the latest balance sheet which was tabled at a shareholders’ general meeting.    MP89
  For the purposes of this Article, “disposition” includes an act involving the transfer of an interest in assets but does not include the usage of fixed assets for the provision of security.   
  The validity of a disposition by the Company shall not be affected by any breach of the first paragraph of this Article.   
  Before the board of directors makes a decision on market development, merger and acquisition, investment in new areas, etc., in relation to projects involving investment or acquisition or merger amounting to more than 10% of the total assets of the Company, an independent consulting agency shall be engaged to provide professional opinions which shall be an important basis of the decisions of the board of directors.    Opinions 4
Article 98.   The Chairman of the board of directors shall exercise the following powers:    MP90
  (1)    to preside over shareholders’ general meetings and to convene and preside over meetings of the board of directors;   
  (2)    to organise the implementation of the duties of the board of directors and to check on the implementation of resolutions passed by the board of directors at directors’ meetings;   
  (3)    to sign the securities certificates issued by the Company;   
  (4)    to exercise other powers conferred by the board of directors.   
  When the Chairman is unable to exercise his powers, such powers shall be exercised by the executive director who has been designated by the Chairman to exercise such powers on his behalf.   
Article 99.   Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at least twice every year and shall be convened by the Chairman of the board of directors. All of the directors should be notified about the meeting ten (10) days beforehand. Where there is an urgent matter, an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held if it is so requested by six (6) of the directors, the Chairman of the board of directors or the Company’s general manager, not subject to the provisions of Article 100 on notice of the meetings.    MP91

 

33


Article 100.   Notice of meetings of the board of directors shall be delivered as follows:    MP92
 

(1)

   For regular meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have been stipulated by the board of directors beforehand, no notice of the convening of such meetings will be needed.   
 

(2)

   For meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have not been decided by the board of directors beforehand, the Chairman of the board of directors shall notify the directors of the time and venue of such meeting 10 days in advance by telex, by telegram, by facsimile, by express delivery service or by registered mail or in person, unless otherwise provided for in Article 99.   
 

(3)

   Notice of meetings may be served in Chinese, with an English translation attached thereto when necessary, and in each case accompanied by a meeting agenda. A director may waive his right to receive notice of a board meeting.   
Article 101.  

All the executive and outside directors must be notified about the important matters that must be decided by the board of directors within the time limit stipulated in Article 100 and sufficient materials must be provided at the same time in strict compliance with the required procedures. Directors may request for supplementary information. If more than one-fourth of the directors or more than two outside directors consider that the materials provided are not sufficient or supporting arguments are not clear, they may jointly propose to postpone the meeting or postpone the discussion of certain matters on the agenda of the meeting and the board of directors shall accept such proposal.

 

Notice of a meeting shall be deemed to have been given to any director who attends the meeting without protesting against, before or at its commencement, any lack of notice.

   Opinions 3
  Any regular or extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held by way of telephone conferencing or similar communication equipment so long as all directors participating in the meeting can clearly hear and communicate with each other. All such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.   
Article 102.   A board of directors meeting shall only be convened if more than half of the board of directors are present (including any directors appointed pursuant to Article 103 to attend the meeting as the representatives of other directors). Each director has one vote. Any resolution requires the affirmative votes of more than half of all the board of directors in order to be passed. In the case of equal division of votes, the Chairman of the board of directors is entitled to a casting vote.    MP93

 

34


Article 103.   Directors shall attend the meetings of the board of directors in person. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting for any reason, he may by a written power of attorney appoint another director to attend the meeting on his behalf. The power of attorney shall set out the scope of the authorization.    MP94
  A Director appointed as the representative of another director to attend the meeting shall exercise the rights of a director within the scope of authority conferred by the appointing director. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting of the board of directors and has not appointed the representative to attend the meeting on his behalf, he shall be deemed to have waived his right to vote at the meeting.   
  Expenses incurred by a director for attending a meeting of the board of directors shall be paid by the Company. These expenses include the costs of transportation between the premises of the director and the venue of the meeting in different cities and accommodation expenses during the meeting. Rent of the meeting place, local transportation costs and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses shall be paid by the Company.   
Article 104.   The board of directors may accept a written resolution in lieu of a board meeting provided that a draft of such written resolution shall be delivered to each director in person, by mail, by telegram or by facsimile. If the board of directors has delivered such proposed written resolution to all the directors and the directors who signed and approved such resolution have reached the required quorum, and the same have been delivered to the secretary of the board of directors, such resolution shall become a board resolution and there is no need to hold a board meeting.   
Article 105.  

The board of directors shall keep minutes of resolutions passed at meetings of the board of directors in Chinese. Opinions of the independent (non-executive) directors shall be clearly stated in the resolutions of the board of directors. The minutes of each board meeting shall be provided to all the directors promptly. Directors who wish to amend or supplement the minutes shall submit the proposed amendments to the Chairman in writing within one week after receipt of the meeting minutes. The minutes shall be signed by the directors present at the meeting and the person who recorded the minutes after they are finalised. The minutes of board meetings shall be kept at the premises of the Company in the PRC and a complete copy of the minutes shall be promptly sent to each director.

 

The directors shall be liable for the resolutions of the board of directors. If a resolution of the board of directors violates the laws, administrative regulations or the Company’s Articles of Association and the Company suffers serious losses as a result thereof, the directors who participated in the passing of such resolution are liable to compensate the Company therefor. However, if it can be proven that a director

  

MP95

Opinions 6

 

35


  expressly objected to the resolution when the resolution was voted on, and that such objection was recorded in the minutes of the meeting, such director may be released from such liability.   

CHAPTER 11: SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Article 106.  

The Company shall have one (1) secretary of the board of directors. The secretary shall be a senior officer of the Company.

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish a secretariat of the board of directors.

   MP96
Article 107.   The secretary of the Company’s board of directors shall be a natural person who has the requisite professional knowledge and experience, and shall be appointed by the board of directors.    MP97
  The main tasks of the secretary of the board of directors include:   

 

Practice

Guidelines for

Company

Secretary

Chapter 1

  (1)    assist the directors in the day-to-day work of the board of directors, continuously provide the directors with, warn the directors of and ensure that the directors understand the regulations, policies and requirements of the foreign and domestic regulatory authorities on the operation of the Company, assist the directors and the general manager in effectively implement relevant foreign and domestic laws, regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations;   
  (2)    responsible for the organization and preparation of documents for board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, take proper meeting minutes, ensure that the resolutions passed at the meetings comply with statutory procedures and know about the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;   
  (3)    responsible for the organization and coordination of information disclosure, coordinate the relationship with investors and increase transparency of the Company;   
  (4)    participate in the structuring of financing through capital market;   
  (5)    deal with intermediaries, regulatory authorities and media, maintain good public relations work.   

 

36


   Duties of the secretary of the board of directors include:   

Practice

Guidelines

for

Company

Secretary

Chapter 2

  

 

(1)

  

 

to organise and prepare for the board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, to prepare documents for the meetings, to make relevant arrangements for the meetings, to be responsible for taking meeting minutes, to keep meeting documents and minutes and take initiative to know about the implementation of relevant resolutions; to report to and advise the board of directors on important issues in implementation.

  
  

 

(2)    

  

 

to ensure that important decisions of the board of directors will be implemented in strict compliance with the required procedures; to participate in, and organise the consultation and analysis of matters to be decided by the board of directors and provide relevant advice and recommendations thereon; to carry out the day-to-day work of the board of directors and its relevant committees upon authorization.

  
  

 

(3)    

  

 

to act as a contact between the Company and securities regulatory authority, to be responsible for the organisation of the preparation and timely submission of documents required by the regulatory authorities, responsible for undertaking the tasks given by the regulatory authorities and organising the accomplishment thereof.

  
  

 

(4)    

  

 

to be responsible for coordinating and organizing the Company’s information disclosure, to set up a sound information disclosure system, participate in all the meetings of the Company in relation to information disclosure, to timely obtain import important business decisions and relevant information of the Company.

  
  

 

(5)    

  

 

to be responsible for keeping confidential price sensitive information of the Company and formulating effective confidentiality rules and measures; to take necessary remedial measures in the event of the disclosure for whatever reasons of any price sensitive information of the Company, to make prompt explanations and clarifications and notify the regulatory authority of the overseas listing place and CSRC thereof.

  
  

 

(6)    

  

 

to be responsible for the coordination and organisation of market promotions, to coordinate visits to the Company, to deal with relationship with investors, to maintain contact with investors, intermediaries and media, to be responsible for coordinating and answering questions raised by the public, to ensure that the investors promptly obtain the information disclosed by the Company; to organise and prepare for marketing and promotion activities outside and in the PRC, to draw up a summary report on market promotion activities and important visits to the Company and organise the reporting of the same to CSRC.

  

 

37


    

 

(7)

  

 

to be responsible for administering and keeping the register of the members of the Company,
register of the directors of the Company, shareholding of major shareholders and directors and list
of the holders of the outstanding debentures of the Company in issue.

    
    

 

(8)

  

 

to assist the directors and the general manager in implementing foreign and domestic laws,
regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations in exercising their
powers. After becoming aware that any resolutions made or likely to be made by the Company are
in breach of relevant regulations, the secretary is obliged to give prompt warnings and entitled to
report such facts to CSRC and other regulatory authorities.

    
    

 

(9)

  

 

to coordinate the provision of necessary information required for exercising supervisory functions to
the Company’s supervisory committee and other examination body.

    
    

 

(10)

  

 

to exercise other powers and duties authorized by the board of directors and other powers and duties
required in the overseas listing jurisdiction.

    
Article 108.    A director or other senior officer of the Company may also act as the secretary of the board of directors. The certified public accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company to act as its auditors shall not act as the secretary of the board of directors.    MP98
   Where the office of secretary is held concurrently by a director, and an act is required to be done by a director and a secretary separately, the person who holds the office of director and secretary may not perform the act in a dual capacity.   
Article 109.    The secretary of the board of directors shall diligently exercise his duties in accordance with the relevant provisions of these Articles of Association.   
   The secretary of the board of directors shall assist the Company in complying with the relevant PRC laws and the rules of the securities exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed.   

CHAPTER 12: GENERAL MANAGER

 

Article 110.    The Company shall have a general manager who shall be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors.    MP99
   The Company shall have several deputy general managers and one financial deputy general manager who shall assist the General Manager. The deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall be nominated by the general manager and appointed or dismissed by the board of the directors.   

 

38


     A member of the board of directors may act concurrently as the general manager or a deputy general
manager.
    
Article 111.    The general manager shall be accountable to the board of directors and shall exercise the following functions and powers:    MP100
   (1)    to be in charge of the Company’s production, operation and management and to organise the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;   
   (2)    to organise the implementation of the Company’s annual business plan and investment proposal;   
   (3)    to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s internal management structure;   
   (4)    to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;   
   (5)    to draft the Company’s basic management system;   
   (6)    to formulate basic rules and regulations for the Company;   
   (7)    to propose the appointment or dismissal of the deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company;   
   (8)    to appoint or dismiss management personnel other than those required to be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors;   
   (9)    other powers conferred by the Company’s Articles of Association and the board of directors.   
Article 112.    The general manager who is not a director shall be entitled to attend meetings of the board of directors and receive relevant documents. The general manager who is not a director does not have any voting rights at board meetings.    MP101
Article 113.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall not depart from the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings and the board of directors or exceed their authority.   
Article 114.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall act honestly and diligently and in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP102

 

39


Article 115.    The general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers who wish to resign shall give a three- month written notice to the board of directors. Department managers who wish to resign shall give a two-month written notice to the general manager.   

CHAPTER 13: SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE

 

Article 116.    The Company shall have a supervisory committee. The supervisory committee is a permanent supervisory body of the Company responsible for supervising the board of directors and its members, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers of the Company to prevent them from abusing their powers and infringing the legitimate rights and interests of the shareholders, the Company and its employees.    MP103
Article 117.   

The supervisory committee shall compose of five (5) supervisors including one outside supervisor (hereinafter meaning supervisors who do not hold office in the Company).

 

The supervisory committee shall have one (1) chairman. Each supervisor shall serve for a term of three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election and re-appointment.

 

The election or removal of the chairman of the supervisory committee shall be determined by the affirmative votes of two-thirds or more of the members of the supervisory committee.

 

The chairman of the supervisory committee shall organise the implementation of the duties of the supervisory committee.

  

MP104

Opinions 7

 

 

C.5 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1d(i)

Article 118.    The supervisory committee shall include four (4) supervisors who shall represent the shareholders (hereinafter including qualified outside supervisors and independent supervisors) and one (1) supervisor who shall represent the employees. Supervisors who represent the shareholders shall be elected or removed by the shareholders in general meetings, and the supervisor who represents employees shall be elected or removed by the employees democratically.   

MP105

Opinions 7

   Where necessary, the supervisory committee may establish an office responsible for the day-to-day work of the supervisory committee.   
Article 119.    The directors, general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company shall not act concurrently as supervisors.    MP106

 

40


Article 120.    Meetings of the supervisory committee shall be held at least twice every year, and shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory committee.    MP107
Article 121.    The supervisory committee shall be accountable to the shareholders in a general meeting and shall exercise the following functions and powers in accordance with law:    MP108
   (1)    to review the Company’s financial position;   
   (2)    to supervise the directors, general manager, deputy general managers, financial controller and other senior officers to ensure that they do not act in contravention of any law, regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (3)    to demand any director, general manager, deputy general manager, financial controller or any other senior officer who acts in a manner which is harmful to the Company’s interest to rectify such behaviour;   
   (4)    to check the financial information such as the financial report, business report and plans for distribution of profits to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ general meetings and to authorize, in the Company’s name, publicly certified accountants and practising auditors to assist in the re-examination of such information should any doubt arise in respect thereof;   
   (5)    to propose to convene an extraordinary general meeting;   
   (6)    to represent the Company in negotiations with or in bringing actions against a director;   
   (7)    other functions and powers specified in the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   The supervisory committee may provide its opinions on the appointment of accountancy firm by the Company, may appoint another accountancy firm in the name of the Company when necessary to examine financial affairs of the Company independently, and may directly report relevant information to the securities authorities of the State Council and other relevant authorities.    Opinions 7
   Outside supervisors shall report independently to the shareholders’ meeting on whether the senior officers perform their duties honestly and diligently.   
   Supervisors shall attend meetings of the board of directors as observers.   
Article 122.    Resolutions of the supervisory committee shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all of its members.   

MP109

C.6 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(d)(ii)

 

41


Article 123.    All reasonable fees incurred in respect of the employment of professionals (such as, lawyers, certified public accountants or practising auditors) which are required by the supervisory committee in the exercise of its functions and powers shall be borne by the Company.    MP110
Article 124.    A supervisor shall carry out his duties honestly and faithfully in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP111

CHAPTER 14: THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS,

SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF

THE COMPANY

 

Article 125.    A person may not serve as a director, supervisor, general manager or any other senior officer of the Company if any of the following circumstances apply:    MP112
   (1)    a person who does not have or who has limited capacity for civil conduct;   
   (2)    a person who has been sentenced for corruption, bribery, infringement of property or misappropriation of property or other crimes which disrupt the social economic order, where less than a term of five (5) years has lapsed since the sentence was served, or a person who has been deprived of his political rights and not more than five (5) years have lapsed since the sentence was served;   
   (3)    a person who is a former director, factory manager or manager of a company or enterprise which has been dissolved or put into liquidation as a result of mismanagement and who was personally liable for the winding up of such company or enterprise, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of completion of the insolvent liquidation of the company or enterprise;   
   (4)    a person who is a former legal representative of a company or enterprise the business licence of which was revoked due to violation of law and who are personally liable therefor, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of the revocation of the business licence;   
   (5)    a person who has a relatively large amount of debts which have become overdue;   

 

42


   (6)    a person who is currently under investigation by judicial organs for violation of criminal law;   
   (7)    a person who, according to laws and administrative regulations, cannot act as a leader of an enterprise;   
   (8)    a person other than a natural person;   
   (9)    a person who has been convicted by the competent authority for violation of relevant securities regulations and such conviction involves a finding that such person has acted fraudulently or dishonestly, where less than five (5) years have lapsed from the date of such conviction.   
Article 126.    The validity of an act carried out by a director, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial controller or other senior officers of the Company on behalf of the Company as against a bona fide third party, shall not be affected by any irregularity in his office, election or any defect in his qualification.    MP113
Article 127.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations or the listing rules of the stock exchange on which shares of the Company are listed, each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers owes a duty to each shareholder, in the exercise of the functions and powers entrusted to him by the Company:    MP114
   (1)    not to cause the Company to exceed the scope of business stipulated in its business licence;   
   (2)    to act honestly and in the best interests of the Company;   
   (3)    not to expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) usurpation of opportunities which benefit the Company;   
   (4)    not to expropriate the individual rights of shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distribution and voting rights, save and except pursuant to a restructuring of the Company which has been submitted to the shareholders for approval in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 128.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers owes a duty, in the exercise of his powers and in the discharge of his duties, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.    MP115

 

43


Article 129.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers shall exercise his powers or perform his duties in accordance with the fiduciary principle; and shall not put himself in a position where his duty and his interest may conflict. This principle includes (without limitation) discharging the following obligations:    MP116
   (1)    to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;   
   (2)    to act within the scope of his powers and not to exceed such powers;   
   (3)    to exercise the discretion vested in him personally and not to allow himself to act under the control of another and, unless and to the extent permitted by laws, administrative regulations or with the informed consent of shareholders given in a general meeting, not to delegate the exercise of his discretion;   
   (4)    to treat shareholders of the same class equally and to treat shareholders of different classes fairly;   
   (5)    unless otherwise provided for in the Company’s Articles of Association or except with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting, not to enter into any contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company;   
   (6)    not to use the Company’s property for his own benefit, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (7)    not to exploit his position to accept bribes or other illegal income or expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which benefit the Company;   
   (8)    not to accept commissions in connection with the Company’s transactions, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (9)    to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association, to perform his official duties faithfully, to protect the Company’s interests and not to exploit his position and power in the Company to advance his own interests;   
   (10)    not to compete with the Company in any way, save with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (11)    not to misappropriate the Company’s funds or to lend such funds to any other person, not to use the Company’s assets to set up deposit accounts in his own name or in any other name or to use such assets to guarantee the debts of a shareholder of the Company or any other personal liabilities;   

 

44


   (12)    not to release any confidential information which he has obtained during his term of office, without the informed consent of the shareholders in a general meeting; nor shall he use such information otherwise than for the Company’s benefit, save that disclosure of such information to the court or other governmental authorities is permitted if:   
      (i)    disclosure is made under compulsion of law;   
      (ii)    public interests so warrants;   
      (iii)    the interests of the relevant director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer so requires.   
Article 130.    Each director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer of the Company shall not direct the following persons or institutions (“associates”) to act in a manner which he is prohibited from so acting:    MP117
   (1)    the spouse or minor child of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer;   
   (2)    the trustee of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or of any person described in sub-paragraph (1) above;   
   (3)    the partner of that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or any person referred to in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article;   
   (4)    a company in which that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer, whether alone or jointly with one (1) or more of the persons referred to in sub-paragraphs (l), (2) and (3) of this Article and other directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, has de facto controlling interest;   
   (5)    the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of a company which is being controlled in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (4) above.   
Article 131.    The fiduciary duties of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company do not necessarily cease with the termination of their tenure. The duty of confidentiality in respect of trade secrets of the Company survives the termination of their tenure. Other duties may continue for such period as the principle of fairness may require depending on the amount of time which has lapsed between the termination and the act concerned and the circumstances and the terms under which the relationship between the relevant director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer on the one hand and the Company on the other hand was terminated.    MP118

 

45


Article 132.    Subject to Article 53 hereof, a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company may be relieved of liability for specific breaches of his duty with the informed consent of the shareholders given at a general meeting.    MP119
Article 133.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is in any way, directly or indirectly, materially interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company, (other than his contract of service with the Company), he shall declare the nature and extent of his interests to the board of directors at the earliest opportunity, whether or not the contract, transaction or arrangement or proposal therefore is otherwise subject to the approval of the board of directors.    MP120
   If a director or his associate (as defined in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) has a material interest in any contract, transaction, arrangement or other matters that requires the approval of the board of directors, the relevant director shall not vote for the relevant matter at the meeting of the board of directors, and shall not be listed in the quorum of the meeting.   

App.3

4(1)

   Unless the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer discloses his interests in accordance with the preceding sub-paragraph of this Article and he is not counted as part of the quorum and refrains from voting, such contract, transaction or arrangement is voidable at the instance of the Company except as against a bona fide party thereto who does not have notice of the breach of duty by the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer.   
   A director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is deemed to be interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement in which his associate is interested.   
Article 134.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company gives to the board of directors a notice in writing stating that, by reason of the facts specified in the notice, he is interested in contracts, transactions or arrangements which may subsequently be made by the Company, that notice shall be deemed for the purposes of the preceding Article to be a sufficient declaration of his interests, so far as the content stated in such notice is concerned, provided that such notice shall have been given before the date on which the question of entering into the relevant contract, transaction or arrangement is first taken into consideration by the Company.    MP121

 

46


Article 135.    The Company shall not pay taxes for or on behalf of a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer in any manner.    MP122
Article 136.   

The Company shall not directly or indirectly make a loan to or provide any guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company or of the Company’s holding company or any of their respective associates.

 

The foregoing prohibition shall not apply to the following circumstances:

   MP123
   (1)    the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to its subsidiary:   
   (2)    the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan or any other funds available to any of its directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him for the purposes of the Company or for the purpose of enabling him to perform his duties properly, in accordance with the terms of a service contract approved by the shareholders in a general meeting;   
   (3)    if the ordinary course of business of the Company includes the lending of money or the giving of guarantees, the Company may make a loan to or provide a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to any of the relevant directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers or their respective associates in the ordinary course of its business on normal commercial terms.   
Article 137.    Any person who receives funds from a loan which has been made by the Company acting in breach of the preceding Article shall, irrespective of the terms of the loan, forthwith repay such funds.    MP124
Article 138.    A guarantee for the repayment of a loan which has been provided by the Company acting in breach of Article 136(1) shall not be enforceable against the Company, save in respect of the following circumstances:    MP125
   (1)    the guarantee was provided in connection with a loan which was made to an associate of any of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company or of the Company’s holding company and the lender of such funds did not know of the relevant circumstances at the time of the making of the loan; or   
   (2)    the collateral which has been provided by the Company has already been lawfully disposed of by the lender to a bona fide purchaser.   

 

47


Article 139.    For the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, a “guarantee” includes an undertaking or property provided to secure the obligor’s performance of his obligations.    MP126
Article 140.    In addition to any rights and remedies provided by the laws and administrative regulations, where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company breaches the duties which he owes to the Company, the Company has a right:    MP127
   (1)    to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to compensate it for losses sustained by the Company as a result of such breach;   
   (2)    to rescind any contract or transaction which has been entered into between the Company and such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or between the Company and a third party (where such third party knows or should have known that such director, supervisor, general manager other senior officer representing the Company has breached his duties owed to the Company);   
   (3)    to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to account for profits made as result of the breach of his duties;   
   (4)    to recover any monies which should have been received by the Company and which were received by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer instead, including (without limitation) commissions; and   
   (5)    to demand repayment of interest earned or which may have been earned by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer on monies that should have been paid to the Company.   
Article 141.    The Company shall, with the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into a contract in writing with a director or supervisor wherein his emoluments are stipulated. The aforesaid emoluments include:    MP128
   (1)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of the Company;   
   (2)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of any subsidiary of the Company;   
   (3)    emoluments in respect of the provision of other services in connection with the management of the affairs of the Company and any of its subsidiaries;   

 

48


   (4)    payment by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office.   
   No proceedings may be brought by a director or supervisor against the Company for anything due to him in respect of the matters mentioned in this Article except pursuant to the contract mentioned above.   
Article 142.    The contract concerning the emoluments between the Company and its directors or supervisors should provide that in the event that the Company is acquired, the Company’s directors and supervisors shall, subject to the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, have the right to receive compensation or other payment in respect of his loss of office or retirement. For the purposes of this paragraph, the acquisition of the Company includes any of the following:    MP129
   (1)    an offer made by any person to the general body of shareholders;   
   (2)    an offer made by any person with a view to the offeror becoming a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54 hereof.   
   If the relevant director or supervisor does not comply with this Article, any sum so received by him shall belong to those persons who have sold their shares as a result of such offer. The expenses incurred in distributing such sum on a pro rata basis amongst such persons shall be borne by the relevant director or supervisor and shall not be paid out of such sum.   

CHAPTER 15: FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT DISTRIBUTION

 

Article 143.    The Company shall establish its financial and accounting systems in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and PRC accounting standards formulated by the finance regulatory department of the State Council.    MP130
Article 144.   

The fiscal year of the Company shall be on the basis of the solar calendar beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December of the same year.

 

The Company shall use Renminbi as its standard unit of account. The accounts shall be prepared in Chinese.

 

At the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall prepare a financial report which shall be examined and verified in a manner prescribed by law.

   MP131
Article 145.    The board of directors of the Company shall place before the shareholders at every annual general meeting such financial reports which the relevant laws, administrative regulations and directives promulgated by competent regional and central governmental authorities require the Company to prepare. Such reports must be verified and certified.   

MP132

App.3

5

 

49


Article 146.    The Company’s financial reports shall be made available for shareholders’ inspection at the Company twenty (20) days before the date of every shareholders’ annual general meeting. Each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain a copy of the financial reports referred to in this Chapter.    MP133
  

The Company shall deliver or send to each shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares by prepaid mail at the address registered in the register of shareholders the said reports not later than twenty-one (21) days before the date of every annual general meeting of the shareholders.

  

C.7 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

5

Article 147.    The financial statements of the Company shall, in addition to being prepared in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, be prepared in accordance with either international accounting standards, or that of the place outside the PRC where the Company’s shares are listed. If there is any material difference between the financial statements prepared respectively in accordance with the two accounting standards, such difference shall be stated in the financial statements. In distributing its after-tax profits, the lower of the two amounts shown in the financial statements shall be adopted.    MP134
Article 148.    Any interim results or financial information published or disclosed by the Company must also be prepared and presented in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and also in accordance with either international accounting standards or that of the place overseas where the Company’s shares are listed.    MP135
Article 149.    The Company shall publish its financial reports twice every fiscal year, that is, the interim financial report shall be published within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the first six (6) months of each fiscal year; the annual financial report shall be published within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the expiration of each fiscal year.    MP136
Article 150.    The Company shall not keep accounts other than those required by law.    MP137
Article 151.   

When distributing its after-tax profits in a given year, the Company shall contribute 10% of the profits to the Company’s statutory common reserve fund. Where the accumulated amount of the statutory common reserve fund reaches 50% or more of the registered capital of the Company, no further contribution is required.

 

Where the statutory common reserve fund is insufficient to make up for the losses of the Company in the previous year, before making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund, the profits made in the current year shall be used to make up for the losses first.

  

 

50


  

After making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund from its after-tax profits, the Company may, subject to resolutions adopted at a general meeting, make contributions to discretionary common reserve fund.

 

After making up for the losses and making contributions to the common reserve fund, any remaining profits shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholdings.

  
Article 152.   

The Company shall not allocate dividends or carry out other allocations in the form of bonuses before it has compensated for its losses and made allocations to the statutory common reserve fund. Dividends paid by the Company shall not carry any interest except where the Company has failed to pay the dividends to the shareholders on the date on which such dividends become payable.

 

Any amount paid up in advance of calls on any share shall carry interest, but shall not entitle the holder of the share to receive, by way of advance payment, the dividend declared and distributed thereafter.

  

App.3

3(1), 3(2)

Article 153.    Capital surplus fund includes the following items:    MP138
   (1)    premium on shares issued at a premium price;   
   (2)    any other income designated for the capital surplus fund by the regulations of the finance regulatory department of the State Council.   
Article 154.   

The common reserve funds of the Company shall be applied for making up for losses, expanding the Company’s production and operation or capitalisation. However, the capital surplus fund shall not be applied for making up losses of the Company.

 

If a general meeting of the Company resolves to capitalise any common reserve fund, the Company shall issue new shares to the existing shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings or increase the par value of each share provided that when capitalising the statutory common reserve fund, the balance of such fund shall not be less than 25% of the registered capital.

  
Article 155.    The Company may distribute dividends in the form of:    MP139
   (1)    cash;   
   (2)    shares.   
Article 156.    The Company shall declare and pay cash dividends and other amounts which are payable to holders of Domestic-Invested Shares in Renminbi.   

 

51


   The Company shall calculate and declare cash dividends and other payments which are payable to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares in Renminbi, and shall pay such amounts in Hong Kong dollars. The foreign exchange required by the Company to pay cash dividends and other amounts to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be obtained in accordance with the relevant foreign exchange administrative regulations of the State.   
Article 157.    Unless otherwise provided for in relevant laws and administrative regulations, where cash dividends and other amounts are to be paid in Hong Kong dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be the average closing rate for the relevant foreign currency announced by the Peoples’ Bank of China during the week prior to the announcement of payment of dividend and other amounts.   
Article 158.    Subject to Article 56(2) and 96(14) of these Regulations, the board of directors may decide to distribute interim or special dividends.   
Article 159.    When distributing dividends to its shareholders, the Company shall withhold and pay on behalf of its shareholders the taxes levied on the dividends in accordance with the provisions of the PRC tax law.   
Article 160.   

The Company shall appoint receiving agents for holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares. Such receiving agents shall receive dividends which have been declared by the Company and all other amounts which the Company should pay to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares on such shareholders’ behalf.

 

The receiving agents appointed by the Company shall meet the relevant requirements of the laws of the place at which the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed or the relevant regulations of such stock exchange.

  

MP140

App.13 Pt.D

1(c)

   The receiving agents appointed for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall each be a company registered as a trust company under the Trustee Ordinance of Hong Kong.    C.8 Zheng Jian Hai Han

CHAPTER 16: APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM

 

Article 161.    The Company shall appoint an independent firm of accountants which is qualified under the relevant regulations of the State to audit the Company’s annual report and review the Company’s other financial reports.    MP141
   The first auditors of the Company may be appointed before the first annual general meeting of the Company at the inaugural meeting. Auditors so appointed shall hold office until the conclusion of the first annual general meeting.   

 

52


   If the inaugural meeting does not exercise the powers under the preceding paragraph, those powers shall be exercised by the board of directors.   
Article 162.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall hold office from the conclusion of the annual general meeting of shareholders at which they were appointed until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of shareholders.    MP142
Article 163.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP143
   (1)    a right to review to the books, records and vouchers of the Company at any time, the right to require the directors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company to supply relevant information and explanations;   
   (2)    a right to require the Company to take all reasonable steps to obtain from its subsidiaries such information and explanation as are necessary for the discharge of its duties;   
   (3)    a right to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any shareholders’ general meeting which any shareholder is entitled to receive, and to speak at any shareholders’ general meeting in relation to matters concerning its role as the Company’s accountancy firm.   
Article 164.    If there is a vacancy in the position of accountant of the Company, the board of directors may appoint an accountancy firm to fill such vacancy before the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting. Any other accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company may continue to act during the period during which a vacancy arises.    MP144
Article 165.    The shareholders in a general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove the Company’s accountancy firms before the expiration of its term of office, irrespective of the provisions in the contract between the Company and the Company’s accountant firm. However, the accountancy firm’s right to claim for damages which arise from its removal shall not be affected thereby.    MP145
Article 166.    The remuneration of an accountancy firm or the manner in which such firm is to be remunerated shall be determined by the shareholders in a general meeting. The remuneration of an accountancy firm appointed by the board of directors shall be determined by the board of directors.    MP146
Article 167.    The Company’s appointment, removal or non-reappointment of an accountancy firm shall be resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting. Such resolution shall be filed with the securities authority of the State Council.   

MP147

 

53


   Where a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders is passed to appoint as accountant a person other than an incumbent accountancy firm to fill a casual vacancy in the office of accountant, to reappoint as accountant a retiring accountancy firm that was appointed by the board of directors to fill a casual vacancy, or to dismiss an accountancy firm before the expiration of its term of office, the following provisions shall apply:   

C.9 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

   (1)    A copy of the appointment or removal proposal shall be sent (before notice of meeting is given to the shareholders) to the accountancy firm proposed to be appointed or proposing to leave its post or the firm which has left its post in the relevant fiscal year (leaving includes leaving by removal, resignation and retirement).   
   (2)    If the accountancy firm leaving its post makes representations in writing and requests the Company to give the shareholders notice of such representations, the Company shall (unless the representations have been received too late) take the following measures:   
      (a)    in any notice of the resolution given to shareholders, state the fact of the representations having been made; and   
      (b)    attach a copy of the representations to the notice and deliver it to the shareholders in the manner stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   (3)    If the Company fails to send out the accountancy firm’s representations in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (2) above, such accountancy firm may require that the representations be read out at the meeting.   
   (4)    An accountancy firm which is leaving its post shall be entitled to attend the following shareholders’ general meetings:   
      (a)    the general meeting at which its term of office would otherwise have expired;   
      (b)    the general meeting at which it is proposed to fill the vacancy caused by its removal; and   
      (c)    the general meeting which convened as a result of its resignation,   
      and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any such meeting, and to speak at any such meeting which concerns it as former auditor of the Company.   

 

54


Article 168.    Prior notice should be given to the accountancy firm if the Company decides to remove such accountancy firm or not to renew the appointment thereof. Such accountancy firm shall be entitled to make representations at the shareholders’ general meeting. Where the accountancy firm resigns from its position, it shall make clear to the shareholders in a general meeting whether there has been any impropriety on the part of the Company.   

MP148,

C.10  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

   An accountancy firm may resign its office by depositing at the Company’s legal address a resignation notice which shall become effective on the date of such deposit or on such later date as may be stipulated in such notice. Such notice shall contain the following statements:   
   (1)   

a statement to the effect that there are no circumstances connected with its resignation which it considers should be brought to the notice of the shareholders or creditors of the Company; or

  
  

(2)

  

a statement of any such circumstances.

  
   The Company shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the notice referred to in the preceding paragraph, send a copy of the notice to the relevant governing authority. If the notice contains a statement under the preceding sub-paragraph (2), a copy of such statement shall be placed at the Company for shareholders’ inspection. The Company should also send a copy of such statement by prepaid mail to every shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares at the address registered in the register of shareholders.   
   Where the accountancy firm’s notice of resignation contains a statement in respect of the above, it may require the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting for the purpose of receiving an explanation of the circumstances connected with its resignation.   

 

CHAPTER 17: MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY

 

Article 169.    In the event of the merger or division of the Company, a plan shall be presented by the Company’s board of directors and shall be approved in accordance with the procedures stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association. The Company shall then go through the relevant approval process. A shareholder who objects to the plan of merger or division shall have the right to demand the Company or the shareholders who consent to the plan of merger or division to acquire such dissenting shareholders’ shareholding at a fair price.    MP149

 

55


   The contents of the resolution of merger or division of the Company shall constitute special documents which shall be available for inspection by the shareholders of the Company. Such special documents shall be sent by mail to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares.   
Article 170.    The merger of the Company may take the form of either merger by absorption or merger by the establishment of a new company.    MP150
   In the event of a merger, the merging parties shall execute a merger agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution.   
   Upon the merger, rights in relation to debtors and indebtedness of each of the merged parties shall be assumed by the company which survives the merger or the newly established company.   
Article 171.   

Where there is a division of the Company, its assets shall be divided up accordingly.

 

In the event of division of the Company, the parties to such division shall execute a division agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution.

 

Debts of the Company prior to division shall be assumed by the companies which exist after the division in accordance with the agreement of the parties.

  

MP151,

App.3

7(1)

Article 172.    The Company shall, in accordance with law, apply for change in its registration with the companies registration authority where a change in any item in its registration arises as a result of any merger or division. Where the Company is dissolved, the Company shall apply for cancellation of its registration in accordance with law. Where a new company is established, the Company shall apply for registration thereof in accordance with law.    MP152

 

CHAPTER 18: DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Article 173.    The Company shall be dissolved and liquidated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:    MP153
  

(1)    

   a resolution for dissolution is passed by shareholders at a general meeting;   

 

56


   (2)    dissolution is necessary due to a merger or division of the Company;   
   (3)    the Company is legally declared insolvent due to its failure to repay debts as they become due; and   
   (4)    the Company is ordered to close down because of its violation of laws and administrative regulations.   
Article 174.    A liquidation committee shall be set up within fifteen (15) days of the Company being dissolved pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) of the preceding Article, and the composition of the liquidation committee of the Company shall be determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders in a general meeting. If the Company fails to set up the liquidation committee within the time limit, the creditors may apply to the People’s Court for appointment of relevant persons to form a liquidation committee and carry out liquidation.    MP154
   Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (3) of the preceding Article, the People’s Court shall in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and relevant professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.   
   Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (4) of the preceding Article, the relevant governing authorities shall organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.   
Article 175.    Where the board of directors proposes to liquidate the Company for any reason other than the Company’s declaration of its own insolvency, the board shall include a statement in its notice convening a shareholders’ general meeting to consider the proposal to the effect that, after making full inquiry into the affairs of the Company, the board of directors is of the opinion that the Company will be able to pay its debts in full within twelve (12) months from the commencement of the liquidation.    MP155
   Upon the passing of the resolution by the shareholders in a general meeting for the liquidation of the Company, all functions and powers of the board of directors shall cease.   
   The liquidation committee shall act in accordance with the instructions of the shareholders’ general meeting to make a report at least once every year to the shareholders’ general meeting on the committee’s income and expenses, the business of the Company and the progress of the liquidation; and to present a final report to the shareholders’ general meeting on completion of the liquidation.   

 

57


Article 176.    The liquidation committee shall, within ten (10) days of its establishment, send notices to creditors and shall, within sixty (60) days of its establishment, publish a public announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times.    MP156
Article 177.    During the liquidation period, the liquidation committee shall exercise the following functions and powers:    MP157
   (1)    to sort out the Company’s assets and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets respectively;   
   (2)    to notify the creditors or to publish public announcements;   
   (3)    to dispose of and liquidate any unfinished businesses of the Company;   
   (4)    to pay all outstanding taxes;   
   (5)    to settle claims and debts;   
   (6)    to deal with the surplus assets remaining after the Company’s debts have been repaid;   
   (7)    to represent the Company in any civil proceedings.   
Article 178.    After it has sorted out the Company’s assets and after it has prepared the balance sheet and an inventory of assets, the liquidation committee shall formulate a liquidation plan and present it to a shareholders’ general meeting or to the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP158
   After the payment of liquidation expenses with priority, the Company’s assets shall be distributed in accordance with the following sequence: (i) salaries and labour insurance expenses of employees of the Company; (ii) outstanding taxes; (iii) bank loans, and company bonds and other debts of the Company.   
   Any surplus assets of the Company remaining after payment referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be distributed to its shareholders according to the class of shares and the proportion of shares held in the following sequence:   
   (1)    In the case of preferential shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such preferential shares according to the par value thereof; if the surplus assets are not sufficient to repay the amount of preferential shares in full, the distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.   

 

58


   (2)    In the case of ordinary shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.   
   During the liquidation period, the Company shall not commence any new business activities.   
Article 179.    If after putting the Company’s assets in order and preparing a balance sheet and an inventory of assets in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the liquidation committee discovers that the Company’s assets are insufficient to repay the Company’s debts in full, the liquidation committee shall immediately apply to the People’s Court for a declaration of insolvency.    MP159
   After a Company is declared insolvent by a ruling of the People’s Court, the liquidation committee shall transfer all matters arising from the liquidation to the People’s Court.   
Article 180.    Following the completion of the liquidation, the liquidation committee shall prepare a liquidation report, a statement of income and expenses received and made during the liquidation period and a financial report, which shall be verified by a Chinese registered accountant and submitted to the shareholders’ general meeting or the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP160
   The liquidation committee shall, within thirty (30) days after such confirmation, submit the documents referred to in the preceding paragraph to the companies’ registration authority and apply for cancellation of registration of the Company, and publish a public announcement relating to the termination of the Company.   

 

CHAPTER 19: PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

Article 181.    The Company may amend its Articles of Association in accordance with the requirements of laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP161
Article 182.    In addition to provisions of Articles 60 and 80 hereof, the following procedure shall be followed when amending the Company’s Articles of Association:   
   (1)    The board of directors shall adopt a resolution thereon in accordance with these Articles of Associations and prepare a proposal for amendment of the Articles; or shareholders may present a motion for amendment of the Articles;   

 

59


   (2)    The foregoing proposal shall be furnished to the shareholders and a shareholders’ meeting shall be convened for voting on it;   
   (3)    The amendments presented to the shareholders’ meeting shall be adopted through a special resolution.   
Article 183.    Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association which involve the contents of the Mandatory Provisions of Overseas-Listed Companies’ Articles of Association shall become effective upon receipt of approvals from the companies approving department authorized by the State Council.    MP162
Article 184.    Where amendments of the Articles of Association involve the registered particulars of the Company, procedures for alteration of registration shall be handled in accordance with the law.   

 

CHAPTER 20: NOTICES

 

Article 185.    Subject to the proper compliance of all the applicable laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to the rules of the designated stock exchanges) and obtaining all the required consent (if any), any notice or document published by the Company (including but not limited to the “Corporate Communication” as defined by the rules of the designated stock exchanges) could be delivered by the following methods:   
   (1)    by hand;   
   (2)    by post;   
   (3)    by sending it to the facsimile number or other number of electronic communication (including but not limited to email address) or website as provided by the addressee to the Company for the said purpose;   
   (4)    by public announcement;   
   (5)    by uploading the notice or document to the website of the Company or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and issuing a notice to the addressee for notifying him/her on the availability of such notice or document on such website (the “Availability Notice”). The Company shall deliver the Availability Notice to the holders of overseas listed foreign shares by hand or by post in pre-paid envelopes;   
   (6)    by any other methods as agreed between the Company and the addressee or as accepted by the addressee after the notice is received; or   

 

60


   (7)    by any other methods as authorized by the relevant regulatory body of the place of listing of the Company or as stipulated by the Articles of Association.   
  

In case of joint holders of shares, all the notices or documents shall be delivered to the holder whose name stands first in the register of members and such notices or documents delivered thereby shall be deemed duly delivered to and received by all such joint holders.

  
   Unless as otherwise provided for in these Articles of Association, all the notices, materials or written statements issued by the Company to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be delivered by messenger or by pre-paid mails to the registered address of each holder of such shares.    App.3 7(3)
Article 186.    Any notice or document shall be:   
   (1)    deemed issued when the envelope containing such notice was put into postbox and deemed duly received after 48 hours thereafter if it was delivered by post, provided that the address was clearly written, postage fee pre-paid and the notice was put inside such envelope.   
   (2)    deemed delivered on the receiving date (i.e. the sending date) if it was sent by facsimile, in such case the receiving date shall be the date shown on the facsimile transmission report. If it was sent as an electronic message, it shall be deemed delivered on the date when the message was transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent.   
   (3)    deemed delivered on the date when the availability notice is deemed delivered to the shareholder if the notice or document was uploaded onto the website of the Company.   
   (4)    deemed delivered on the date when the notice or document is published for the first time if it is published as a public announcement, provided that such announcement shall be published on newspaper stipulated by the relevant rules.   
   (5)    deemed delivered at the time it is delivered by hand or (as the case may be) at the time of such delivery is deemed delivered if the notice or document is sent or delivered by any other methods as stipulated in the Articles of Association.   
Article 187.    If the listing rules in the listing place require the Company to dispatch, mail, distribute, issue or otherwise provide the relevant document of the Company in English and in Chinese, the Company shall be allowed   

 

61


   to deliver either the English or the Chinese version in accordance with the choice of the shareholder, provided that the Company has made appropriate arrangement to confirm whether the shareholders would like to receive either the English or the Chinese version and subject to and to the extent as permitted by the applicable laws and regulations.   

 

CHAPTER 21: DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Article 188.    The Company shall abide by the following principles for dispute resolution:    MP163
   (1)    Whenever any disputes or claims arise between: holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company; holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager or other senior officers; or holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, in respect of any rights or obligations arising from these Articles of Association, the Company Law or any rights or obligations conferred or imposed by the Company Law and other relevant laws and administrative regulations concerning the affairs of the Company, such disputes or claims shall be referred by the relevant parties to arbitration.   

C.11  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

      Where a dispute or claim of rights referred to in the preceding paragraph is referred to arbitration, the entire claim or dispute must be referred to arbitration, and all persons who have a cause of action based on the same facts giving rise to the dispute or claim or whose participation is necessary for the resolution of such dispute or claim, shall, where such person is the Company, the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager, or other senior officers of the Company, comply with the arbitration. Disputes in respect of the definition of shareholders and disputes in relation to the register of shareholders need not be resolved by arbitration.   
   (2)    A claimant may elect for arbitration to be carried out at either the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in accordance with its Rules or the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre in accordance with its Securities Arbitration Rules. Once a claimant refers a dispute or claim to arbitration, the other party must submit to the arbitral body elected by the claimant.   

 

62


      If a claimant elects for arbitration to be carried out at Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre, any party to the dispute or claim may apply for a hearing to take place in Shenzhen in accordance with the Securities Arbitration Rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.   
   (3)    If any disputes or claims of rights are settled by way of arbitration in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) of this Article, the laws of the PRC shall apply, save as otherwise provided in the laws and administrative regulations.   
   (4)    The award of an arbitral body shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties.   

 

CHAPTER 22: SUPPLEMENTARY

 

Article 189.    The newspapers required by these Articles of Association for the publication of announcements shall be those designated or required by the relevant State laws and administrative regulations. If it is necessary to make an announcement to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares as required by these Articles of Association, the relevant announcement shall at the same time be published in the newspapers designated by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited in accordance with the stipulation for “press announcements” set out therein.   
Article 190.    The board of directors of the Company shall be responsible for the interpretation of these Articles of Association, and the shareholders in general meeting shall have the right to amend the Articles of Association.   
Article 191.    These Articles of Association are written in Chinese. If there is any discrepancy between the Chinese version and any other translated versions, the Chinese version shall prevail.   

Article 192.

   In these Articles of Association, reference to “accountancy firm” shall have the same meaning as “auditor”.    MP165

 

63

Exhibit 4.25

Agreement

on the Transfer of the Entire Equity Interests

in

China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation

between

China Telecommunications Corporation

and

China Telecom Corporation Limited

 


Agreement on the Transfer of the Entire Equity Interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation

This agreement is signed on March 31, 2008 in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as “China”) between the following parties:

China Telecommunications Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Transferor”), a state-owned enterprise duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws, its address is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing and its legal representative is WANG Xiaochu.

China Telecom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Transferee”), a joint-stock limited company duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws, its address is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing and its legal representative is WANG Xiaochu.

Whereas,

1. China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Target Company”) is a limited (wholly state-owned) company established on July 16, 2002 and validly existing under Chinese laws. Its Registration Number of Enterprise Legal Person Business License is 1000001003691 and its address is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing. Its registered capital is RMB 2 billion and its legal representative is LIU Bo. Its scope of business is: operating domestic and international wireline telecommunications networks and facilities (including wireless local loops) in Beijing municipality, providing voice, data, image and multimedia telecommunications and information services based on the wireline telecommunications networks and other telecommunication business approved by the state, and system integration, technological development, technical services, information consulting, equipment manufacturing, sales, design and engineering related to the above-mentioned business. The Transferor legally owns 100% equity interests of the Target Company.

2. The Transferor intends to transfer the 100% equity interests of the Target Company it owns (hereinafter referred to as the “Transferred Equity”, referring to the entire capital investment on the Target Company by the Transferor together with all the rights, interests, benefits as well as obligations, responsibilities, and liabilities corresponding to the capital investment) to the Transferee in accordance with the provisions in this agreement.

3. The Transferee agrees to accept the Transferred Equity from the Transferor in accordance with the provisions of this agreement.

4. The Transferred Equity referred to in this agreement has been evaluated, according to the laws and regulations of China, by the Beijing-based China Enterprise Appraisals Company taking September 30, 2007 as the base date (hereinafter referred to as the “Evaluation Base Date”). The outcome of the evaluation has been submitted for record to the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council (hereinafter referred to as the “SASAC”).

Therefore , through friendly consultations, the parties of this agreement enter into the following agreement (hereinafter referred as the “Agreement”) on the transfer of the Transferred Equity:

Article I Transfer of Equity Interests

1. The Transferor agrees to transfer to the Transferee, who agrees to accept, the Transferred Equity the Transferor owns, according to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Both parties agree that starting from the Completion Date (refer to Clause 2, Article III of this Agreement for the definition), the Transferred Equity, together with all the rights and interests, is transferred to the Transferee, who will enjoy all the rights and bear corresponding obligations related to the Transferred Equity, as granted by the laws of China, while the Transferor shall no longer enjoy the rights or assume the obligations related to the Transferred Equity, unless provided otherwise in this Agreement.

3. For the avoidance of doubt, during the period from the Evaluation Base Date to the Completion Date (hereinafter referred to as the “Related Period”), if the net assets increase due to profit earning, the increased part will be allocated to the Transferor in cash as special dividends, if the net assets decrease due to profit loss, the Transferor must make reimbursement in cash.

 

- 2 -


Article II Consideration and Payment

1. In accordance with the Assets Evaluation Report of Equity Interests of China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation for the Transfer of Such Equity Interests by China Telecommunication Corporation to China Telecom Corporation Limited (Zhong Qi Hua Ping Bao Zi[2008]No.021) as filed with the SASAC, the Transferred Equity is evaluated as RMB 5,556,507,800.

2. Both parties agree that the total price for this transfer of equity interests shall be RMB 5,557 million.

3. Both parties agree that the above total price for the transfer is to be paid in cash in a lump sum by the Transferee and be wired to the bank account agreed by the Transferor in writing within 15 working days after the Completion Date. Once the relevant bank account has received the payment, the Transferee is discharged from the obligation of making payment.

4. If any payment has not been made by the maturity date set forth in this Agreement, the party who delays the payment should pay the interest for the delayed amount per the bank lending rate in the corresponding period, starting from the maturity date (excluding the very date) to the date when the delayed amount is paid off (including the very date).

Article III Completion of Transfer

1. The completion of transfer of the Transferred Equity in this Agreement shall be done upon the fulfillment or waiver of all the following preconditions:

(1) This Agreement becomes effective;

(2) There is no material adverse change on the financial condition, business operation or prospect of the Target Company;

(3) The Transferor maintains the representations, guarantees, and commitments made on the date of execution of this Agreement true and accurate without misleading elements in major aspects;

(4) The Transferor, as the shareholder of the Target Company, makes related resolution and approves the transfer of equity interests stated in this Agreement;

(5) The Articles of Association of the Target Company has been amended lawfully and appropriately in order to reflect the transfer of the Transferred Equity as stated in this Agreement. The Transferee must be recorded on the Articles of Association as the shareholder holding the Transferred Equity; and

(6) The Target Company has completed the registration procedures with relevant industry and commerce authority for the transfer of the Transferred Equity stated in this Agreement.

The Transferee may waive the preconditions stated in aforesaid clauses (2) and (3). If, within 180 days or other period as agreed upon by the parties, the above preconditions still have not been fulfilled or waived, this Agreement shall be terminated. Neither party is entitled to make any claim of any nature to the other party according to this Agreement, except for the rights or obligations effected before the termination of this Agreement or according to the provisions surviving the termination.

2. The transfer of the Transferred Equity under this Agreement shall be completed on the date when the Target Company completes the registration procedures for the transfer of equity interests with relevant industry and commerce authority (hereinafter referred as “Transfer Completion”). Then the date on which the registration is done shall be the date of completion of transfer (hereinafter referred as the “Completion Date”).

Before the Transfer Completion, both the Transferor and Transferee should hand over (or make sure to do so) all documents (including but not limited to approvals by government departments, the documents regarding internal approval of the Transferor, and other documents that the Transferor guarantees as true and accurate) and articles and take all actions as required by this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


3. If, at any time before the Completion Date, there arises any of the following situations, the Transferee is entitled to notify the Transferor to terminate this Agreement any time before the Transfer Completion:

(1) There appear material adverse changes in the financial condition, business operations or prospect of the Target Company;

(2) The Transferor materially breaches the representations, guarantees and commitments made under this Agreement; or

(3) The Transferor materially breaches its obligations under this Agreement.

If the Transferee terminates this Agreement in accordance with the above provision, neither party is entitled to make any claim of any nature to the other according to this Agreement, except for the rights and obligations effected before the termination of this Agreement or under the provisions surviving the termination.

Article IV Arrangement of Employees

The Transferee undertakes to make the Target Company to continue performing the employment contracts signed between the Target Company and its current employees.

Article V Commitments of the Transferor

1. The Transferor makes the following commitments to the Transferee on the date of execution of this Agreement, the date when this Agreement becomes effective and the Completion Date (hereinafter referred as the “Agreement Dates”):

(1) The Transferor has full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement; it has obtained all approval, permit, and authorization to sign and perform this Agreement; once signed, this Agreement shall be binding to the Transferor in full legal force and effect;

(2) The Transferred Equity to be transferred to the Transferee are legally acquired and beneficially owned by the Transferor; except for those disclosed to the Transferee, there is no pledge or any third party’s right upon the Transferred Equity;

(3) The Transferor shall assist or procure the Target Company to complete the registration procedures with the industry and commerce authority to change the shareholder and shall register in the authority’s record that the Transferee is the shareholder holding the Transferred Equity; and

(4) The Transfer of all or any part of Transferred Equity does not violate any legal document binding to the Transferor, including Articles of Association, signed contracts or agreements and other legal documents.

2. On the Agreement Dates the Transferor undertakes to the Transferee that, before the Transfer Completion, the Transferor shall (unless otherwise approved in writing by the Transferee):

(1) make sure the Target Company only maintain routine and general businesses;

(2) make sure to take any necessary and reasonable actions and measures to preserve and protect the assets of the Target Company and the reputation of its business (including the present relationship with its clients and suppliers); and

(3) provide in a timely manner the information relating to the transfer hereunder as required by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or other governmental and supervisory authorities, including information required for preparation of the announcements or circulars to shareholders.

3. On the Agreement Dates the Transferor undertakes to the Transferee that, within 6 months after the Completion Date, the Transferor must provide to the Target Company the facilities and services as reasonably required by the Transferee from time to time

 

- 4 -


with the equivalent or more favorable terms than what provided by the Transferor to the Target Company within the 6 months period before the Completion Date, in order to enable the Target Company to continue its business operations in its major aspects with the same operational mode as that in the 6-month period before the Completion Date.

4. The Transferor shall provide further guarantees to the Transferee according to the items provided in Annex I.

5. All the commitments made by the Transferor under this Agreement are collectively called as “Transferor’s Commitments”. Each Transferor’s Commitment is separate and independent and is not restricted by other commitments of the Transferor, and will not become invalid or be affected by the transfer or any other events or matters, unless otherwise explicitly provided hereunder or exempted in writing by the Transferee.

Article VI Commitments of the Transferee

1. The commitments of the Transferee to the Transferor on the Agreement Dates are also follows:

(1) The Transferee has full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement; it has acquired all approval, permit, and authorization to sign and perform this Agreement; and this Agreement, once signed, shall legally and effectively bind the Transferee;

(2) The transfer of the Transferred Equity to the Transferee does not violate any legal document binding to the Transferee, including Articles of Association, signed contracts or agreements and other legal documents;

(3) The Transferee shall pay the consideration for transfer of equity interests to the Transferor according to the provisions in this Agreement;

(4) The Transferee shall take any necessary and reasonable measures to assist the Transferor to complete the transfer of equity interests stated in this Agreement; and

(5) As to the outstanding liabilities of the Target Company before the Completion Date, the Transferee will undertake the responsibilities provided by the laws and the Articles of Association of the Target Company.

2. The Transferee undertakes that any of the claims made because of any breach of Transferor’s Commitments shall be restricted by the provisions stated in Annex II.

Article VII Confidentiality

1. Both parties agree that both parties (including but not limited to their representatives), before obtaining the approval in writing by the other party, shall keep all the confidential materials confidential, without disclosing to any third party or the public any information related to the confidential materials.

The “Confidential Materials” in this Agreement refer to any written, oral, visual, electronic materials or materials in other media related to the disclosing party and/or the Target Company that are received or held by the receiving party or its representative, as well as materials related to the negotiation, execution, performance or contents of this Agreement.

The “Representative” under this article, as to one party, means its affiliate company or its affiliate company’s director, senior manager, employee, agent, advisor, accountant, and consultant agency.

2. The following materials are not Confidential Materials, where confidentiality obligation provided in the previous clause shall not apply:

(1) Where the disclosure of materials is made according to the requirements of laws or the security exchange, or governmental, supervisory or administrative organizations or authorities that has jurisdiction over the company (but the precondition is that the disclosing party shall first of all notify the other party its proposed disclosure of the above-mentioned materials and consider the reasonable opinions of the other party);

 

- 5 -


(2) Where the party or its representative have already held such materials by legal means before obtaining or possessing the Confidential Materials (with written record evidencing such status) and bear no obligation to keep such materials confidential;

(3) Where the Confidential Materials have already been publicly known, provided that the disclosure of such material is not due to the negligence of the party (or its representative);

(4) Where any material is required to be disclosed for any arbitration or legal proceedings related to this Agreement.

Article VIII Taxes and Expenses

1. Unless provided otherwise, the Transferor and the Transferee shall bear all the costs, expenses, and other spending arising from the negotiation, preparing, signing, and completion of this Agreement for itself (or its affiliate company);

2. The taxes and fees arising from the transfer of the Transferred Equity shall be paid by both parties according the provisions of related laws and regulations. The taxes and fees not specified by laws and regulations or other taxes and fees, if any, arising from the transfer of the Transferred Equity, shall be equally shared by the Transferor and the Transferee.

Article IX Notification

1. Any notification related to this Agreement shall be written, in Chinese, and either delivered by courier, by fax, registered mail, or by internationally recognized express company. The notification becomes effective upon reception, and is deemed as having been received when it is delivered by courier, registered mail, or express mail, or upon successful transmission report if it is delivered by fax.

2. The address and fax number for the purpose stated in the previous clause are:

China Telecom Corporation Limited

To: Mr. Sun Dawei

Address: 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing 100032, China

Fax: (8610) 5850 1304

China Telecommunications Corporation

To: Mr. Wang Qi

Address: 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing 100032, China

Fax: (8610) 5850 1294

Article X Effectiveness of this Agreement

This agreement comes into effect when all the requirements below are met:

(1) The legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties sign this Agreement and stamp the official seals of both parties;

(2) The Transferor obtains the internal approval for the transfer of equity interests provided in this Agreement according the provisons of its Articles of Association;

(3) The Ministry of Information Industry issues its approval upon the licensing and supervision matters related to the telecommunications business involved in this transfer of equity interests;

(4) The shareholders of the Transferee at the general meeting approves the transfer of equity interests provided in this Agreement according to the main board listing rules of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and its Articles of Association; and

(5) The SASAC approves the transfer under this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


Article XI Liability for Breach of Contract

The parties of this Agreement should abide by this Agreement and undertake the commitments made in this Agreement and should make sure the other party in this Agreement does not suffer any loss due to the breach of this Agreement or the actions it commits. If the breach of contract of either party cause any loss (including economic loss and expenses) to the other party in this Agreement, it should be responsible for compensating the other party.

Article XII Force Majeure

1. “Force majeure” refers to all the unforeseeable events that may happen after this Agreement comes into effect, whose occurrence and consequences are unavoidable and insurmountable and which render either party of this Agreement unable to perform part or all of the obligations under this Agreement.

2. In case of force majeure, both parties may suspend the performance of the obligations under this Agreement for a period of delay caused by the force majeure, and such period will be automatically extended for a period corresponding to such suspension.

3. The party affected by the force majeure shall notify the other party in writing as soon as possible, and provide within fifteen days the valid proof certifying the occurrence and duration of such force majeure event. The affected party shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure as soon as possible.

4. When any force majeure event occur, both parties should start consultation immediately to seek a fair solution to the problem and try their best to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure.

Article XIII Settlement of Dispute

1. Any dispute arising from or involved in the parties’ performance of this Agreement shall first of all seek settlement through friendly consultations. If the dispute fails to be resolved within sixty (60) days after notification of one party of the dispute to the other, then either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing in Chinese in accordance with its arbitration rules. The arbitration tribunal shall comprise three arbitrators according to the arbitration rules of China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission.

2. The invalidity of any of the articles or clauses in this Agreement under arbitration award according to the Chinese laws does not affect the effectiveness and performance of other articles and clauses in this Agreement.

Article XIV Governing Laws

The conclusion, effect, interpretation, performance and settlement of disputes are all subject to the laws of China.

Article XV Others

1. Neither party of this Agreement shall transfer, assign, mortgage or dispose by any other means any rights and interests in this Agreement without prior written consent by the other party.

2. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and other agreements, this Agreement should prevail, unless

(1) the other agreements explicitly provide that they shall prevail in the relevant aspects over this Agreement; and

(2) Either the Transferor and Transferee are the contractual parties of such other agreements or they explicitly agree in writing that such other agreement shall prevail over this Agreement in the related aspects.

3. This Agreement is the complete agreement on the transfer of the Transferred Equity between the two parties and it shall replace all the previous written or oral agreements, letters of intent, correspondence, memoranda of understanding and commitments agreed upon by both parties concerning the matters in this Agreement (if any).

 

- 7 -


4. If any provision of this Agreement is decided as invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms of this Agreement shall not be rendered invalid. Both parties should make reasonable efforts to replace such invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid and enforceable ones with intentions as close to the original intentions of both parties of this Agreement as possible.

5. The ten original copies of this Agreement are written in Chinese. The Transferor and the Transferee keep three copies each and the other copies will be submitted to relevant government authorities. All the original copies enjoy equal legal effect.

6. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be in writing.

7. All the annexes of this Agreement are an indispensable part of this Agreement and enjoy equal legal effect with this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


Annex I

Guarantee by the Transferor

I. Target Company and Transfer of Equity Interest

1.1 The Target Company is a limited company duly established and validly existing under relevant laws and is fully entitled to operate the businesses it enters into on the date of this Agreement.

1.2 The Transferor is the sole legal owner of the Transferred Equity, has paid up its full capital investment in the Target Company and has no liability for the capital insufficiency of the Target Company. Unless approved and agreed by the Transferor, nobody is entitled to require the Target Company to issue any stocks or bonds.

1.3 There is no third-party rights related to the Transferred Equity. The Transferor is entitled to transfer its whole ownership of the Transferred Equity to the Transferee according to the provisions of this Agreement.

1.4 All the information in the provisions related to the Target Company is true, accurate and contains no misleading elements.

1.5 Except for what has been disclosed to the Transferee, the Target Company does not hold any equity interests (investment volume), shares, bonds, or interests of any nature of any other enterprise.

II. Financial Matters

2.1 Accounts. The accounts accurately reflect the real situation and balance of the Target Company on the last accounting day, as well as the annual performance of the Target Company as of the settlement date of the business year.

2.2 Situation since last accounting day. Starting from the last accounting day:

(1) There is no material adverse change;

(2) The Target Company, except for the regular payment in its routine and general business operations, does not make or agree to make any payment;

(3) The Target Company has no announcement, authorization, and payment of dividends or others (in cash, stock or in kind). Neither has it reduced any paid-in capital stocks (excluding any dividends already allocated in the accounts);

(4) The Target Company has not issued or agreed to issue any stocks, bonds, securities or any other similar equities;

(5) The Target Company has not acquired or sold or agreed to acquire or sell any asset except in the process of conducting its routine businesses;

(6) The Target Company has not repaid any loan or debt before the agreed date of maturity of such loan or debt;

(7) The average time of the collection and the payment of debts by the debtor and the creditor of the Target Company has not been lengthened or shortened significantly;

(8) The Target Company does not have any debt that may become payable or be announced as debt payable before the normal or agreed date of maturity; and the Target Company has not received any claim for payment or any other notice demanding it to repay relevant debts before the normal or agreed date of maturity; and

(9) The creditor’s rights of the Target Company have not been exempted, deferred, delayed, written off, or proven to be unrecoverable.

 

- 9 -


2.3 Accounting and other records. The official notebooks, account books and other records that shall be kept by the Target Company according to the applicable laws keep the latest information and they are properly and consistently compiled and kept in major aspects in accordance with such laws and relevant generally accepted accounting principles. They contain all the accurate record of information that should be recorded. All such official notebooks, account books and other records are under the custody or control of the Target Company along with all the ownership documents and signed copies of existing agreements necessary for the proper business operation of the Target Company or under which the Target Company is a party.

III. Regulatory Matters

3.1 License. On the date of this Agreement, the Target Company has obtained all the licenses, permissions, authorizations (public or private) and consents (hereafter, collectively called “Approvals”) necessary for all the valid business operations in all its operation venues and in its manner of operation in accordance with all the applicable laws and regulations. Such Approvals are sufficient and valid or are not subject to no especially unusual, complicated or strict restriction, and are complied with in all major aspects. There is no situation indicating any such Approval will or may in part or in whole be revoked or cannot be renewed (whether it is due to the proposed transaction or other reasons) in the process of conducting daily routine businesses.

3.2 Compliance with laws. The Target Company has conducted its businesses and corporate affairs in accordance with the memorandum of association, detailed rules and appendixes of its articles of associations and other organizational documents of equal nature and in accordance with all the applicable laws and regulations in all major aspects. The Target Company has not violated any regulation, rule, demand, award or judgment issued by any court or any governmental or supervisory authority in any relevant jurisdictions.

IV. Operational Assets

4.1 Ownership. The ownership of all the assets included in the account of the Target Company is definite without involving any third-party rights and interests; however, the following are the exceptions:

(1) Provisions on the reservation of the ownership of the goods or materials supplied to the Target Company in the process of routine businesses;

(2) The lien caused by the enforcement of laws in the process of routine businesses.

4.2 Custody and third-party facilities. All the operational assets of the Target Company are under its custody or control. There is no situation that may cause the government or other entities to confiscate such assets. If the Target Company uses any assets owned by others in the process of conducting its businesses, or any facility or service is provided by anyone to the Target Company, there has been no breach or other event or situation which may entitle anyone to terminate the arrangement regarding the above mentioned use of assets or provision of facilities or services.

4.3 Sufficiency of assets. The rights and interests, properties and assets owned by the Target Company together with the facilities and services that the Target Company can enjoy according to agreements include all the rights and interests, properties, assets facilities and services that enable the Target Company to continue its operation in all the major aspects in the same operating manner as that in six months before the Transfer Completion.

4.4 Status. All the plants, machines, equipment and vehicles used by the Target Company are in good status.

V. Contract-related Issues

5.1 Important contracts. The Target Company is not a party of any of the following agreement or arrangement:

(1) Any proposed transaction which may cause any other party to be exempted from any obligation or to be entitled to exercise any right (including any right to terminate the agreement, any preemptive right or other options), or may disqualify the Target Company for any interest, right or permission it currently enjoys, or may cause or increase any new liability or obligation to the Target Company;

 

- 10 -


(2) Any agreement or arrangement that is not concluded in the process of routine businesses or on the basis of fair trade;

(3) Any agreement or arrangement claiming or granting any right to issue any stock, bond or other securities of the Target Company any time at present or in the future;

(4) Any agreement or arrangement to establish any joint venture, syndicate or partnership, or to share profits (and losses);

(5) Any agreement or arrangement concerning the sales or disposal of enterprise or businesses (due to the agreement or arrangement, the Target Company is subject to any debts, contingent or otherwise, for which there is no sufficient reserve in its account).

5.2 Breach. The Target Company has not materially breach any agreement or arrangement under which it is a party. To the Transferor’s knowledge, there is no situation that may cause such breach, any party which has entered any agreement or arrangement with the Target Company has not materially breached that agreement or arrangement, and there is no situation that may cause such breach.

5.3 For some of the properties the Target Company leases, the lessor has not provided any documents concerning the ownership of the property, which may lead to the invalidity of such lease agreement. The Transferor guarantees that the risk that the target can no longer use the leased property is under control. Once such risk actually occurs, the Target Company is able lease some substitutive property in a short period and such risk will not affect the continuity of the operation of the Target Company. Relevant costs incurred by the risk shall be assumed by the Transferor.

VI. Lawsuit and Investigation

6.1 Lawsuit. Except being the plaintiff to collect the debts occurred during daily routine businesses, (i) the Target Company is not the plaintiff, defendant or any other party involved in any ongoing, planned or unresolved lawsuit, arbitration or administrative litigation concerning itself or its properties; and (ii) the Transferor is not aware of any situation that may cause such lawsuit, arbitration or administrative litigation.

6.2 Investigation. The Target Company is not under any ongoing or unresolved investigation or enquiry by any government, administrative or regulatory authorities or under other formal investigation or enquiry. There is no situation that may cause such investigation or enquiry.

VII. Intellectual Property Rights

7.1 Intellectual property. For all the intellectual properties used by the Target Company when this Agreement is signed:

(1) the Target Company owns all the rights and interests of the intellectual properties, and enjoys their ownership or has obtained the valid licenses to use them;

(2) The licenses to use the intellectual properties the Target Company obtained or granted by the Target Company are all of validity and binding force. Neither party of such licenses has made any breach. There is no reason to terminate such licenses. There is no dispute over such licenses and no such disputes are expected to arise.

7.2 Non-infringement. The operation of the Target Company is not infringing and has not infringed the intellectual property rights of any third party for the past year and no third party has infringed the intellectual property rights of the Target Company.

7.3 Data protection. The Target Company has complied with all the applicable data protection laws, guidelines and industrial standards and neither the Transferor nor the Target Company has received any notification or charge claiming that the Target Company has not complied with the above mentioned laws and regulations.

 

- 11 -


VIII. Environment

The Target Company has been complying with the environment law and under no circumstances shall it be subject to any liability, obligation or duty arising under the environment law.

 

- 12 -


Annex II

Limitations on Claims

1. Fair disclosure of the matters. If and only if (i) the facts, matters, events or situations causing the claim have been fairly disclosed to the Transferee; or (ii) special provisions and reserves have been made for relevant matters in the accounts, the Transferor shall assume no responsibility for relevant claims.

2. Time limit. Unless the Transferor receives the notification containing detailed information regarding the claims (including the claimed amounted estimated by the transferred on an unbiased basis) from the Transferee within two years after the date of this Agreement, the Transferor shall assume no responsibility for relevant claims.

3. Maximum of the total amount of claim. The total responsibility assumed by the Transferor for all claims shall not exceed the total amount of consideration it receives from the transfer of the Transferred Equity.

4. No repetitive recourse. The Transferee is not entitled to receive damage compensation, payment, repayment, return or indemnification more than once for any one item of liability, loss, cost or deficiency, no matter whether the claim for such liability, loss, cost or deficiency has been made more than once.

 

- 13 -


Annex III

Definition

1. Definition: In the Agreement, the terms below are defined as follows:

Accounts : in terms of any financial year of the Target Company, “accounts” refers to the audited balance sheet and audited income statement of the company by the settlement day of that financial year in a form discussed and agreed upon by the parties along with any annotation, report, explanation or document contained, appended or attached therein.

Last accounting day : September 30, 2007.

Affiliate company : for either party, it refers to any subsidiary and parent company of that party and any subsidiary of such parent company.

Working day : a day when banks in Beijing usually open up and handle the routine banking businesses and transactions (excluding Saturdays and Sundays).

Claim : any claim filed against the guarantor’s breach of the provisions of this Agreement.

Exchange rate : for a given currency on a given date, exchange rate refers to the spot exchange rate (the middle rate at the closing) between that currency and Renminbi according to the exchange rate released by People’s Bank of China at the closing of the working day in Beijing.

Intellectual property rights : refers to patents, trademarks, service logo, company logo, patterns, trade names, Internet domains, design right, copyright (including the copyright of computer software), spiritual right, database right, semiconductor circuit right, utility model, know-how, and other types of intellectual property rights (be it registered or not) and all the rights and all forms of protection of the rights in any other country or region in the world, which share the same or similar effect with the intellectual property rights in China. The word “registration” covers the meanings of “registration” and “application for registration”.

Material adverse change : refers to any event, situation, influence, accident, state of affair or the combination of two or more of the above mentioned items (existing or occurring on, before or after the Agreement Dates), which will and/ or may, according to reasonable estimation, materially adversely affected the businesses, operations, assets, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), financial conditions or prospects of the Target Company.

Parent company : refers to any company which directly or through one or more companies indirectly owns the majority voting right of another company, or which is the shareholder of another company and directly or through one or more companies indirectly owns the power of appointing and removing majority directors of the board of such company.

China : refers to People’s Republic of China.

RMB : refers to Renminbi, the legal currency of China.

Subsidiary : refers to any company which has a parent company.

Provisions surviving the termination : refers to the Articles VII, VIII, IX, XI, XII, XIII, XIV and XV of this Agreement.

 

- 14 -


Signature Page

(No body text on this page)

NOW, IN WITNESS HEREOF, the legal representatives or authorized representatives of the Transferor and the Transferee hereby execute this Agreement on the date and venue indicated at the beginning of this Agreement.

China Telecommunication Corporation (official seal)

Legal representative or authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wang Xiaochu        

China Telecom Corporation Limited (official seal)

Legal representative or authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Andi                  

 

- 15 -

Exhibit 4.26

Form Merger Agreement

between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

Each of Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, Guangdong Telecom Company Limited, Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited, Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited, Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited, Sichuan Telecom Company Limited, Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited

 

January 10 th , 2008


This agreement is signed by the following two parties in Beijing, P.R.C. on January 10 th , 2008:

The Merging Party : China Telecom Corporation Limited is a limited company that is duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws. The legal address of the company is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing. The registration number of its business license is 1000001003712, and its legal representative is Wang Xiaochu.

The Merged Party :                      is a limited company that is duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws. The legal address of the company is                      . The registration number of its business license is                      , and its legal representative is                      .

Whereas,

1. To optimize the organizational structure and promote the core competitiveness of the company, and based on the practical needs emerged in the process of company development, the Merging Party intends to merge the Merged Party.

2. On the date when this agreement is signed, the Merged Party is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Merging Party and the Merging Party holds 100% equity of the Merged Party.

Based on friendly consultation and in accordance with relevant laws and regulations of China, both parties enter into the following agreement (hereafter, referred to as “this Agreement”):

Article I Definition

Unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, the terms below are defined as follows:

Both parties of this Agreement : refers to China Telecom Corporation Limited and                      .

Both parties of the merger : refers to the Merging Party and the Merged Party.

Merger by absorption : refers to the act of the Merging Party to absorb and merge the Merged Party according to the terms and conditions provided by this Agreement. After the merger, the Merging Party will continue to exist while the Merged Party will be dissolved and all its assets, creditor’s rights and liabilities will be taken over as a whole by the Merging Party.

The base date of the merger : January 1, 2008 (including January 1, 2008).

Article II Merger by Absorption

2.1 Both parties of this Agreement hereby confirm that before the merger, the Merging Party holds legally 100% equity of the Merged Party.

 

2


2.2 Both parties of this Agreement agree that the Merging Party shall merge the Merged Party, and upon completion of the merger, the Merging Party will continue to exist as the surviving company and the Merged Party will be dissolved according to laws.

2.3 After the completion of the merger, neither the registered capital nor the equity structure of the Merging Party will be changed due to the merger.

2.4 Both parties of this Agreement agree that the Merging Party and the Merged Party shall issue notices to their creditors and make announcements respectively according to laws.

2.5 If a creditor of the Merging Party or the Merged Party requests the settlement or provision of guarantee for its debt before the completion of the merger agreed upon in this Agreement, the Merging Party and the Merged Party shall settle the debt or provide the guarantee respectively. After the completion of the merger, if the above-mentioned creditor makes such requests legally, the responsibility to settle the debt or provide the guarantee shall be assumed by the Merging Party.

2.6 Both parties of this Agreement agree that since the base date of the merger, all the assets, businesses, creditor’s rights, interests, rights and interests, debts, obligations and responsibilities shall be deemed as already having been taken over by the Merging Party.

Article III Transfer of the Creditor’s Rights, Debts and Assets in the Merger

3.1 Both parties of this Agreement confirm that unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, such assets and debts together with the rights and obligations related shall be undertaken automatically by the Merging Party in whole, including but not limited to:

(a) the rights and interests owned by the Merged Party in its branches and departments;

(b) the licenses to operate all the businesses of the Merged Party;

(c) all the equipments and movable assets owned by the Merged Party, including but not limited to tools, communications equipments, furnishings and other devices in the offices, such as computers, telephones, fax machines and photocopiers, other equipments in the offices and vehicles;

(d) all the lands for which the Merged Party has the use right and all the buildings and other facilities (including the projects under construction) for which the Merged Party holds the ownership;

(e) the rights and obligations assumed by the Merged Party under all the contracts and agreements signed in the name of the Merged Party;

(f) bank deposits and/or down payments and advance payments owned by the Merged Party, including but not limited to those opened or kept by the Merged Party in its name and/or by others on behalf of the Merged Party (including the rights and interests thus involved);

 

3


(g) all the business records, financial and accounting records, operation records, statistics, user’s manuals, maintenance brochures, training brochures and other documents and data, no matter whether they are recorded in written or in electronic forms stored in the floppy disks or hard disks or in any other forms;

(h) all the certificates of rights, permits, licenses, certifications and power of attorney and authentications granted to the Merged Party by relevant government departments and authorities;

(i) guarantees, requests, claims, creditor’s rights and other similar rights and obligations related to or resulted from the assets and liabilities of the Merged Party;

(j) the trademarks and patents owned by the Merged Party;

(k) all the rights and interests from the investment by the Merged Party (including but not limited to the stock rights, capital investment, shares, stocks, shares of funds, and other types of investment rights and interests);

(l) labor contracts and agreements of the employees (including the retired ones) of the Merged Party, and all the personnel files and records and data concerning the salary, social security and other welfare of such employees;

(m) unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, all the debts (be them definite debts, contingent debts, known debts, unknown debts or other types of debts), losses, claims, obligations and liabilities related to or resulted from the businesses, assets and liabilities of the Merged Party, including but not limited to all the debts, losses, claims, obligations and liabilities stipulated in the contracts of the Merged Party; the debts, claims, obligations and liabilities assumed by the Merged Party toward all its employees (including retired ones) and the salary, bonus, insurance, housing and other welfare that should be paid to the family members of the employees or to those raised by the employees according to relevant laws and regulations;

(n) all the unresolved tax matters of the Merged Party; and

(o) other assets and liabilities of the Merged Party.

Article IV Arrangement of Employees

4.1 Both parties of this Agreement agree that the employment relationship between the Merged Party and all its employees is still valid and will be taken over by the Merging Party, i.e. all the rights and obligations of the Merged Party under the valid labor contracts between the Merged Party and its employees shall be succeeded and performed by the Merging Party, including but not limited to the employees’ salaries, social security funds, housing funds, and other welfare which must be provided by the Merged Party in accordance with relevant laws in China, except those that have already been performed or paid up by the Merged Party.

 

4


Article V Relevant Follow-up Matters

5.1 Both parties of this Agreement undertake that after signing this Agreement, both parties shall cooperate with each other in order to complete the merger, including but not limited to:

(a) issuing notifications to the debtors of both parties and make announcements of the merger according to laws;

(b) going through all the legal procedures concerning de-registration in tax bureau, industry and commerce authority and state-owned assets ownership registration authority.

Article VI Representation, Guarantee and Commitment by the Merging Party

6.1 The Merging Party hereby makes the representation, guarantee and commitment to the Merged Party: the Merging Party enjoys the full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement, and it has obtained all the approval, permit and authorization needed for the execution and performance of this Agreement; once this Agreement is signed, this Agreement shall be binding to the Merging Party in full legal force and effect.

Article VII Representation, Guarantee and Commitment by the Merged Party

7.1 The Merged Party hereby makes the representation, guarantee and commitment to the Merging Party: the Merged Party enjoys the full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement, and it has obtained all the approval, permit and authorization needed for the execution and performance of this Agreement; once this Agreement is signed, this Agreement shall be binding to the Merged Party in full legal force and effect.

Article VIII Taxes and Expenses

8.1 Both parties of this Agreement shall pay respectively, according to the provisions made by the state laws and administrative regulations, the income tax, business tax, stamp tax and other types of taxes (if any) resulted from the execution and performance of this Agreement and the merger provided in this Agreement.

Article IX Effectiveness and Completion

9.1 This Agreement comes into effect on the date the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties sign this Agreement and stamp the official seals of both parties.

 

5


9.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, the merger is considered to be completed on the date when the Merged Party completes the de-registration procedures with the original industry and commerce registration authority.

Article X Indemnity

10.1 If either party of this Agreement violates any representation, guarantee or commitment it has made or any provisions under this Agreement, the action is considered a breach to this Agreement. The party in breach should actively correct its breach and indemnify the other party for the loss it suffered from the breach.

10.2 After the completion of the merger provided in this Agreement, if any third party makes any claim to the Merging Party concerning the assets or liabilities of the Merged Party and such a claim is based on the situation of the assets and liabilities of the Merged Party before the date of the completion of the merger, the Merging Party shall assume the corresponding responsibilities.

Article XI Force Majeure

11.1 “Force majeure” refers to the all the unforeseeable events that may happen after this Agreement comes into effect, whose occurrence and consequences are unavoidable and insurmountable and which render either party of this Agreement unable to perform part or all of the obligations under this Agreement.

11.2 In case of force majeure, both parties may suspend the performance of the obligations under this Agreement for a period of delay caused by the force majeure, and such period will be automatically extended for a period corresponding to such suspension.

11.3 The party affected by the force majeure shall notify the other party in writing as soon as possible, and provide within fifteen days the valid proof certifying the occurrence and duration of such force majeure event. The affected party shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure as soon as possible.

11.4 When any force majeure event occurs, both parties should start consultation immediately to seek a fair solution to the problem and try their best to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure.

Article XII Settlement of Dispute and Governing Law

12.1 The governing law of this Agreement is the Chinese laws and this Agreement shall be interpreted according to Chinese laws.

12.2 For any dispute caused by and related to this Agreement, both parties of this Agreement shall attempt to solve it through friendly consultation. If the dispute fails to be solved through consultation, any party can bring a suit over the dispute to the people’s court with jurisdiction at any time.

 

6


Article XIII Other Provisions

13.1 If any term of this Agreement is determined as invalid or unenforceable by the people’s court with jurisdiction, the remaining terms shall not be affected and shall be performed with full force and effect.

13.2 Any explicit or implied provision of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not be deemed to grant or give any person or organization (other than the two parties, their successors and authorized assignees of this Agreement) the rights or remedies provided hereunder or caused by this Agreement.

13.3 This Agreement is the entire agreement on the subject matter of this Agreement and it shall supersede all the previous agreements and understandings concerning the subject matter agreed upon both parties. This Agreement shall not be amended or terminated without the written consent by both parties of this Agreement.

13.4 Any party of this Agreement shall not transfer this Agreement or the rights it enjoys or the liabilities and obligations it assumes hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party.

13.5 This Agreement is binding on legal successors of both parties of this Agreement.

13.6 There are ten original copies of this Agreement. Each party of this Agreement shall hold one copy respectively. The other copies will be submitted to government authorities or kept by the Merging Party. All the original copies enjoy equal legal force.

13.7 Any change or modification of this Agreement shall be subject to the consent of both parties of this Agreement and shall be in writing.

 

7


Signature Page

NOW, IN WITNESS HEREOF, the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties of this Agreement hereby execute this Agreement on the date and venue indicated at the beginning of this Agreement.

China Telecom Corporation Limited

Legal representative or authorized representative:                     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal representative or authorized representative:                     

 

8

Exhibit 4.27

Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

Centralized Services Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

dated December 26, 2007

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement to Centralized Services Agreement are:

Article 8.1 of the Centralized Services Agreement shall be amended. The parties agree that determination of the premises usage fee shall be based on comparable market rates and both parties shall negotiate and determine the premises usage fee on a pro rata basis according to the area actually provided by China Telecommunications Corporation to China Telecom Corporation Limited.

Exhibit 4.28

Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

To

Centralized Services Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

dated March 31, 2008

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement to Centralized Services Agreement are:

The parties agree to amend Article 8.2 of the Centralized Services Agreement. The pricing basis for the use of international telecommunications facilities shall be adjusted in view of market conditions and the state of the international telecommunications facilities. Under the amended terms, the parties shall negotiate and determine the fee for the use of facilities of China Telecommunications Corporation by reference to comparable market price, while the fee for the use of facilities provided by independent third parties will be determined according to what has actually occurred.

Exhibit 4.29

Summary

of

Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business

Among

China Unicom Corporation Limited

and

China Unicom Limited

and

China Telecom Corporation Limited

dated June 2, 2008

Our Company, China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”) and China Unicom Limited (“Unicom”), jointly the parties, entered into a Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business (the “Framework Agreement”) on June 2, 2008. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Framework Agreement, our Company shall acquire from CUCL and CUCL shall sell the entire CDMA telecommunications business and related assets and liabilities (the “Acquired Business”) owned and operated by CUCL as of the Completion Date (as defined below).

Scope of the Acquired Business : the parties shall determine the preliminary scope of the Acquired Business before signing of the Detailed Transaction Agreements (as defined below). A final agreement on the scope of the Acquired Business shall be signed by the parties on the Completion End Date (as defined below). The parties shall discuss and agree in the Detailed Transaction Agreements (as defined below) whether China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited and Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd. will form part of the Acquired Business.

Consideration : the consideration of the acquisition of the Acquired Business is RMB43.8 billion (the “Preliminary Consideration”). The final consideration (the “Final Consideration”) will be determined in accordance with the following mechanism:

Final Consideration = Preliminary Consideration * A

A shall be determined as follows:

(i) if R1/R2 plus 0.02 is equal to or more than 1, then A shall equal to 1; and

(ii) if R1/R2 plus 0.02 is less than 1, then A shall equal to R1/R2 plus 0.02.

Where

(i) R1 is the CDMA service revenue, which is defined as the revenue generated by Unicom in the course of operating its CDMA telecommunications business minus the total revenue from the sale of telecommunication products, for the six months ended June 30 2008 set forth in the 2008 interim report of Unicom; and

(ii) R2 is the CDMA service revenue for the six months ended June 30 2007 set forth in the 2007 interim report of Unicom.


The Final Consideration will be paid in three installments in cash. The first installment, which is 70% of the Final Consideration, will be paid by us on the Completion Date, which will be a day falling within three days after all the conditions precedent to the acquisition of the Acquired Business have been satisfied or waived. The second installment, which is 20% of the Final Consideration, will be paid by us within three days after the Completion End Date (as defined below). The final installment, which is the remaining 10% of the Final Consideration, will be paid before March 31, 2009.

Condition precedents : completion of the acquisition of the Acquired Business (the “Business Transaction”) will be conditional upon satisfaction or waiver of the following:

 

(i) There has been no material adverse change to the operations of the Acquired Business;

 

(ii) Shareholders of Unicom have approved the Business Transaction according to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, and its independent shareholders have approved the assignment agreement of the CDMA termination agreement;

 

(iii) CUCL has approved the Business Transaction in accordance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

(iv) Shareholders of China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited have approved the Business Transaction according to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules and its non-affiliated shareholders have approved the CDMA termination agreement;

 

(v) Shareholders of our Company have approved the amendments to the articles of association and change of business scope of our Company according to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, and our independent shareholders have approved the CDMA lease agreement between us and China Telecom Group;

 

(vi) All necessary approvals have been obtained for the Business Transaction and the asset transfer agreement among Unicom New Horizon Corporation Limited, China United Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Group (the “Asset Transfer”) from all applicable PRC governmental agencies and from governments and regulatory agencies in other relevant jurisdictions, including the approval granted by the Ministry of Industry and Information for China Telecom Group to authorize our Company to operate mobile telecommunications business and its right to use the relevant telecommunications resources such as CDMA bandwidth and telecom network numbers;

 

(vii) CUCL has performed all necessary procedures as required under applicable laws and/or other contracts to which CUCL is subject to in accordance with the completion plan, including but not limited to issuing notice of creditors meetings/procedures or obtaining consent from the creditors;

 

(viii) Our Company, CUCL and Unicom have entered into detailed transaction agreements for the Business Acquisition, including any transitional arrangements (the “Detailed Transaction Agreements”); and

 

(ix) The Asset Transfer and the Business Transaction have been simultaneously completed.

The parties shall use reasonable endeavors to procure the conditions set forth above to be satisfied as soon as practicable before September 30, 2008. If the conditions precedent are not satisfied before December 31, 2008 or any other day as agreed among the parties, the Framework Agreement will terminate automatically.

Joint working committee : the parties shall, after discussion, establish a joint working committee within four working days following the signing of the Framework Agreement. The joint working committee will be responsible for ensuring the stable operation and transition of the Acquired Business during the course of the transaction.

Transfer of employees : CUCL will also transfer to our Company certain number of employees, which will be determined based upon the total number of employees who had employment agreements with CUCL as of December 31, 2007, multiplied by a percentage, the numerator of which is the CDMA service revenue for 2007 and the denominator of which is the total service revenue of Unicom for the same period. The employees whose responsibilities are directly related to the Acquired Business will be transferred to our Company. Other employees whose responsibilities are to support the development and general management of the Acquired Business


will also be transferred from CUCL to our Company. Detailed transfer arrangement will be determined by a separate agreement to be entered into by CUCL and our Company taking into consideration the differences in the businesses of the two companies in southern and northern China. Our Company and CUCL agree to finalize the list of employees to be transferred to our Company as soon as possible after the execution of the Framework Agreement. In addition, our Company and CUCL will enter into separate agreements to specify details of the arrangement with respect to the services, if any, to be provided to our Company by employees of third parties who are seconded to CUCL.

Pre-completion undertakings by CUCL and Unicom :

Except otherwise agreed in the transaction documents, or with the approval or consent of our Company or the joint working committee, CUCL and Unicom undertake that prior to the Completion Date:

 

(i) the operation and management of the Acquired Business will follow the usual operating policies: (a) they will not make any material changes to the usual operating policy of the Acquired Business, including but not limited to the customs and policies of operation, sales and pricing arrangements, (b) they will not make any material changes to the usual financial policy of the Acquired Business, (c) they will actively preserve the subscriber base of the Acquired Business and expand the subscriber base in accordance with their usual sales practice and (d) they will maintain the normal operation of the Acquired Business and provide usual standard services to subscribers of the Acquired Business;

 

(ii) they will not enter into any contracts relating to the Acquired Business involving an amount of RMB20 million or above;

 

(iii) they will not make any investment relating to the Acquired Business involving an amount of RMB20 million or above;

 

(iv) they will not dispose, including but not limited to transfer, obtain, lease, mortgage or any other activities that give rise to any third party interests, any part of the Acquired Business where such part of the Acquire Business has a value of RMB20 million or above;

 

(v) they will not make any material changes to the employee relationship, roles and remuneration of employees of the CDMA Business and other employees to be transferred to our Company; and

 

(vi) CUCL undertakes that it will not, as of the Completion Date, have any liability for outstanding wages and benefits with respect to employees to be transferred.

In addition, CUCL shall actively co-operate with our Company in order for us to complete our due diligence investigation and for our Company to account for and verify physical assets against CUCL’s accounting records related to the acquisition.

Completion and transfer of assets :

The Completion Date shall be the date of the first payment of the Final Consideration.

As from the Completion Date, the Acquired Business shall become legally owned by our Company. Unless agreed otherwise by the parties, any liabilities and obligations resulting from the management and operation of the Acquired Business before the Completion Date shall be borne by CUCL, and any liabilities and obligations resulting from the management and operation of the Acquired Business after the Completion Date shall be borne by our Company.

The parties agree to complete the necessary procedures for the substantial completion of the transfer of the Acquired Business to our Company within 60 days after the Completion Date (the “Completion End Date”) in accordance with the completion plan. In order to


achieve this object, the parties will jointly commence follow-up work before signing of the Detailed Transaction Agreements, including determination of the scope of the Acquired Business, due diligence, accounts verification and asset checking. The parties shall commence the verification of the scope of the Acquired Business (such as list of assets, liabilities, personnel, significant contracts) as soon as practicable and shall determine the preliminary scope of the Acquired Business before signing of the Detailed Transaction Agreements.

For purpose of assuring a complete transfer of the Acquired Business, in accordance with the completion plan agreed by the parties, CUCL shall, within sixty (60) days after the Completion Date, engage in, including but not limited to, the following actions:

 

(i) On the Completion Date, it shall make an announcement on the transfer of CDMA subscribers resulting from the Business Transaction that the whole CDMA subscribers group has been transferred to our Company since the Completion Date;

 

(ii) On the Completion Date, the employment relationship of the employees to be transferred shall be transferred to our Company;

 

(iii) The assets of the Acquired Business, including tangible and intangible properties, shall be transferred to our Company; CUCL’s current contractual relations and business arrangements in relation to the Acquired Business shall be altered accordingly; all the rights enjoyed and obligations borne by CUCL shall become the rights and obligations of our Company (or jointly enjoyed or borne by the parties);

 

(iv) All categories of business information in relation to the Acquired Business that is attached to an asset or obligation to be transferred, including but not limited to relevant contracts, subscriber information, business records, financial and accountant records, operation records, statistical materials, manuals, maintenance handbooks, training manuals and any other documents, data or materials that are necessary or relevant to the normal operation of the Acquired Business, in the form of paper, electronic or any other versions, shall be delivered to our Company in its original form;

 

(v) Relevant procedure to change the party or parties of contracts involved in this Business Transaction shall be proceeded; and

 

(vi) Debt obligations shall be assigned to our Company and the contractual party bearing debt obligations in the contracts shall be changed.

CUCL and our Company will further specified the terms of the completion plan in the Detailed Transaction Agreements.

Representations and Warranties :

CUCL represents and warrants that, except for any written disclosure contained in the Detailed Transaction Agreements or provisions in relevant financial statements, that:

 

(i) It has the necessary permission or license to operate the Acquired Business (including basic telecommunications and value-added services);

 

(ii) The transfer of the Acquired business does not breach any applicable laws, its constitutional documents, or any contracts between itself and third parties; and

 

(iii) It has the legal right to own the Acquired Business and relevant assets, and such assets are not subject to any limitation of rights (including but not limited to mortgage, pledge, lien, title retention rights and any other third party interests).

 

(iv) CUCL shall make detailed representations and warranties in the Detailed Transaction Agreements in accordance with market practice and on terms mutually agreed by CUCL and the Company. These representations and warranties shall cover the Acquired Business (including but not limited to business, technical, financial and legal aspects) and the validity of the sale of the Acquired Business.


Unicom shall also warrant on the accuracy of such representations and warranties made by CUCL.

Our Company represents and warrants that we have the necessary financial resources to pay the consideration for the Business Transaction. Our Company shall make detailed representations and warranties on the validity of our acquisition of the Acquired Business in the Detailed Transaction Agreements in accordance with market practice and on terms mutually agreed by CUCL and our Company.

Post-completion arrangements :

Our Company and CUCL agree to provide to each other necessary operational assistance and service support with respect to the assets that are used for both the CDMA network and GSM network and owned by CUCL and our Company respectively following the completion to ensure the normal operations of the Acquired business and the GSM business after completion and that services provided to subscribers are not affected and in particular, the parties shall have reciprocal use of the information technology system and value-added service platform until March 31, 2009.

Exhibit 8.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd.    The People’s Republic of China
China Telecom Best Tone Information Service Co., Limited    The People’s Republic of China
China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd.    The People’s Republic of China
China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Company Limited    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
China Telecom (Americas) Corporation    Delaware, United States of America

Exhibit 12.1

Certification

I, Wang Xiaochu, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 25, 2008

 

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:   Wang Xiaochu
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification

I, Wu Andi, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 25, 2008

 

/s/ Wu Andi

Name:   Wu Andi
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 13.1

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 25, 2008

 

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:

  Wang Xiaochu

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to her knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 25, 2008

 

/s/ Wu Andi

Name:

  Wu Andi

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.